08／07／21 11：13：01 31SHJ640 0002 Introductiontechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/HJ0909/HJ0909OM.pdf · Of course, it is not practical ... This entire book is filled with important

One of the best ways to enhance the enjoyment of your new vehicle is toread this manual. In it, you will learn how to operate its driving controls andconvenience items. Afterwards, keep this owner’s manual in your vehicle soyou can refer to it at any time.

Several warranties protect your new vehicle. Read the warranty bookletthoroughly so you understand the coverages and are aware of your rightsand responsibilities.

Maintaining your vehicle according to the schedules given in this manualhelps to keep your driving trouble-free while it preserves your investment.When your vehicle needs maintenance, keep in mind that your dealer’s staffis specially trained in servicing the many systems unique to your vehicle.Your dealer is dedicated to your satisfaction and will be pleased to answerany questions and concerns.

As you read this manual, you willfind information that is preceded bya symbol. Thisinformation is intended to help youavoid damage to your vehicle, otherproperty, or the environment.

Congratulations! Your selection of a 2009 Honda Odyssey was a wiseinvestment. It will give you years of driving pleasure.

Introduction

i

０８／０７／２１　１１：１３：０１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０００２　

2009 Odyssey

California Proposition 65 Warning

This product contains or emits chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birthdefects or other reproductive harm.

Service Diagnostic RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The datacan be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It mayalso be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential.

Event Data Recorders

This data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone elseexcept as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner.

Introduction

WARNING:

This vehicle is equipped with one or more devices commonly referred to as event data recorders. Thesedevices record front seat belt use, front passenger seat occupancy, airbag deployment data, and the failureof any airbag system component.

ii

０８／０７／２１　１１：１３：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０００３　

2009 Odyssey

－

－－

－

－－

Your safety, and the safety of others,is very important. And operating thisvehicle safely is an importantresponsibility.

To help you make informeddecisions about safety, we haveprovided operating procedures andother information on labels and inthis manual. This information alertsyou to potential hazards that couldhurt you or others.

Of course, it is not practical orpossible to warn you about all thehazards associated with operating ormaintaining your vehicle. You mustuse your own good judgement.

You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,including:

This entire book is filled with important safety information please read itcarefully.

how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.such as Driver and Passenger Safety.

such as Important Safety Reminders or ImportantSafety Precautions.

These signal words mean:

on the vehicle.preceded by a safety alert symbol and one of

three signal words: , , or .

A Few Words About Safety

InstructionsSafety Section

Safety Headings

Safety LabelsSafety Messages

DANGER WARNING CAUTION

iii

You CAN be HURT if you don’t followinstructions.

You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLYHURT if you don’t follow instructions.

You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLYHURT if you don’t follow instructions.

０８／０７／２１　１１：１３：１６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０００４　

2009 Odyssey

2009 Odyssey Online Reference Owner's Manual Contents Owner's Identification Form Introduction .......................................................................................................................................................... i A Few Words About Safety .............................................................................................................................. iii Your Vehicle at a Glance (main controls) ...................................................................................................... 3 Driver and Passenger Safety (seat belts, SRS, and child protection) .......................................................... 5 Instruments and Controls (indicators, gauges, dashboard, and steering column) ......................................... 63 Features (climate control, audio, steering wheel, rear entertainment, security, cruise control and HomeLink® )....... 209 Before Driving (fuel, vehicle break- in, and cargo loading) ............................................................................ 367 Driving (engine and transmission operation) ...................................................................................................... 383 Maintenance (minder, fluid checking, minor services, and vehicle storage)...................................................... 413 Taking Care of the Unexpected (flat tire, dead battery, overheating, and fuses) ..................................... 461 Technical Information (vehicle specifications, tires, and emissions controls) ................................................ 491 Warranty and Customer Relations (U. S. and Canada only) (warranty and contact information) ......... 509 Authorized Manuals (U. S. only) (how to order) ........................................................................................... 513 Index ............................................................................................................................... ...................................... I

Service Information Summary ( fluid capacities and tire pressures)

1 00X31-SHJ-6400

A convenient reference to thesections in this manual.

A quick reference to the maincontrols in your vehicle.

Explains the purpose of eachinstrument panel indicator and gauge,and how to use the controls on thedashboard and steering column.

ID numbers, dimensions, capacities,and technical information.

How to order manuals and othertechnical literature.

A summary of the information youneed when you pull up to the fuelpump.

Important information about theproper use and care of your vehicle’sseat belts, an overview of thesupplemental restraint system, andvaluable information on how toprotect children with child restraints.

How to operate the heating andcooling system/climate controlsystem, the audio system, rearentertainment and other

convenience features.

This section covers several problemsmotorists sometimes experience,and details how to handle them.

The maintenance minder shows youwhen you need to take your vehicleto the dealer for maintenance service.There is also a list of things to checkand instructions on how to checkthem.

The proper way to start the engine,shift the transmission, and park; pluswhat you need to know if you’replanning to tow a trailer.

What gasoline to use, how to break-in your new vehicle, and how to loadluggage and other cargo.

A summary of the warrantiescovering your new vehicle, and howto contact us for any reason. Refer toyour warranty manual for detailedinformation.

Contents

Your Vehicle at a Glance

Driver and Passenger Safety

Instruments and Controls

Features

Technical Information

Warranty and CustomerRelations(U.S. and Canada only)

Authorized Manuals(U.S. only)

Index

Service Information SummaryTaking Care of the Unexpected

Maintenance

Driving

Before Driving

Overview of Contents

2

０８／０７／２１　１１：１３：４４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０００７　

2009 Odyssey

＊

＊

＊ : If equipped

Your Vehicle at a GlanceY

ourV

ehicleata

Glance

3

PASSENGER’S FRONT AIRBAG(P.9, 27)

(P.65, 66)(P.77)

DRIVER’S FRONT AIRBAG

INSTRUMENT PANELINDICATORSGAUGES

MIRRORCONTROLS

POWER DOORLOCK SWITCH

FUEL FILL DOORRELEASE HANDLE

POWER WINDOWSWITCHES

GLOVE BOXES

HEATING ANDCOOLING SYSTEM/CLIMATE CONTROLSYSTEM

PARKING BRAKEPEDAL RETRACTABLE CENTER TRAYAUXILIARY

INPUT JACK

(P.191)

(P.151)

DRIVING POSITIONMEMORY SYSTEMBUTTONS(P.184)

(P.186)

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION SHIFT LEVER

(P.201)

(P.210)

ACCESSORY POWERSOCKET (P.195)(P.283)(P.203)

HOOD RELEASEHANDLE

Vehicle with navigation system is shown.

(P.192)

(P.9, 27)

SEAT HEATER SWITCHES (P.183)

(P.386)

(P.369)

(P.370)

０８／０７／２１　１１：１３：５２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０００８　

2009 Odyssey

＊＊＊

＊＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

To use the horn, press the center pad of the steering wheel.Only on vehicles equipped with navigation system. Refer to the navigation system manual.

1:2:

If equipped3:

Your Vehicle at a Glance

4

VEHICLE STABILITYASSIST (VSA) OFFSWITCH

WINDSHIELD WIPERS/WASHERS

PASSENGERAIRBAG OFFINDICATOR

CRUISE CONTROLBUTTONS

HAZARD WARNINGBUTTON

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGERBUTTON

HORN

(P.35)

NAVIGATIONSYSTEMBUTTONS


STEERING WHEELADJUSTMENT

LIGHTCONTROLSWITCH

REAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER

(P.162)

(P.282) (P.141)

(P.134)(P.135)

(P.319)

(P.140)

(P.140)

(P.221, 285)(P.205)

PEDAL POSITIONADJUSTMENT SWITCH

POWER SLIDINGDOOR SWITCH

MOONROOFSWITCH

PARKING SENSORSYSTEM SWITCH

REMOTE AUDIOCONTROL BUTTONS

AUDIO SYSTEM/REARENTERTAINMENTSYSTEM

CLOCK

HEADLIGHTS/TURN SIGNAL/FOG LIGHTS(P.193)

(P.189)

(P.281)

(P.135, 138)

MULTI-INFORMATIONBUTTONS (P.82)

POWER TAILGATESWITCH (P.158)/

(P.395)

(P.361)

(P.395)

BLUETOOTHHANDSFREELINKBUTTONS (P.327)

12

3

3

3

3

33

3

3

3

3

3

０８／０７／２１　１１：１４：０１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０００９　

2009 Odyssey

－

This section gives you importantinformation about how to protectyourself and your passengers. Itshows you how to use seat belts. Itexplains how your airbags work. Andit tells you how to properly restraininfants and children in your vehicle.

.........Important Safety Precautions . 6.......Your Vehicle’s Safety Features . 7

.......................................Seat Belts . 8...........................................Airbags . 9

.........Protecting Adults and Teens . 11.....1. Close and Lock the Doors . 11

...........2. Adjust the Front Seats . 12............3. Adjust the Seat-Backs . 13

...4. Adjust the Head Restraints . 145. Fasten and Position the Seat

.....................................Belts . 156. Maintain a Proper Sitting

................................Position . 18.....Advice for Pregnant Women . 19...Additional Safety Precautions . 19

Additional Information About Your.................................Seat Belts . 21

..Seat Belt System Components . 21......................Lap/Shoulder Belt . 22

Automatic Seat Belt.............................Tensionners . 23

...............Seat Belt Maintenance . 24Additional Information About Your

.....................................Airbags . 25......Airbag System Components . 25

How Your Front Airbags.........................................Work . 27

...How Your Side Airbags Work . 31How Your Side Curtain Airbags

.........................................Work . 33..How the SRS Indicator Works . 34

How the Side Airbag Off......................Indicator Works . 35

How the Passenger Airbag...............Off Indicator Works . 35

.............................Airbag Service . 36...Additional Safety Precautions . 37

Protecting Children General................................Guidelines . 38

All Children Must Be...............................Restrained . 38

All Children Should Sit in a Back...........................................Seat . 39

The Passenger’s Front Airbag.........Can Pose Serious Risks . 39

If You Must Drive with.....................Several Children . 41

If a Child Requires Close..................................Attention . 41

...Additional Safety Precautions . 41Protecting Infants and Small

...................................Children . 43.......................Protecting Infants . 43

.........Protecting Small Children . 44.....................Selecting a Child Seat . 46....................Installing a Child Seat . 47

...............................With LATCH . 48.........With a Lap/Shoulder Belt . 51

..............................With a Tether . 53...........Protecting Larger Children . 56

...............Checking Seat Belt Fit . 56..................Using a Booster Seat . 57

When Can a Larger Child Sit in.........................................Front . 58

...Additional Safety Precautions . 59.............Carbon Monoxide Hazard . 60

...................................Safety Labels . 61

Driver and Passenger SafetyD

riverand

Passenger

Safety

5

０８／０７／２１　１１：１４：０５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００１０　

2009 Odyssey

－

You’ll find many safetyrecommendations throughout thissection, and throughout this manual.The recommendations on this pageare the ones we consider to be themost important.

A seat belt is your best protection inall types of collisions. Airbags aredesigned to supplement seat belts,not replace them. So even thoughyour vehicle is equipped with airbags,make sure you and your passengersalways wear your seat belts, andwear them properly (see page ).

Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Evenone drink can reduce your ability torespond to changing conditions, andyour reaction time gets worse with

every additional drink. So don’t drinkand drive, and don’t let your friendsdrink and drive, either.

While airbags can save lives, theycan cause serious or fatal injuries tooccupants who sit too close to them,or are not properly restrained.Infants, young children, and shortadults are at the greatest risk. Besure to follow all instructions andwarnings in this manual.

Excessive speed is a major factor incrash injuries and deaths. Generally,the higher the speed, the greater therisk, but serious injuries can alsooccur at lower speeds. Never drivefaster than is safe for currentconditions, regardless of themaximum speed posted.

Having a tire blowout or amechanical failure can be extremelyhazardous. To reduce the possibilityof such problems, check your tirepressures and condition frequently,and perform all regularly scheduledmaintenance (see page ).

Children age 12 and under shouldride properly restrained in a backseat, not the front seat. Infants andsmall children should be restrainedin a child seat. Larger childrenshould use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder belt until they can use thebelt properly without a booster seat(see pages ).

15

5938

415

Important Safety Precautions

Always Wear Your Seat Belt

Don’t Drink and Drive

Be Aware of Airbag Hazards

Restrain All Children

Control Your Speed

Keep Your Vehicle in SafeCondition

6

０８／０７／２１　１１：１４：１５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００１１　

2009 Odyssey

Your vehicle is equipped with manyfeatures that work together toprotect you and your passengersduring a crash.

However, you and your passengerscan’t take full advantage of thesefeatures unless you remain sitting ina proper position and

. In fact, some safetyfeatures can contribute to injuries ifthey are not used properly.

The following pages explain how youcan take an active role in protectingyourself and your passengers.

Some features do not require anyaction on your part. These include astrong steel framework that forms asafety cage around the passengercompartment, front and rear crushzones, a collapsible steering column,and tensioners that tighten the frontseat belts in a crash.

Your Vehicle’s Safety Features

always wearyour seat belts

Driver

andP

assengerSafety

7

(1)

(2)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(8)

(9)

(9)

(11)

(10)(7)

(6) Seat Belts(7) Front Airbags(8) Side Airbags(9) Side Curtain Airbags(10) Front Seat Belt Tensioners(11) Door Locks

(1) Safety Cage(2) Crush Zones(3) Seats and Seat-Backs(4) Head Restraints(5) Collapsible Steering Column

０８／０７／２１　１１：１４：２２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００１２　

2009 Odyssey

－－－－

Your vehicle is equipped with seatbelts in all seating positions.

Seat belts are the single mosteffective safety device for adults andlarger children. (Infants and smallerchildren must be properly restrainedin child seats.)

Not wearing a seat belt properlyincreases the chance of seriousinjury or death in a crash, eventhough your vehicle has airbags.

In addition, most states and allCanadian provinces require you towear seat belts.

When properly worn, seat belts:

Keep you connected to the vehicleso you can take advantage of thevehicle’s built-in safety features.

Help protect you in almost everytype of crash, including:

frontal impactsside impactsrear impactsrollovers

Help keep you from being thrownagainst the inside of the vehicleand against other occupants.

Keep you from being thrown outof the vehicle.

Help keep you in a good positionshould the airbags ever deploy. Agood position reduces the risk ofinjury from an inflating airbag andallows you to get the bestadvantage from the airbag.

Of course, seat belts cannotcompletely protect you in everycrash. But in most cases, seat beltscan reduce your risk of seriousinjury.

Always wearyour seat belt, and make sure youwear it properly.

Your seat belt system also includesan indicator on the instrument paneland a beeper to remind you and yourpassengers to fasten your seat belts.


Seat Belts

Why Wear Seat Belts

What you should do:

8

Not wearing a seat belt properlyincreases the chance of seriousinjury or death in a crash, eventhough your vehicle has airbags.

Be sure you and yourpassengers always wear seatbelts and wear them properly.

０８／０７／２１　１１：１４：３３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００１３　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

Your vehicle has a supplementalrestraint system (SRS) with frontairbags to help protect the heads andchests of the driver and a front seatpassenger during a moderate tosevere frontal collision (see page

for more information on howyour front airbags work).

Your vehicle also has side airbags tohelp protect the upper torso of thedriver or a front seat passengerduring a moderate to severe sideimpact (see page for moreinformation on how your side airbagswork).

In addition, your vehicle has sidecurtain airbags to help protect theheads of the driver, front passenger,and passengers in the outer rearseating positions during a moderateto severe side impact or rollover (seepage for more information on howyour side curtain airbags work).

27

31

33


Airbags

Driver

andP

assengerSafety

9

０８／０７／２１　１１：１４：４０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００１４　

2009 Odyssey

The most important things you needto know about your airbags are:

They are designed to supplementthe seat belts.

To do their job, airbags mustinflate with tremendous force. Sowhile airbags help save lives, theycan cause minor injuries or moreserious or even fatal injuries ifoccupants are not properlyrestrained or sitting properly.

Always wearyour seat belt properly, and situpright and as far back from thesteering wheel as possible whileallowing full control of the vehicle. Afront passenger should move theirseat as far back from the dashboardas possible.

The rest of this section gives moredetailed information about how youcan maximize your safety.

Remember, however, that no safetysystem can prevent all injuries ordeaths that can occur in a severecrash, even when seat belts areproperly worn and the airbags deploy.


Airbags do not replace seat belts.

Airbags offer no protection in rearimpacts, or minor frontal or sidecollisions.

Airbags can pose serious hazards.

What you should do:

10

０８／０７／２１　１１：１４：４６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００１５　

2009 Odyssey

－

After everyone has entered thevehicle, be sure the doors and thetailgate are closed and locked.

The following pages provideinstructions on how to properlyprotect the driver, adult passengers,and teenage children who are largeenough and mature enough to driveor ride in the front.

See pages for importantguidelines on how to properlyprotect infants, small children, andlarger children who ride in yourvehicle.

Your vehicle has a door andtailgate open indicator on theinstrument panel to indicate

when any door or the tailgate is nottightly closed.

The door and tailgate open indicatorappears on the multi-informationdisplay to indicate when a specificdoor or the tailgate is not tightlyclosed.

38 59

CONTINUED

On Touring modelsIntroduction Close and Lock the Doors1.

Protecting Adults and TeensD

riverand

Passenger

Safety

11

０８／０７／２１　１１：１４：５４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００１６　

2009 Odyssey

Adjust the driver’s seat as far to therear as possible while allowing you tomaintain full control of the vehicle.Have a front passenger adjust theirseat as far to the rear as possible.

When one or more doors are nottightly closed, the ‘‘DOOR OPEN’’message will come on.

When the tailgate is not tightlyclosed, the ‘‘TAILGATE OPEN’’message will come on.

When both tailgate and one or moredoors are not tightly closed, the‘‘DOOR & TAILGATE OPEN’’message will come on.

Locking the doors and the tailgatereduces the chance of someonebeing thrown out of the vehicleduring a crash, and it helps preventpassengers from accidentallyopening a door or the tailgate andfalling out.

Locking the doors and the tailgatealso helps prevent an outsider fromunexpectedly opening a door or thetailgate when you come to a stop.

See page for how to lock thedoors and the tailgate, and page

for how the door and tailgateopen indicator works.

This vehicle has auto door locking/unlocking features. See page forhow to set them.

This vehicle has auto door locking/unlocking features. See pages

and for how to set them.

75

151

152

123 125

Except Touring models

On Touring models

Adjust the Front Seats2.

Protecting Adults and Teens

12

０８／０７／２１　１１：１５：０３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００１７　

2009 Odyssey

If you sit too close to the steeringwheel or dashboard, you can beseriously injured by an inflating frontairbag, or by striking the steeringwheel or dashboard.

Adjust the driver’s seat-back to acomfortable, upright position,leaving ample space between yourchest and the airbag cover in thecenter of the steering wheel.

Passengers with adjustable seat-backs should also adjust their seat-back to a comfortable, uprightposition.

The National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration and TransportCanada recommend that driversallow at least 10 inches (25 cm)between the center of the steeringwheel and the chest. In addition toadjusting the seat, you can adjust thesteering wheel up and down, and inand out (see page ).

If you cannot get far enough awayfrom the steering wheel and stillreach the controls, we recommendthat you extend the adjustable driver’sfoot pedals (Touring models only,see page ), or investigatewhether some type of adaptiveequipment may help.

After you adjust a manual seat, rockit back and forth to make sure theseat is locked in position.

See page for how to adjust afront seat (power adjustment) andpage for a manual adjustment.

141

193

169

168

CONTINUED

Adjust the Seat-Backs3.


riverand

Passenger

Safety

13

Sitting too close to a frontairbag can result in seriousinjury or death if the frontairbags inflate.

Always sit as far back from thefront airbags as possible.

０８／０７／２１　１１：１５：１２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００１８　

2009 Odyssey

Properly adjusted head restraintswill help protect occupants fromwhiplash and other crash injuries.Adjust the driver’s head restraint so

the center of the back of your headrests against the center of therestraint.

Reclining a seat-back so that theshoulder part of the belt no longerrests against the occupant’s chestreduces the protective capability ofthe belt. It also increases the chanceof sliding under the belt in a crashand being seriously injured. Thefarther a seat-back is reclined, thegreater the risk of injury.

See pages and for how toadjust the seat-backs.

Have passengers adjust their headrestraints properly as well. Tallerpersons should adjust their restraintas high as possible.

See page for how to adjust thehead restraints and how the driver’sand front passenger’s active headrestraints work.

168 170

171

Adjust the Head Restraints4.


14

Improperly positioning headrestraints reduces theireffectiveness and you can beseriously injured in a crash.

Make sure head restraints arein place and positioned properlybefore driving.

Reclining the seat-back too farcan result in serious injury ordeath in a crash.

Adjust the seat-back to anupright position, and sit wellback in the seat.

０８／０７／２１　１１：１５：２１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００１９　

2009 Odyssey

Position the lap part of the belt aslow as possible across your hips,then pull up on the shoulder part ofthe belt so the lap part fits snugly.This lets your strong pelvic bonestake the force of a crash and reducesthe chance of internal injuries.

Insert the latch plate into the buckle,then tug on the belt to make sure thebelt is securely latched. Check thatthe belt is not twisted, because atwisted belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash.

The center seating position of thethird row has a detachable seat beltthat can be unlatched and retractedinto the ceiling to allow the seat to befolded down. See page for how tounlatch and relatch the seat belt.

This spreads the forces of a crashover the strongest bones in yourupper body.

If the seat belt touches or crossesyour neck, or if it crosses your arminstead of your shoulder, you need toadjust the seat belt anchor height.

If necessary, pull up on the belt againto remove any slack, then check thatthe belt rests across the center ofyour chest and over your shoulder.

The plus-one seat that can beinstalled in the center seatingposition of the second row also has adetachable seat belt.

16

CONTINUED

Except U.S. LX and Canadian DXmodels

Fasten and Position the SeatBelts

5.


riverand

Passenger

Safety

15

Improperly positioning the seatbelts can cause serious injuryor death in a crash.

Make sure all seat belts areproperly positioned beforedriving.

０８／０７／２１　１１：１５：２９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００２０　

2009 Odyssey

The front seats and second row seatshave adjustable seat belt anchors. Toadjust the height of an anchor,squeeze the two release buttons, andslide the anchor up or down asneeded (it has four positions).

This could causevery serious injuries in a crash.

If a seat belt does not seem to workas it should, it may not protect theoccupant in a crash.

Using a seatbelt that is not working properly canresult in serious injury or death.Have your dealer check the belt assoon as possible.

See page for additionalinformation about your seat beltsand how to take care of them.

Pull out the anchor latch and thelatch plate from the holding slots inthe ceiling, and pull out the seat beltto extend it.

The plus-one seat that can beinstalled in the center seatingposition of the second row also has adetachable seat belt.

21Except U.S. LX and Canadian DXmodels

Using the Lap/Shoulder Belt in theCenter Position of the Third Row

Never place the shoulder portion of alap/shoulder belt under your arm orbehind your back.

No one should sit in a seat with aninoperative seat belt.


16

RELEASEBUTTONS

LATCHPLATE

ANCHORLATCH

０８／０７／２１　１１：１５：３７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００２１　

2009 Odyssey

Insert the hook at the end of theanchor latch into the anchor buckleby lining up the triangle marks onthe anchor latch in and buckle. Makesure the belt is not twisted. Push theanchor latch until it locks. Thenfollow the procedure for fasteningand positioning an ordinary seat belt(see page ).

To unlatch the detachable anchorlatch, insert your ignition key intothe slot on the side of the anchorbuckle. Line up the triangle markson the plate and buckle whenreattaching the belt and buckle.

15


riverand

Passenger

Safety

17

TRIANGLEMARKS

ANCHORBUCKLE

ANCHORLATCH

ANCHOR LATCH

ANCHOR BUCKLE

Using the seat belt with thedetachable anchor unlatchedincreases the chance of seriousinjury or death in a crash.

Before using the seat belt,make sure the detachableanchor is correctly latched.

０８／０７／２１　１１：１５：４４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００２２　

2009 Odyssey

After all occupants have adjustedtheir seats and head restraints, andput on their seat belts, it is veryimportant that they continue to situpright, well back in their seats, withtheir feet on the floor, until thevehicle is parked and the engine isoff.

In addition, an occupant who is out ofposition in the front seat can beseriously or fatally injured in a crashby striking interior parts of thevehicle or being struck by aninflating front airbag.

Sitting improperly can increase thechance of injury during a crash. Forexample, if an occupant slouches,lies down, turns sideways, sitsforward, leans forward or sideways,or puts one or both feet up, thechance of injury during a crash isgreatly increased.

Maintain a Proper SittingPosition

6.


18

Sitting improperly or out ofposition can result in seriousinjury or death in a crash.

Always sit upright, well back inthe seat, with your feet on thefloor.

０８／０７／２１　１１：１５：４９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００２３　

2009 Odyssey

If you are pregnant, the best way toprotect yourself and your unbornchild when driving or riding in avehicle is to always wear a seat belt,and keep the lap part of the belt aslow as possible across the hips.

When driving, remember to situpright and adjust the seat as farback as possible while allowing fullcontrol of the vehicle. When ridingas a front passenger, adjust the seatas far back as possible.

This will reduce the risk of injuriesto both you and your unborn childthat can be caused by a crash or aninflating front airbag.

Each time you have a checkup, askyour doctor if it’s okay for you todrive.

If they do, theycould be very seriously injured in acrash.

A passenger who is notwearing a seat belt during a crashor emergency stop can be thrownagainst the inside of the vehicle,against other occupants, or out ofthe vehicle.


CONTINUED

Advice for Pregnant Women Additional Safety PrecautionsNever let passengers ride in thecargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat.

Passengers should not stand up orchange seats while the vehicle ismoving.

Two people should never use thesame seat belt.


riverand

Passenger

Safety

19

０８／０７／２１　１１：１５：５７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００２４　

2009 Odyssey

Carrying hard or sharpobjects on your lap, or driving witha pipe or other sharp object inyour mouth, can result in injuriesif your front airbag inflates.

If yourhands or arms are close to anairbag cover, they could be injuredif the airbag inflates.

Objects onthe covers marked ‘‘SRS AIRBAG’’could interfere with the properoperation of the airbags or bepropelled inside the vehicle andhurt someone if the airbags inflate.

If a side airbag or aside curtain airbag inflates, a cupholder or other hard objectattached on or near the door couldbe propelled inside the vehicle andhurt someone.

Devices intended to improveoccupant comfort or reposition theshoulder part of a seat belt canreduce the protective capability ofthe belt and increase the chance ofserious injury in a crash.

Do not place hard or sharp objectsbetween yourself and a frontairbag.

Keep your hands and arms awayfrom the airbag covers.

Do not attach or place objects onthe front airbag covers.

Do not attach hard objects on ornear a door.

Do not put any accessories on seatbelts.


20

０８／０７／２１　１１：１６：０３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００２５　

2009 Odyssey

This system uses the same sensorsas the front airbags to monitorwhether the front seat belts arelatched or unlatched, and how muchweight is on the front passenger’sseat (see pages and ).

If either the driver or a frontpassenger does not fasten their seatbelt while driving, the beeper willsound and the indicator will flashagain at regular intervals.

This system monitors the front seatbelts. If you turn the ignition switchto the ON (II) position before yourseat belt is fastened, the beeper willsound and the indicator will flash. Ifyour seat belt is not fastened beforethe beeper stops, the indicator willstop flashing but remain on.

If a front passenger does not fastentheir seat belt, the indicator willcome on about 6 seconds after theignition switch is turned to the ON(II) position.

The seat belt systemincludes an indicator on the

instrument panel and a beeper toremind you and your passengers tofasten your seat belts.

Your seat belt system includes lap/shoulder belts in all seating positions.The front seat belts are alsoequipped with automatic seat belttensioners.

You will also see a ‘‘FASTEN SEATBELT’’ or ‘‘FASTEN PASSENGERSEAT BELT’’ message on the multi-information display (see page ).

When no one is sitting in the frontpassenger’s seat, or a child or smalladult is riding there, the indicatorshould not come on and the beepershould not sound.

30 31

88

CONTINUED

On Touring model

Seat Belt System Components

Additional Information About Your Seat BeltsD

riverand

Passenger

Safety

21

０８／０７／２１　１１：１６：１１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００２６　

2009 Odyssey

All seat belts have an emergencylocking retractor. In normal driving,the retractor lets you move freely inyour seat while it keeps sometension on the belt. During a collisionor sudden stop, the retractorautomatically locks the belt to helprestrain your body.

The seat belts in all positions exceptthe driver’s have a lockable retractorthat must be activated to secure achild seat (see page ).

The lap/shoulder belt goes overyour shoulder, across your chest,and across your hips.

To fasten the belt, insert the latchplate into the buckle, then tug on thebelt to make sure the buckle islatched (see page for how toproperly position the belt).

If the indicator comes on or thebeeper sounds when the driver’s seatbelt is latched and there is no frontseat passenger and no items on thefront seat, something may beinterfering with the monitoringsystem. Look for and remove:

To unlock the belt, press the redPRESS button on the buckle. Guidethe belt across your body so that itretracts completely. After exiting thevehicle, be sure the belt is out of theway and will not get closed in thedoor.

Any items under the frontpassenger’s seat.

Any object(s) hanging on the seator in the seat-back pocket.

If no obstructions are found, haveyour vehicle checked by a dealer.

Any objects, such as a folded-downsecond row seat, that is touchingthe rear of the seat-back.

52

15

Lap/Shoulder Belt

Additional Information About Your Seat Belts

22

０８／０７／２１　１１：１６：１９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００２７　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

If the shoulder part of the belt ispulled all the way out, the lockableretractor will activate. The belt willretract, but it will not allow thepassenger to move freely.

To deactivate the lockable retractor,unlatch the buckle and let the seatbelt fully retract. To refasten theseat belt, pull it out only as far asneeded.

For added protection, the front seatbelts are equipped with automaticseat belt tensioners. When activated,the tensioners immediately tightenthe belts to help hold the driver anda front passenger in position.

The lap/shoulder belt in the centerseating position on the third seat andthe second row plus-one seat(depending on models) is equippedwith a detachable seat belt that hastwo parts: a small latch plate and ananchor buckle.

The detachable seat belt shouldnormally be latched whenever theseat-backs are in an upright position.For more information about thedetachable seat belt, see page .15


Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners

Driver

andP

assengerSafety

23

０８／０７／２１　１１：１６：２７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００２８　

2009 Odyssey

If a seat belt is worn during a crash,it must be replaced by the dealer. Abelt that has been worn during acrash may not provide the same levelof protection in a subsequent crash.

The dealer should also inspect theanchors for damage and replacethem if needed. If the automatic seatbelt tensioners activate during acrash, they must be replaced.

For safety, you should check thecondition of your seat belts regularly.

Pull each belt out fully, and look forfrays, cuts, burns, and wear. Checkthat the latches work smoothly andthe belts retract easily. If a belt doesnot retract easily, cleaning the beltmay correct the problem (see page

). Any belt that is not in goodcondition or working properly willnot provide good protection andshould be replaced as soon aspossible.

Honda provides a limited warrantyon seat belts. See your

booklet fordetails.

The tensioners are designed toactivate in any collision severeenough to cause the front airbags todeploy, or if a sensor detects yourvehicle is about to roll over (see page

).

The tensioners can also be activatedduring a collision in which the frontairbags . In this case, theairbags would not be needed, but theadditional restraint could be helpful.

If a side airbag or side curtain airbagdeploys during a side impact, thetensioner on that side of the vehiclewill also deploy.

When the tensioners are activated,the seat belts will remain tight untilthey are unbuckled.

33

444

HondaWarranty Information

do not deploy


Seat Belt Maintenance

24

Not checking or maintainingseat belts can result in seriousinjury or death if the seat beltsdo not work properly whenneeded.

Check your seat belts regularlyand have any problemcorrected as soon as possible.

０８／０７／２１　１１：１６：３６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００２９　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

Airbag System Components

Additional Information About Your AirbagsD

riverand

Passenger

Safety

25

(8) Front Passenger’s Weight Sensors(9) Front Impact Sensors(10) Passenger Airbag Off Indicator(11) Side Impact Sensors

(1) Driver’s Front Airbag(2) Passenger’s Front Airbag(3) Control Unit(4) Front Seat Belt Tensioners(5) Side Airbags(6) Side Curtain Airbags(7) Driver’s Seat Position Sensor

(15) Supplemental Restraint System(SRS) Indicator

(12) Occupant Position DetectionSystem (OPDS) Sensors

(13) Front Passenger’s Weight Sensors/OPDS Sensors Control Unit

(14) Rear Safing Sensor

(9)(2)

(15)

(5)(11)

(4)(11)

(6)

(11)

(14)

(11)

(1)

(3)

(11) (4)

(7)(11)

(8)

(5)

(12)(13)

(10)

０８／０７／２１　１１：１６：４３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００３０　

2009 Odyssey

Your airbag system includes:

Two SRS (supplemental restraintsystem) front airbags. The driver’sairbag is stored in the center ofthe steering wheel; the frontpassenger’s airbag is stored in thedashboard. Both are marked ‘‘SRSAIRBAG’’ (see page ).

Two side airbags, one for thedriver and one for a frontpassenger. The airbags are storedin the outer edges of the seat-backs. Both are marked ‘‘SIDEAIRBAG’’ (see page ).

Two side curtain airbags, one foreach side of the vehicle. Theairbags are stored in the ceiling,above the side windows. The frontand rear pillars are marked ‘‘SIDECURTAIN AIRBAG’’ (see page

).

Sensors that can detect whetherthe driver’s seat belt and the frontpassenger’s seat belt are latchedor unlatched (see page ).

A driver’s seat position sensor thatmonitors the distance of the seatfrom the front airbag. If the seat istoo far forward, the airbag willinflate with less force (see page

).

Weight sensors that monitor theweight on the front passenger’sseat. If the weight is about 65 lbs(29 kg) or less (the weight of aninfant or small child), thepassenger’s front airbag will beturned off (see page ).

Automatic front seat belttensioners (see page ).

Sensors that can detect amoderate to severe front impact,side impact, or if your vehicle isabout to rollover.

Sensors that can detect whether achild is in the passenger’s sideairbag path and signal the controlunit to turn the airbag off (seepage ).

2723

30

31

33

32

30

21

Additional Information About Your Airbags

26

０８／０７／２１　１１：１６：５１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００３１　

2009 Odyssey

If you ever have a moderate tosevere frontal collision, sensors willdetect the vehicle’s rapiddeceleration.

If the rate of deceleration is highenough, the control unit will instantlyinflate the driver’s and frontpassenger’s airbags, at the time andwith the force needed.

A rollover sensor that can detect ifyour vehicle is about to roll overand signal the control unit todeploy both side curtain airbagsand front seat belt tensioners (seepage ).

A sophisticated electronic systemthat continually monitors andrecords information about thesensors, the control unit, theairbag activators, the seat belttensioners, and driver and frontpassenger seat belt use when theignition switch is in the ON (II)position.

An indicator on the instrumentpanel that alerts you to a possibleproblem with your airbags,sensors, or seat belt tensioners(see page ).

An indicator on the instrumentpanel that alerts you that thepassenger’s side airbag has beenturned off (see page ).

An indicator on the dashboard thatalerts you that the passenger’sfront airbag has been turned off(see page ).

Emergency backup power in caseyour vehicle’s electrical system isdisconnected in a crash.

33

34

35

35

CONTINUED

How Your Front Airbags Work


riverand

Passenger

Safety

27

０８／０７／２１　１１：１７：００　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００３２　

2009 Odyssey

After inflating, the front airbags willimmediately deflate, so they won’tinterfere with the driver’s visibility,or the ability to steer or operateother controls.

During a frontal crash, your seat beltrestrains your lower body and torso,and the airbag helps protect yourhead and chest.

Although both airbags normallyinflate within a split second of eachother, it is possible for only oneairbag to deploy.

This can happen if the severity of acollision is at the margin, orthreshold, that determines whetheror not the airbags will deploy. Insuch cases, the seat belt will providesufficient protection, and thesupplemental protection offered bythe airbag would be minimal.

Only the driver’s airbag can deploy ifthere is no passenger in the frontseat, or if the advanced airbagsystem has turned the passenger’sairbag off (see page ).35


28

０８／０７／２１　１１：１７：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００３３　

2009 Odyssey

Your front airbags are also dual-threshold airbags. Airbags with thisfeature have two deploymentthresholds that depend on whethersensors detect the occupant iswearing a seat belt or not.

If the occupant’s belt is ,the airbag will deploy at a slightlylower threshold, because theoccupant would need extraprotection.

Your front airbags are dual-stageairbags. This means they have twoinflation stages that can be ignitedsequentially or simultaneously,depending on crash severity.

In a crash, both stageswill ignite simultaneously to providethe quickest and greatest protection.

In a crash, one stage willignite first, then the second stagewill ignite a split second later. Thisprovides longer airbag inflation timewith a little less force.

The total time for inflation anddeflation is one-tenth of a second, sofast that most occupants are notaware that the airbags deployed untilthey see them lying in their laps.

After a crash, you may see whatlooks like smoke. This is actuallypowder from the airbag’s surface.Although the powder is not harmful,people with respiratory problemsmay experience some temporarydiscomfort. If this occurs, get out ofthe vehicle as soon as it is safe to doso. If the occupant’s belt is , the

airbag will inflate at a slightly higherthreshold, when the airbag would beneeded to supplement the protectionprovided by the seat belt.

CONTINUED

Dual-Threshold Airbags

not latched

Dual-Stage Airbags

more severe

less severe

latched


riverand

Passenger

Safety

29

０８／０７／２１　１１：１７：１４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００３４　

2009 Odyssey

The driver’s advanced front airbagsystem includes a seat positionsensor under the seat. If the seat istoo far forward, the airbag willinflate with less force, regardless ofthe severity of the impact.

Your front airbags are also advancedairbags. The main purpose of thisfeature is to help prevent airbag-caused injuries to short drivers andchildren who ride in front.

For both advanced airbags to workproperly:

Occupants must sit upright andwear their seat belts properly.

Do not spill any liquids on orunder the seats, cover the sensors,or put any cargo or metal objectsunder the front seats.

Failure to follow these instructionscould damage the sensors or preventthem from working properly.

If there is a problem with the sensor,the SRS indicator will come on, andthe airbag will inflate in the normalmanner regardless of the driver’sseating position.

Second-row passengers should notput their feet under the front seats.

The passenger’s advanced frontairbag system has weight sensorsunder the seat. Although Hondadoes not encourage carrying aninfant or small child in front, if thesensors detect the weight of aninfant or small child (up to about 65lbs or 29 kg), the system willautomatically turn the passenger’sfront airbag off.


Advanced Airbags

30

DRIVER’SSEATPOSITIONSENSOR

PASSENGER’SSEAT WEIGHTSENSOR

０８／０７／２１　１１：１７：２３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００３５　

2009 Odyssey

When the airbag is turned off, a‘‘passenger airbag off’’ indicator inthe center of the dashboard comeson (see page ).

Be aware that objects placed on thepassenger’s seat can also cause theairbag to be turned off.

If the weight sensors detect there isno passenger in the front seat, theairbag will be off. However, thepassenger airbag off indicator willnot come on.

To ensure that the passenger’sadvanced front airbag system willwork properly,

This includes:

A second row passenger pushingor pulling on the back of the frontpassenger’s seat.

Moving the front seat forciblyback against cargo on the seat, thefloor behind it, or a folded secondrow seat.

Hanging heavy items on the frontpassenger seat, or placing heavyitems in the seat-back pocket.

Also, make sure the floor mat behindthe front passenger’s seat is properlypositioned on the floor (see page

). If it is not, the mat mayinterfere with the proper operationof the front passenger’s seat and itssensors.

If you ever have a moderate tosevere side impact, sensors willdetect rapid acceleration and signalthe control unit to instantly inflateeither the driver’s or the passenger’sside airbag and activate the seat belttensioner on the affected side.

35

444

CONTINUED

How Your Side Airbags Work


do not do anythingthat would increase or decrease theweight on the front passenger’s seat.

Driver

andP

assengerSafety

31

０８／０７／２１　１１：１７：３２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００３６　

2009 Odyssey

Only one airbag will deploy during aside impact. If the impact is on thepassenger’s side, the passenger’sside airbag will deploy even if thereis no passenger.

To get the best protection from theside airbags, front seat occupantsshould wear their seat belts and situpright and well back in their seats.

If the side airbag off indicator comeson (see page ), have thepassenger sit upright. Once thepassenger is out of the airbag’sdeployment path, the system willturn the airbag back on, and theindicator will go out.

There will be some delay betweenthe moment the passenger movesinto or out of the airbag deploymentpath and when the indicator comeson or goes off.

A front seat passenger should notuse a cushion or other object as abackrest. It may prevent the cutoffsystem from working properly.

Your vehicle has a side airbag cutoffsystem designed primarily to protecta child riding in the front passenger’sseat.

Although Honda does not encouragechildren to ride in front, if theposition sensors detect a child hasleaned into the side airbag’sdeployment path, the airbag will shutoff.

Objects placed on the frontpassenger seat can also cause theside airbag to be shut off.

The side airbag may also shut off if ashort adult leans sideways, or alarger adult slouches and leanssideways into the airbag’sdeployment path.

35Side Airbag Cutoff System


32

０８／０７／２１　１１：１７：４０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００３７　

2009 Odyssey

If the impact is on the passenger’sside, the passenger’s side curtainairbag will inflate even if there are nooccupants on that side of the vehicle.

If the rollover sensor detects yourvehicle is about to roll over, it signalsthe control unit, which immediatelydeploys both side curtain airbags andactivates both front seat belttensioners.

The airbag on the passenger’s sidewill deploy, and the seat belttensioner will activate, even if thereare no passengers on that side of thevehicle.

To get the best protection from theside curtain airbags, occupantsshould wear their seat belts and situpright and well back in their seats.

In a moderate to severe side impact,sensors will detect rapid accelerationand signal the control unit toinstantly inflate the side curtainairbag and activate the seat belttensioner on the driver’s or thepassenger’s side of the vehicle.

In a Side Impact

In a Rollover

How Your Side Curtain AirbagsWork


riverand

Passenger

Safety

33

０８／０７／２１　１１：１７：４７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００３８　

2009 Odyssey

If the indicator comes on at anyother time, or does not come on at all,you should have the system checkedby your dealer. For example:

If the SRS indicator does not comeon after you turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position.

If the indicator stays on after theengine starts.

If the indicator comes on orflashes on and off while you drive.

When you turn the ignition switch tothe ON (II) position, this indicatorcomes on for several seconds thengoes off. This tells you the system isworking properly.

If you see any of these indications,the airbags and seat belt tensionersmay not work properly when youneed them.

You will also see a ‘‘CHECKAIRBAG SYSTEM’’ message on themulti-information display (see page

).

The SRS indicator alerts you to apotential problem with your airbagsor seat belt tensioners. 88

On Touring models


How the SRS IndicatorWorks

34

Ignoring the SRS indicator canresult in serious injury or deathif the airbag systems ortensioners do not work properly.

Have your vehicle checked by adealer as soon as possible ifthe SRS indicator alerts you toa possible problem.

０８／０７／２１　１１：１７：５５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００３９　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

When you turn the ignition switch tothe ON (II) position, the indicatorshould come on for several secondsand then go off (see page ). If itdoesn’t come on, stays on, or comeson while driving without a passengerin the front seat, have the systemchecked.

This indicator alerts you that thepassenger’s front airbag has beenshut off because weight sensorsdetect about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less(the weight of an infant or smallchild) on the front passenger’s seat.It does there is a problemwith the airbag.

Be aware that objects placed on thefront seat can cause the indicator tocome on.

If no weight is detected on the frontseat, the airbag will be automaticallyshut off. However, the indicator willnot come on.

The passenger airbag off indicatormay come on and off repeatedly ifthe total weight on the seat is nearthe airbag cutoff threshold.

If an adult or teenage passenger isriding in front, move the seat as farto the rear as possible, and have thepassenger sit upright and wear theseat belt properly.

This indicator alerts you that thepassenger’s side airbag has beenautomatically shut off. It doesmean there is a problem with yourside airbags.

You will also see a ‘‘PASSENGERSIDE AIRBAG OFF’’ message on themulti-information display (see page

).

68

89

On Touring models


How the Passenger Airbag OffIndicator Works

How the SideAirbag OffIndicator Works

not mean

not

Driver

andP

assengerSafety

35

PASSENGER AIRBAG OFFINDICATOR

CanadaU.S.

Canada

U.S.

０８／０７／２１　１１：１８：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００４０　

2009 Odyssey

Do not try to remove or replaceany airbag by yourself. This mustbe done by an authorized dealer ora knowledgeable body shop.

Your airbag systems are virtuallymaintenance free, and there are noparts you can safely service.However, you must have yourvehicle serviced if:

If the indicator comes on with nofront seat passenger and no objectson the seat, or with an adult ridingthere, something may be interferingwith the weight sensors. Look forand remove:

Any items under the frontpassenger’s seat.

Any object(s) hanging on the seator in the seat-back pocket.

Any object(s) touching the rear ofthe seat-back.

Any airbagthat has deployed must bereplaced along with the controlunit and other related parts. Anyseat belt tensioner that activatesmust also be replaced.

Take your vehicle to anauthorized dealer as soon aspossible. If you ignore thisindication, your airbags may notoperate properly.

Even if yourairbags do not inflate, your dealershould inspect the driver’s seatposition sensor, the frontpassenger’s weight sensors, thefront seat belt tensioners, and allseat belts and their anchors wornduring a crash to make sure theyare operating properly.If no obstructions are found, have

your vehicle checked by a dealer assoon as possible.


Airbag Service

An airbag ever inflates.

The SRS indicator alerts you to aproblem.

If your vehicle has a moderate tosevere impact.

36

０８／０７／２１　１１：１８：１４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００４１　

2009 Odyssey

Together, airbags andseat belts provide the bestprotection.

Tampering could causethe airbags to deploy, possiblycausing very serious injury.

If water oranother liquid soaks into the seat-back, it can prevent the side airbagcutoff system from workingproperly.

This could make thedriver’s seat position sensor or thefront passenger’s weight sensorsineffective. If it is necessary toremove or modify a front seat toaccommodate a person withdisabilities, first contact HondaAutomobile Customer Service at(800) 999-1009.

Improperly replacingor covering front seat-back coverscan prevent your side airbags frominflating during a side impact.

Additional Safety PrecautionsDo not attempt to deactivate yourairbags.

Do not tamper with airbagcomponents or wiring for anyreason.

Do not expose the front passenger’sseat-back to liquid.

Do not remove or modify a frontseat without consulting yourdealer.

Do not cover or replace front seat-back covers without consultingyour dealer.


riverand

Passenger

Safety

37

０８／０７／２１　１１：１８：２０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００４２　

2009 Odyssey

－

－－

Children depend on adults to protectthem. However, despite their bestintentions, many adults do not knowhow to properly protect childpassengers.

If you have children, or ever need todrive with a child in your vehicle, besure to read this section. It beginswith important general guidelines,then presents special information forinfants, small children, and largerchildren.

Each year, many children are injuredor killed in vehicle crashes becausethey are either unrestrained or notproperly restrained. In fact, vehicleaccidents are the number one causeof death of children age 12 andunder.

To reduce the number of childdeaths and injuries, every state andCanadian province requires thatinfants and children be properlyrestrained when they ride in avehicle.

(see pages ).(see pages ).

435956

59

Protecting Children General Guidelines

All Children Must Be Restrained

Infants and small children must berestrained in an approved child seatthat is properly secured to thevehicle

Larger children must be restrainedwith a lap/shoulder belt and ride ona booster seat until the seat belt f itsthem properly

38

Children who are unrestrainedor improperly restrained can beseriously injured or killed in acrash.

Any child too small for a seatbelt should be properlyrestrained in a child seat. Alarger child should be properlyrestrained with a seat belt anduse a booster seat if necessary.

０８／０７／２１　１１：１８：２８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００４３　

2009 Odyssey

－

Front airbags have been designed tohelp protect adults in a moderate tosevere frontal collision. To do this,the passenger’s front airbag is quitelarge, and it can inflate with enoughforce to cause very serious injuries.

If the vehicle seat istoo far forward, or the child’s head isthrown forward during a collision, aninflating front airbag can strike thechild with enough force to kill orvery seriously injure a small child.

Whenever possible,larger children should sit in the backseat, on a booster seat if needed, andbe properly restrained with a seatbelt. (See page for importantinformation about protecting largerchildren.)

Even though your vehicle has anadvanced front airbag system thatautomatically turns the passenger’sfront airbag off (see page ),please follow these guidelines:

According to accident statistics,children of all ages and sizes aresafer when they are restrained in aback seat. The National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration andTransport Canada recommend thatall children aged 12 and under beproperly restrained in a back seat.Some states have laws restrictingwhere children may ride.

Children who ride in back are lesslikely to be injured by strikinginterior vehicle parts during acollision or hard braking. Also,children cannot be injured by aninflating front airbag when they ridein the back.

Ifthe airbag inflates, it can hit the backof the child seat with enough forceto kill or very seriously injure aninfant.

35

56

CONTINUED

The Passenger’s Front AirbagCan Pose Serious Risks

All Children Should Sit in a BackSeat

Small ChildrenPlacing a forward-facing child seat inthe front seat of a vehicle equippedwith a passenger’s front airbag canbe hazardous.

Larger ChildrenChildren who have outgrown childseats are also at risk of being injuredor killed by an inflating passenger’sfront airbag.Infants

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front seat of a vehicle equippedwith a passenger’s front airbag.

Protecting Children General GuidelinesD

riverand

Passenger

Safety

39

０８／０７／２１　１１：１８：３８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００４４　

2009 Odyssey

－

To remind you of the passenger’sfront airbag hazards, and thatchildren must be properly restrainedin a back seat, your vehicle haswarning labels on the dashboard(U.S. models) and on the front visors.Please read and follow theinstructions on these labels.

U.S. Models

Canadian Models


40

DASHBOARDSUN VISORS

SUN VISORS

０８／０７／２１　１１：１８：５１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００４５　

2009 Odyssey

－

Your vehicle has two rows of backseats where children can be properlyrestrained. If you ever have to carrya group of children, and a child mustride in front:

Many parents say they prefer to putan infant or a small child in the frontpassenger seat so they can watch thechild, or because the child requiresattention.

Placing a child in the front seatexposes the child to hazards in afrontal collision, and paying closeattention to a child distracts thedriver from the important tasks ofdriving, placing both of you at risk.

Place the largest child in the frontseat, provided the child is largeenough to wear the lap/shoulderbelt properly (see page ).

Move the vehicle seat as far to therear as possible (see page ).

Have the child sit upright and wellback in the seat (see page ).

Make sure the seat belt is properlypositioned and secured (see page

).

If a child requires close physicalattention or frequent visual contact,we strongly recommend that anotheradult ride with the child in a backseat. The back seat is far safer for achild than the front.

If you are not wearing aseat belt in a crash, you could bethrown forward and crush thechild against the dashboard or aseat-back. If you are wearing aseat belt, the child can be tornfrom your arms and be seriouslyhurt or killed.

During a crash, thebelt could press deep into the childand cause serious or fatal injuries.


56

18

15

168

If You Must Drive with SeveralChildren

If a Child Requires CloseAttention

Additional Safety Precautions


Never hold an infant or child onyour lap.

Never put a seat belt over yourselfand a child.

Never let two children use thesame seat belt.

Driver

andP

assengerSafety

41

０８／０７／２１　１１：１９：０２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００４６　

2009 Odyssey

－

If a childwraps a loose seat belt aroundtheir neck, they can be seriouslyor fatally injured. (See pages

and for how to activateand deactivate the lockableretractor.)

This can prevent childrenfrom accidentally falling out (seepage ).

Thiswill prevent unintended use of thedoors.

Leaving children withoutadult supervision is illegal in moststates and Canadian provinces,and can be very hazardous.

For example, infants and smallchildren left in a vehicle on a hotday can die from heatstroke. Achild left alone with the key in theignition switch can accidentally setthe vehicle in motion, possiblyinjuring themselves or others.

Even very youngchildren learn how to unlockvehicle doors, turn on the ignitionswitch, and open the tailgate,which can lead to accidental injuryor death.

Children who play in vehicles canaccidentally get trapped inside.Teach your children not to play inor around vehicles.

51 52

157


Make sure any unused seat beltthat a child can reach is buckled,the lockable retractor isactivated, and the belt is fullyretracted and locked.

Use childproof door locks toprevent children from opening thedoors.

Use the power sliding door mainswitch to prevent children fromoperating the sliding doors.

Do not leave children alone in avehicle. Keep vehicle keys and remote

transmitters out of the reach ofchildren.

Lock all doors and the tailgatewhen your vehicle is not in use.

42

０８／０７／２１　１１：１９：０８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００４７　

2009 Odyssey

An infant must be properlyrestrained in a rear-facing, recliningchild seat until the child reaches theseat maker’s weight or height limitfor the seat, and the child is at leastone year old.

If the passenger’s front airbaginflates, it can hit the back of thechild seat with enough force to kill orseriously injure an infant.

When properly installed in thesecond row, a rear-facing child seatmay prevent the driver or a frontpassenger from moving their seat asfar back as recommended, or fromlocking their seat-back in the desiredposition.

If placedfacing forward, an infant could bevery seriously injured during afrontal collision.

Two types of seats may be used: aseat designed exclusively for infants,or a convertible seat used in the rear-facing, reclining mode.

Only a rear-facing child seat providesproper support for a baby’s head,neck, and back.

A rear-facing child seat can be placedin any seating position in the secondor third row, but not in the front.

It could also interfere with properoperation of the passenger’sadvanced front airbag system.

CONTINUED

Protecting Infants

Child Seat Type

Do not put a rear-facing child seat ina forward-facing position.

Rear-facing Child Seat Placement

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front seat.

Protecting Infants and Small ChildrenD

riverand

Passenger

Safety

43

０８／０７／２１　１１：１９：１７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００４８　

2009 Odyssey

In any of these situations, westrongly recommend that you installthe child seat directly behind thefront passenger’s seat, move the seatas far forward as needed, and leave itunoccupied. Or, you may wish to geta smaller rear-facing child seat.

A child who is at least one year old,and who fits within the child seatmaker’s weight and height limits,should be restrained in a forward-facing, upright child seat.

Of the different seats available, werecommend those that have a five-point harness system as shown.

We also recommend that a smallchild use the child seat until the childreaches the weight or height limitfor the seat.

Protecting Small Children

Child Seat Type

Protecting Infants and Small Children

44

Placing a rear-facing child seatin the front seat can result inserious injury or death during acollision.

Always place a rear-facing childseat in the back seat, not thefront.

０８／０７／２１　１１：１９：２４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００４９　

2009 Odyssey

We strongly recommend placing aforward-facing child seat in a backseat, not the front.

If the vehicle seat is toofar forward, or the child’s head isthrown forward during a collision, aninflating airbag can strike the childwith enough force to cause veryserious or fatal injuries.

Even with advanced front airbagsthat automatically turn thepassenger’s front airbag off (seepage ), a back seat is the safestplace for a small child.

If it is necessary to put a forward-facing child seat in the front, movethe vehicle seat as far to the rear aspossible, and be sure the child seat isfirmly secured to the vehicle and thechild is properly strapped in the seat.

35

Child Seat Placement

Placing a forward-facing child seat inthe front seat of a vehicle equippedwith a passenger’s airbag can behazardous.

Protecting Infants and Small ChildrenD

riverand

Passenger

Safety

45

Placing a forward-facing childseat in the front seat can resultin serious injury or death if thefront airbag inflates.

If you must place a forward-facing child seat in front, movethe vehicle seat as far back aspossible, and properly restrainthe child.

０８／０７／２１　１１：１９：２９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００５０　

2009 Odyssey

When buying a child seat, you needto choose either a conventional childseat, or one designed for use withthe lower anchors and tethers forchildren (LATCH) system.

Conventional child seats must besecured to a vehicle with a seat belt,whereas LATCH-compatible seatsare secured by attaching the seat tohardware built into the rear seatingpositions.

Since LATCH-compatible child seatsare easier to install and reduce thepossibility of improper installation,we recommend selecting this style.

Whatever type of seat you choose, toprovide proper protection, a childseat should meet threerequirements:

Look for FMVSS213 or CMVSS 213 on the box.

Rear-facing for infants, forward-facing for small children.

Before purchasing a conventionalchild seat, or using a previouslypurchased one, we recommend thatyou test the seat in the specificvehicle seating position or positionswhere the seat will be used.

In seating positions and vehicles notequipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible child seat can be installedusing a seat belt.

The child seat should meet U.S. orCanadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard 213.

The child seat should be of theproper type and size to fit the child.

The child seat should fit thevehicle seating position (orpositions) where it will be used.

1.

2.

3.

Selecting a Child Seat

46

０８／０７／２１　１１：１９：３７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００５１　

2009 Odyssey

After selecting a proper child seatand a good place to install the seat,there are three main steps ininstalling the seat:

All child seats must besecured to the vehicle with the lappart of a lap/shoulder belt or withthe LATCH (lower anchors andtethers for children) system. Achild whose seat is not properlysecured to the vehicle can beendangered in a crash.

After installing a childseat, push and pull the seatforward and from side-to-side toverify that it is secure.

A child seat secured with a seat beltshould be installed as firmly aspossible. However, it does not needto be ‘‘rock solid.’’ Some side-to-sidemovement can be expected andshould not reduce the child seat’seffectiveness.

If the child seat is not secure, tryinstalling it in a different seatingposition, or use a different style ofchild seat that can be firmly secured.

Make sure the child is properlystrapped in the child seataccording to the child seat maker’sinstructions. A child who is notproperly secured in a child seatcan be seriously injured in a crash.

The following pages provideguidelines on how to properly installa child seat. A forward-facing childseat is used in all examples, but theinstructions are the same for rear-facing child seats.

Properly secure the child seat tothe vehicle.

Make sure the child seat is firmlysecured.

Secure the child in the child seat.

1.

2.

3.

Installing a Child SeatD

riverand

Passenger

Safety

47

０８／０７／２１　１１：１９：４４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００５２　

2009 Odyssey

Place the child seat on the vehicleseat, then attach the seat to thelower anchors according to thechild seat maker’s instructions.

The lower anchors are locatedbetween the seat-back and seatbottom, and are to be used only witha child seat designed for use withLATCH.

The location of each lower anchor isindicated by a small button above theanchor point.

Some LATCH-compatible seatshave a rigid-type connector asshown above.

To install a LATCH-compatible childseat in a second row seat:

Make sure there are no objectsnear the anchors that couldprevent a secure connectionbetween the child seat and theanchors.

Move the seat belt buckle ortongue away from the loweranchors.

Your vehicle is equipped withLATCH (lower anchors and tethersfor children) in the two second rowseats and the center seating positionof the third row.

1.

2.

3.

Installing a Child Seat withLATCH

Installing a Child Seat

48

LOWERANCHORS

BUTTON

Rigid type

０８／０７／２１　１１：１９：５３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００５３　

2009 Odyssey

Whatever type you have, followthe child seat maker’s instructionsfor adjusting or tightening the fit.

Other LATCH-compatible seats havea flexible-type connector as shownabove.

Attach the tether strap hook to theanchor, making sure the strap isnot twisted, then tighten the strapaccording to the seat maker’sinstructions.

Push and pull the child seatforward and from side-to-side toverify that it is secure.

Lift the head restraint (see page), then route the tether strap

through the legs of the headrestraint, over the seat-back andthrough the grab rail.4.

5. 6.

7.

171


riverand

Passenger

Safety

49

ANCHOR

TETHERSTRAP HOOK

TETHER STRAP

Flexible type

０８／０７／２１　１１：２０：０１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００５４　

2009 Odyssey

To install a LATCH-compatible childseat in the center seating position ofthe third row:

Unlatch the detachable seat beltanchor latch and retract the seatbelt all the way into the ceiling.Place the latch plate and anchorlatch in their holding slots (seepage ).

The location of each lower anchor isindicated by a small button above theanchor point.

Follow steps 1 through 4 of thesecond row installation on pages

and .

The center seating position of thethird row has an anchorage point onthe tailgate sill.

Slide the anchor cover to open it.

1.

2. 3.

48 49

16


50

ANCHORAGE POINT

BUTTON

LOWER ANCHORS

０８／０７／２１　１１：２０：０９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００５５　

2009 Odyssey

With the child seat in the desiredseating position, route the beltthrough the child seat accordingto the seat maker’s instructions,then insert the latch plate into thebuckle.

When not using the LATCH system,all child seats must be secured to thevehicle with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.

In addition, the lap/shoulder belts inall seating positions except thedriver’s have a lockable retractorthat must be activated to secure achild seat.

If you intend to install a child seat inthe center seating position of thethird row, make sure the detachableseat belt is properly installed (seepage ).

Remove the head restraint (seepage ). Make sure theremoved head restraint is securedin the cargo area. Reinstall thehead restraint when the child seatis removed.

Follow steps 6 and 7 on page .

1.4.

5. 49

16

171

CONTINUED


Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Belt

Driver

andP

assengerSafety

51

TETHER STRAPHOOK ANCHOR

０８／０７／２１　１１：２０：１８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００５６　

2009 Odyssey

To deactivate the lockable retractorand remove a child seat, unlatch thebuckle, unroute the seat belt, and letthe belt fully retract.

Push and pull the child seatforward and from side-to-side toverify that it is secure enough tostay upright during normal drivingmaneuvers. If the child seat is notsecure, unlatch the belt, allow it toretract fully, then repeat thesesteps.

After confirming that the belt islocked, grab the shoulder part ofthe belt near the buckle, and pullup to remove any slack from thelap part of the belt. Remember, ifthe lap part of the belt is not tight,the child seat will not be secure.

To activate the lockable retractor,slowly pull the shoulder part of thebelt all the way out until it stops,then let the belt feed back into theretractor.

After the belt has retracted, tug onit. If the belt is locked, you will notbe able to pull it out. If you can pullthe belt out, it is not locked, andyou will need to repeat these steps.

To remove slack, it may help toput weight on the child seat, orpush on the back of the seat whilepulling up on the belt.

5.4.2.

3.


52

０８／０７／２１　１１：２０：２６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００５７　

2009 Odyssey

Each second row bucket seat has atether anchorage point at the bottomof the seat-back.

After properly securing the childseat (see page ), lift the headrestraint, then route the tetherstrap over the seat-back andthrough the head restraint legs.

A child seat with a tether can beinstalled in any seating position inthe second or third row seats.

Since a tether can provide additionalsecurity to the lap/shoulder beltinstallation, we recommend using atether whenever one is required oravailable.

1.51

CONTINUED

Installing a Child Seat with aTether

Second Row Installation


riverand

Passenger

Safety

53

TETHER ANCHORAGE POINT

TETHERSTRAP

０８／０７／２１　１１：２０：３４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００５８　

2009 Odyssey

The center seating position of thethird row has an anchorage point onthe tailgate sill.

Each outside seating position of thethird row has an anchorage point onthe seat-back.

Attach the tether strap hook to theanchor, making sure the strap isnot twisted.

Tighten the strap according to theseat maker’s instructions.

2.

3.

Third Row Installation


54

ANCHORAGE POINT

Center seating positionTETHERSTRAPHOOK

ANCHOR ANCHORAGE POINTS

Outside seating position

０８／０７／２１　１１：２０：４２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００５９　

2009 Odyssey

Remove the head restraint (seepage ). Make sure theremoved head restraint is securedin the cargo area. Reinstall thehead restraint when the child seatis removed.

To use the anchor, pull up theanchor cover.

Slide the anchor cover to open it.

After properly securing the childseat (see page ), route thetether strap over the top of theseat-back.

Attach the tether strap hook to theanchor, making sure the tetherstrap is not twisted.

Tighten the strap according to theseat maker’s instructions.

2.

3.

1.

(Outside seating position)

4. 5.

(Center seating position)

171

51


riverand

Passenger

Safety

55

Outside seating position

TETHER STRAP HOOK

Center seating position

ANCHORTETHER STRAP HOOKANCHOR

０８／０７／２１　１１：２０：５０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００６０　

2009 Odyssey

To determine if a lap/shoulder beltproperly fits a child, have the childput on the seat belt, then askyourself:

Does the child sit all the way backagainst the seat?

Do the child’s knees bendcomfortably over the edge of theseat?

When a child reaches therecommended weight or height limitfor a forward-facing child seat, thechild should sit in a back seat on abooster seat and wear a lap/shoulderbelt.

The following pages giveinstructions on how to check properseat belt fit, what kind of boosterseat to use if one is needed, andimportant precautions for a childwho must sit in front.

1.

2.

Checking Seat Belt Fit

Protecting Larger Children

56

Allowing a child age 12 or underto sit in front can result in injuryor death if the passenger’s frontairbag inflates.

If a child must ride in front,move the vehicle seat as farback as possible, use a boosterseat if needed, have the childsit up properly and wear theseat belt properly.

０８／０７／２１　１１：２０：５７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００６１　

2009 Odyssey

A child who has outgrown a forward-facing child seat should ride in aback seat and use a booster seatuntil the lap/shoulder belt fits themproperly without the booster.

Does the shoulder belt crossbetween the child’s neck and arm?

Is the lap part of the belt as low aspossible, touching the child’sthighs?

Will the child be able to stayseated like this for the whole trip?

If you answer yes to all thesequestions, the child is ready to wearthe lap/shoulder belt correctly. Ifyou answer no to any question, thechild needs to ride on a booster seat.

Some states and Canadian provincesalso require children to use a boosterseat until they reach a given age orweight (e.g., 6 years or 60 lbs). Besure to check current laws in thestates or provinces where you intend

to drive.

Booster seats can be high-back orlow-back. Whichever style you select,make sure the booster seat meetsfederal safety standards (see page

) and that you follow the boosterseat maker’s instructions.

If a child who uses a booster seatmust ride in front, move the vehicleseat as far back as possible and besure the child is wearing the seatbelt properly.

A child may continue using a boosterseat until the tops of their ears areeven with the top of the vehicle’s orbooster’s seat-back. A child of thisheight should be tall enough to usethe lap/shoulder belt without abooster seat.

3.

4.

5.46

Using a Booster Seat

Protecting Larger ChildrenD

riverand

Passenger

Safety

57

０８／０７／２１　１１：２１：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００６２　

2009 Odyssey

The National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration and TransportCanada recommend that all childrenaged 12 and under be properlyrestrained in a back seat.

If the passenger’s front airbaginflates in a moderate to severefrontal collision, the airbag can causeserious injuries to a child who isunrestrained, improperly restrained,sitting too close to the airbag, or outof position.

A side airbag also poses risks. If anypart of a larger child’s body is in thepath of a deploying side airbag, thechild could receive possibly seriousinjuries.

Of course, children vary widely. Andwhile age may be one indicator ofwhen a child can safely ride in front,there are other important factors youshould consider.

Physically, a child must be largeenough for the lap/shoulder belt toproperly fit (see pages and ). Ifthe seat belt does not fit properly,with or without the child sitting on abooster seat, the child should not sitin front.

To safely ride in front, a child mustbe able to follow the rules, includingsitting properly, and wearing the seatbelt properly throughout a ride.

If you decide that a child can safelyride up front, be sure to:

Carefully read the owner’s manual,and make sure you understand allseat belt instructions and all safetyinformation.

Move the vehicle seat to the rear-most position.

Have the child sit up straight, backagainst the seat, and feet on ornear the floor.

Check that the child’s seat belt isproperly and securely positioned.

Supervise the child. Even maturechildren sometimes need to bereminded to fasten the seat beltsor sit properly.

5615


When Can a Larger Child Sit inFront

Physical Size

Maturity

58

０８／０７／２１　１１：２１：１６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００６３　

2009 Odyssey

This could resultin serious neck injuries during acrash.

This couldcause very serious injuries duringa crash. It also increases thechance that the child will slideunder the belt in a crash and beinjured.


Devices intended toimprove a child’s comfort orreposition the shoulder part of aseat belt can make the belt lesseffective and increase the chanceof serious injury in a crash.


Additional Safety PrecautionsDo not let a child wear a seat beltacross the neck.

Do not let a child put the shoulderpart of a seat belt behind the backor under the arm.

Two children should never use thesame seat belt.

Do not put any accessories on aseat belt.

Driver

andP

assengerSafety

59

０８／０７／２１　１１：２１：２１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００６４　

2009 Odyssey

Your vehicle’s exhaust containscarbon monoxide gas. Carbonmonoxide should not enter thevehicle in normal driving if youmaintain your vehicle properly andfollow the information on this page.

High levels of carbon monoxide cancollect rapidly in enclosed areas,such as a garage. Do not run theengine with the garage door closed.Even with the door open, run theengine only long enough to move thevehicle out of the garage.

With the tailgate open, air flow canpull exhaust gas into your vehicle’sinterior and create a hazardouscondition. If you must drive with thetailgate open, open all the windowsand set the heating and coolingsystem/climate control system asshown below.Have the exhaust system inspected

for leaks whenever:

The vehicle is raised for an oilchange.

You notice a change in the soundof the exhaust.

The vehicle was in an accidentthat may have damaged theunderside.

If you must sit in your parked vehiclewith the engine running, even in anunconfined area, adjust the heatingand cooling system/climate controlsystem as follows:

Select the fresh air mode.Select the mode.Set the fan speed to high.Set the temperature control to acomfortable setting.

1.2.3.4.

Carbon Monoxide Hazard

60

Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.Breathing it can causeunconsciousness and even killyou.

Avoid any enclosed areas oractivities that expose you tocarbon monoxide.

０８／０７／２１　１１：２１：２８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００６５　

2009 Odyssey

These labels are in the locationsshown. They warn you of potentialhazards that could cause seriousinjury or death. Read these labelscarefully.

If a label comes off or becomes hardto read (except for the U.S.dashboard label which may beremoved by the owner), contact yourdealer for a replacement.

CONTINUED

Canadian models

U.S. models only

U.S. models

U.S. models only

Safety LabelsD

riverand

Passenger

Safety

61

DASHBOARD

SUN VISORS

SUN VISOR

０８／０７／２１　１１：２１：４３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００６６　

2009 Odyssey

U.S. models Canadian modelsU.S. models Canadian models

Safety Labels

62

HOOD DOORJAMB

RADIATOR CAP

０８／０７／２１　１１：２２：０３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００６７　

2009 Odyssey

This section gives information aboutthe controls and displays thatcontribute to the daily operation ofyour vehicle. All the essentialcontrols are within easy reach.

...........................Control Locations . 64............................Instrument Panel . 65

..........Instrument Panel Indicators . 67.............................................Gauges . 77

.............Multi-Information Display . 81Controls Near the Steering

.........................................Wheel . 133

Windshield Wipers and.................................Washers . 134

Rear Window Wiper and...................................Washer . 135

.........Turn Signal and Headlights . 135......Instrument Panel Brightness . 139

...............Hazard Warning Button . 140

...............Rear Window Defogger . 140........Steering Wheel Adjustment . 141

.............................Keys and Locks . 142......................Immobilizer System . 143

..............................Ignition Switch . 144.....................Remote Transmitter . 145

Opening or Closing the Power.........................Sliding Doors . 148

Opening or Closing the Power..................................Tailgate . 148

....................................Door Locks . 151....................Power Door Locks . 151

Auto Door Locking/..............................Unlocking . 152

............Childproof Door Locks . 157..........................................Tailgate . 157

..........................Power Tailgate . 158.................................Sliding Doors . 161

...............................................Seats . 167

..................................Seat Heaters . 183Driving Position Memory

........................................System . 184............................Power Windows . 186

.......................................Moonroof . 189...........................................Mirrors . 190

...............................Parking Brake . 192.Adjustable Driver’s Foot Pedals . 193

.........Interior Convenience Items . 194..........Retractable Center Tray . 195

.....................Beverage Holders . 195................Integrated Sunshade . 197

....................Sunglasses Holder . 197................Conversation Mirror . 198

...................................Sun Visor . 198............................Vanity Mirror . 199

...................Rear Compartment . 199................Second Row Console . 199...............In-Floor Storage Area . 200

..............................Glove Boxes . 201...........................Center Pocket . 202

...............................Coin Pocket . 202........Accessory Power Sockets . 203

.......................AC Power Outlet . 203...............................Interior Lights . 205

Instruments and ControlsInstrum

entsand

Controls

63

０８／０７／２１　１１：２２：０７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００６８　

2009 Odyssey

＊

＊

＊

: If equipped

Control Locations

64

RETRACTABLECENTER TRAY

PARKING BRAKEPEDAL

ACCESSORYPOWER SOCKET

AUXILIARYINPUT JACK

Vehicle with navigation system is shown.

(P.192)(P.203) (P.283) (P.195)

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONSHIFT LEVER

(P.183)

(P.210)INSTRUMENT PANEL INDICATORS(P.65, 66)GAUGES

MIRRORCONTROLS(P.191)

POWER DOORLOCK SWITCH(P.151)

DRIVING POSITIONMEMORY SYSTEMBUTTONS(P.184)

POWER WINDOWSWITCHES(P.186)

FUEL FILL DOORRELEASE HANDLE

HOOD RELEASE HANDLE

(P.77)

GLOVE BOXES(P.201)

HEATING AND COOLING SYSTEM/CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM(P.386)

(P.369)

(P.370)

SEAT HEATERSWITCHES

０８／０７／２１　１１：２２：１４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００６９　

2009 Odyssey

The U.S. instrument panel is shown. Differences for the Canadian models are noted in the text.

Instrument PanelInstrum

entsand

Controls

LX, EX, EX-L and Canadian DX models

65

HIGH BEAMINDICATOR

IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMINDICATOR POWER SLIDING

DOOR INDICATOR

DOOR ANDTAILGATE OPENINDICATOR

CHARGINGSYSTEMINDICATOR

FUEL ECONOMYINDICATOR

MALFUNCTIONINDICATORLAMP

LOW TIRE PRESSUREINDICATOR

LIGHTS ON INDICATOR

CRUISE MAIN INDICATOR VEHICLE STABILITY ASSIST(VSA) SYSTEM INDICATOR

ANTI-LOCK BRAKESYSTEM (ABS)INDICATOR

CRUISE CONTROLINDICATOR

LOW FUEL INDICATOR

SEAT BELT REMINDERINDICATOR

SIDE AIRBAG OFFINDICATOR

SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS)INDICATOR

PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKESYSTEM INDICATOR

SECURITYSYSTEMINDICATOR

(P.70)

(P.75)

(P.76)

(P.34, 67)

(P.75)

(P.76)

(P.21, 68)

(P.35, 68)

(P.74)

(P.75)

(P.75)

(P.75)(P.73)

(P.73)

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS) INDICATOR

(P.73)

MAINTENANCE MINDERINDICATOR

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS(DRL) INDICATOR

VSA ACTIVATIONINDICATOR

POWER TAILGATE OPENINDICATOR(P.74)

(P.70, 394)

(P.67, 479)

(P.67, 480)

LOW OIL PRESSUREINDICATOR (P.67, 479)

(P.70, 394)

(P.71, 396)

(P.72, 397)

(P.69, 392)

(P.69, 481)

０８／０７／２１　１５：０２：１１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００７０　

2009 Odyssey

＊ The U.S. instrument panel is shown. Differences for the Canadian models are noted in the text.

Instrument Panel

Touring models

66

SEAT BELT REMINDERINDICATOR

DOOR AND TAILGATEOPEN INDICATOR

SECURITY SYSTEMINDICATOR

SIDE AIRBAG OFFINDICATOR

(P.76)

(P.21, 68)

(P.35, 68)

(P.75)

(P.75)

(P.70)

(P.76)

FUEL ECONOMYINDICATOR(P.75)

MALFUNCTIONINDICATOR LAMP

LIGHTS ON INDICATOR

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM(ABS) INDICATOR

CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR

CRUISE MAIN INDICATOR (P.75)

CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR

FOG LIGHT INDICATOR

IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM INDICATOR

HIGH BEAM INDICATOR

SYSTEM MESSAGEINDICATOR

LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR

LOW FUELINDICATOR

PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE SYSTEMINDICATOR

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM(SRS) INDICATOR

(P.74)

(P.34, 67)

(P.73)

(P.73)

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (DRL)INDICATOR (P.73)

(P.73)LOW TIRE PRESSURE/TPMSINDICATOR

VSA ACTIVATIONINDICATOR

VEHICLE STABILITY ASSIST (VSA) SYSTEMINDICATOR

(P.67, 479)

(P.67, 480)

(P.67, 479)

(P.70, 394) (P.70, 394)

(P.71, 399)

(P.69, 392)

(P.69, 481)

０８／０７／２１　１５：０２：１９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００７１　

2009 Odyssey

The instrument panel has manyindicators to give you importantinformation about your vehicle. If this indicator comes on when the

engine is running, the battery is notbeing charged. For more information,see page .

For more information, see page .

This indicator comes on for severalseconds when you turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position. If itcomes on at any other time, itindicates a potential problem withyour front airbags. This indicator willalso alert you to a potential problemwith your side airbags, passenger’sside airbag automatic cutoff system,side curtain airbags, automatic seatbelt tensioners, driver’s seat positionsensor, or the front passenger’sweight sensors. For moreinformation, see page .

You will also see a ‘‘CHECKEMISSION SYSTEM’’ message onthe multi-information display (seepage ).

You will also see a ‘‘CHECKCHARGING SYSTEM’’ message onthe multi-information display (seepage ).

The engine can be severely damagedif this indicator flashes or stays onwhen the engine is running. Formore information, see page .

You will also see a ‘‘CHECKENGINE OIL LEVEL’’ message onthe multi-information display (seepage ).

You will also see a ‘‘CHECKAIRBAG SYSTEM’’ message on themulti-information display (see page

).

34

8888

88

88

480479

479

On Touring modelsOn Touring models

On Touring models

On Touring models

Malfunction IndicatorLamp

Charging SystemIndicator

Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) Indicator

Low Oil PressureIndicator

Instrument Panel IndicatorsInstrum

entsand

Controls

67

０８／０７／２１　１１：２２：４３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００７２　

2009 Odyssey

This indicator comes on when youturn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position. It reminds you and yourpassengers to fasten your seat belts.A beeper also sounds if you have notfastened your seat belt.

If you turn the ignition switch to theON (II) position before fasteningyour seat belts, the beeper sounds,and the indicator flashes. If you donot fasten your seat belts before thebeeper stops, the indicator stopsflashing but remains on.

If your front passenger does notfasten their seat belt, the indicatorcomes on about 6 seconds after theignition switch is turned to the ON(II) position.

If either of you do not fasten yourseat belt while driving, the beeperwill sound and the indicator will flashagain at regular intervals. For moreinformation, see page .

This indicator comes on for severalseconds when you turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position. If itcomes on at any other time, itindicates that the passenger’s sideairbag has automatically shut off.For more information, see page .

You will also see a ‘‘FASTEN SEATBELT’’ or ‘‘FASTEN PASSENGERSEAT BELT’’ message on the multi-information display (see page ).

You will also see a ‘‘PASSENGERSIDE AIRBAG OFF’’ message on themulti-information display (see page

).

2135

8988


Instrument Panel Indicators

Side Airbag OffIndicator

Seat Belt ReminderIndicator

68

U.S. Canada

０８／０７／２１　１１：２２：５２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００７３　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

This indicator normally comes on fora few seconds when you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position, and when the ignitionswitch is turned to the START (III)position. If it comes on at any othertime, there is a problem with theABS. If this happens, have yourvehicle checked at a dealer. Withthis indicator on, your vehicle stillhas normal braking ability but noanti-lock function. For moreinformation, see page .

This indicator has two functions:It comes on when you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position. It is a reminder to checkthe parking brake. A beepersounds if you drive with theparking brake not fully released.Driving with the parking brake notfully released can damage thebrakes and tires.

If it remains on after you havefully released the parking brakewhile the engine is running, or if itcomes on while driving, therecould be a problem with the brakesystem. For more information, seepage .

You will also see a ‘‘CHECK ABSSYSTEM’’ message on the multi-information display (see page ).

You will also see a ‘‘RELEASEPARKING BRAKE’’ message on themulti-information display (see page

).

You will also see a ‘‘BRAKE FLUIDLOW’’ or ‘‘CHECK BRAKESYSTEM’’ message on the multi-information display (see page ).

1.

2.

8988

88

392

481

On Touring models

On Touring models

On Touring models


Anti-lock Brake System(ABS) Indicator

Parking Brake andBrake SystemIndicator (Red)

Instruments

andC

ontrols

69

U.S. Canada

０８／０７／２１　１１：２３：０２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００７４　

2009 Odyssey

This indicator has three functions:This indicator normally comes on fora few seconds when you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position.

This indicator comes on for a fewseconds when you turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position. It willgo off if you have inserted a properlycoded ignition key. If it is not aproperly coded key, the indicator willblink and the engine will not start(see page ).

This indicator also blinks severaltimes when you turn the ignitionswitch from the ON (II) position tothe ACCESSORY (I) or LOCK (0)position.

If it comes on and stays on at anyother time, or if it does not come onwhen you turn the ignition switch tothe ON (II) position, there is aproblem with the VSA system. Takeyour vehicle to a dealer to have itchecked. Without VSA, your vehiclestill has normal driving ability, butwill not have VSA traction andstability enhancement. See page

for more information on theVSA system.

It comes on as a reminder that youhave turned off the vehiclestability assist (VSA) system.

It flashes when VSA is active (seepage ).

It comes on along with the VSAsystem indicator if there is aproblem with the VSA system.

You will also see a ‘‘CHECK VSASYSTEM’’ message on the multi-information display (see page ).

You will also see a ‘‘CHECK VSASYSTEM’’ message on the multi-information display (see page ).

This indicator normally comes on fora few seconds when you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position. See page for moreinformation.

1.

2.

3.143

89

89394

394

394

On Touring models

On Touring models

Vehicle Stability Assist(VSA) System Indicator

VSA Activation IndicatorImmobilizer SystemIndicator


70

０８／０７／２１　１１：２３：１３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００７５　

2009 Odyssey

This indicator normally comes on fora few seconds when you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position. If it comes on while driving,it indicates that one or more of yourvehicle’s tires are significantly lowon pressure.

If this happens, pull to the side of theroad when it is safe, check which tirehas lost the pressure, and determinethe cause. If it is because of a flat tire,replace the flat tire with the compactspare (see page ), and have theflat tire repaired as soon as possible.If two or more tires are underinflated,call a professional towing service(see page ). For moreinformation, see page .

If this happens, pull to the side of theroad when it is safe, check which tirehas lost pressure on the multi-information display, and determinethe cause. If it is because of a flat tire,have the flat tire repaired as soon aspossible. If two or more tires areunderinflated, call a professionaltowing service. For moreinformation, see page .

This indicator normally comes on fora few seconds when you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position.

This indicator has two functions:

If it comes on while driving, itindicates that one or more of yourvehicle’s tires are significantly lowon pressure.

You will also see a ‘‘CHECK TIREPRESSURE’’ message on the multi-information display (see page ).

Check the tire pressure monitor onthe multi-information display anddetermine the cause (see page ).

Your vehicle has Michelin PAX tires.Repair or replacement of PAX tiresmust be done by a Honda dealer oran authorized Michelin PAX systemdealer. For more information, seepage .

1.

88465

488396

401

488

457

CONTINUED

On LX, EX, EX-L and Canadian DXmodels

On Touring models

U.S. models with the Michelin PAXsystem


Low Tire PressureIndicator

Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator

Instruments

andC

ontrols

71

０８／０７／２１　１１：２３：２５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００７６　

2009 Odyssey

When you press the hazard warningbutton, both turn signal indicatorsand all turn signals on the outside ofthe vehicle flash.

The left or right turn signal indicatorblinks when you signal a lane changeor turn. If an indicator does not blinkor blinks rapidly, it usually meansone of the turn signal bulbs isburned out (see pages and ).Replace the bulb as soon as possible,since other drivers cannot see thatyou are signaling.

If this indicator begins to flash,there is a problem with the tirepressure monitoring system(TPMS). You will also see a‘‘CHECK TPMS SYSTEM’’message on the multi-informationdisplay. The indicator continues toflash for a while (approximately 1minute), then stays on. If thishappens, have your dealer checkthe system as soon as possible.For more information, see page

.

This indicator normally comes on fora few seconds when you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position.

If this indicator comes on and stayson at any other time, or if it does notcome on when you turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position, thereis a problem with the TPMS. Withthis indicator on, the low tirepressure indicator will not come onwhen a tire loses pressure. Take thevehicle to your dealer to have thesystem checked.

2.

403

438 441



Turn Signal and Hazard WarningIndicators

Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) Indicator

72

０８／０７／２１　１１：２３：３２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００７７　

2009 Odyssey

This indicator also comes on withreduced brightness when thedaytime running lights (DRL) are on(see page ).

If this indicator comes on when theignition switch is turned to the ON(II) position and the parking brake isreleased, it means there is a problemin the high beam headlight’s circuit.Have your vehicle checked by yourdealer.

This indicator reminds you that theexterior lights are on. It comes onwhen the light switch is in either the

or position. If you turn theignition switch to the ACCESSORY(I) or the LOCK (0) position withoutturning off the light switch, thisindicator will remain on. A reminderchime will also sound when you openthe driver’s door and remove the keyfrom the ignition switch.

On Touring models, this indicatoralso comes on when the light switchis in AUTO and the lights turn onautomatically.

If you see a ‘‘CHECK DRLSYSTEM’’ message on the multi-information display, there is aproblem in the high beam headlight’scircuit. Take your vehicle to a dealerto have it checked (see page ).

This indicator comes on with thehigh beam headlights. For moreinformation, see page .

This indicator comes on when youturn on the fog lights. See page

for information on fog lightoperation.

89

136

138

138

On Touring models

On Touring models


Daytime Running LightsIndicator

Fog Light Indicator

Lights On Indicator

High Beam Indicator

Instruments

andC

ontrols

73

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (DRL)INDICATOR

０８／０７／２１　１１：２３：４３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００７８　

2009 Odyssey

This indicator comes on when thewasher fluid level is low. Add washerfluid when you see this indicatorcome on (see page ).

You will also see a ‘‘WASHERFLUID LOW’’ message on the multi-information display (see page ).

This indicator is in the fuel gauge. Itcomes on as a reminder that youmust refuel soon.

When the indicator comes on, thereis about 3.01 US gal (11.4 ) of fuelremaining in the tank.

When the needle reaches E, there isa very small amount of fuel in thetank.

You will also see a ‘‘FUEL LOW’’message on the multi-informationdisplay (see page ).

This indicator comes on for a fewseconds when you turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position. If itcomes on at any other time, there isa problem in the power tailgatesystem. Have the system checked byyour dealer as soon as possible. Youcan still open or close the tailgatemanually. For more information onthe power tailgate, see page .

89

89

148432

On Canadian models

On Canadian Touring models

On Touring models

On EX-L and Touring models


Low Fuel IndicatorWasher Level Indicator

Power Tailgate-openIndicator

74

LOW FUEL INDICATORWASHER LEVEL INDICATOR

０８／０７／２１　１１：２３：５３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００７９　

2009 Odyssey

This indicator comes on when youturn on the cruise control system bypressing the CRUISE button on thesteering wheel (see page ).

This indicator comes on when youset the cruise control. See page

for information on operating thecruise control.

This indicator comes on for a fewseconds when you turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position. If itcomes on at any other time, there isa problem in the power sliding doorsystem. With this indicator on, movethe main switch on the dashboard tothe OFF position, and have thesystem checked by your dealer assoon as possible. You can still openor close each sliding door manually.For more information on the powersliding doors, see page .

The appropriate light comes on inthis indicator if the tailgate or anydoor is not closed tightly.All the lights in the indicator comeon for a few seconds when you turnthe ignition switch to the ON (II)position.

While the engine is operating in itsmost economical range, thisindicator may come on and stay on.It goes off when your vehicle usesextra fuel. The door and tailgate open indicator

also appears on the multi-informationdisplay.

You will also see a ‘‘CHECK LEFTSLIDING DOOR’’ or ‘‘CHECKRIGHT SLIDING DOOR’’ messageon the multi-information display (seepage ).

161

319

319

89

On EX and EX-L models

On Touring models


On Touring models


Cruise Main Indicator

Cruise Control Indicator

Fuel Economy Indicator

Power SlidingDoor Indicator

Door and Tailgate Open Indicator

Instruments

andC

ontrols

75

U.S. Canada

０８／０７／２１　１１：２４：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００８０　

2009 Odyssey

This indicator comes on for a fewseconds when you turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position. Itreminds you that it is time to takeyour vehicle in for scheduledmaintenance. The maintenance mainitems and sub items will be displayedin the information display. See page

for more information on themaintenance minder.

This indicator goes off when yourdealer resets it after completing therequired maintenance service.

This indicator comes on when thereis a system message on the multi-information display. Press the INFObutton on the steering wheel (seepage ) to see the message (seepage ).

Most of the time, this indicatorcomes on along with other indicatorsin the instrument panel such as theseat belt reminder indicator, SRSindicator, VSA system indicator, etc.

This indicator comes on when thesecurity system is set. For moreinformation, see page .318

8287

415


On Touring modelsOn EX, EX-L and Touring models


Maintenance MinderIndicator

System MessageIndicator

Security System Indicator

76

SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR

０８／０７／２１　１１：２４：１５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００８１　

2009 Odyssey

This shows how much fuel you have.It may show slightly more or lessthan the actual amount. The needlereturns to the bottom after you turnoff the ignition.

This shows the temperature of theengine’s coolant. During normaloperation, the pointer should rise toabout the middle of the gauge. Insevere driving conditions, the pointermay rise to the upper zone. If itreaches the red (hot) mark, pullsafely to the side of the road. Forinstructions and precautions onchecking the engine’s coolingsystem, see page .477

Temperature Gauge

Fuel Gauge

GaugesInstrum

entsand

Controls

77

SPEEDOMETER

TEMPERATUREGAUGE

FUEL GAUGE

TEMPERATUREGAUGE

TACHOMETER

SELECT/RESET KNOB

SELECT/RESET KNOB

TACHOMETER SPEEDOMETER

FUEL GAUGE

MULTI-INFORMATION DISPLAY

INFORMATION DISPLAY

LX, EX, EX-L and Canadian DX models

Touring models

Avoid driving with an extremely lowf uel level. Running out of f uel couldcause the engine to misf ire, damagingthe catalytic converter.

０８／０７／２１　１１：２４：２４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００８２　

2009 Odyssey

The odometer shows the totaldistance your vehicle has beendriven. It measures miles in U.S.models and kilometers in Canadianmodels. It is illegal under U.S.federal law and Canadian provincialregulations to disconnect, reset, oralter the odometer with the intent tochange the number of miles orkilometers indicated.

To switch the display, press andrelease the select/reset knobrepeatedly. When you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position, your last selection isdisplayed.

This meter shows the number ofmiles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada)driven since you last reset it.There are two trip meters: Trip Aand Trip B. Switch between thesedisplays by pressing the select/resetknob repeatedly.Each trip meter works independently,so you can keep track of twodifferent distances.To reset a trip meter, display it, andthen press and hold the select/resetknob until the number resets to ‘‘0.0’’.

The information display shows theodometer, trip meter, engine oil life,outside temperature (if equipped),and maintenance item code(s).

For information about the multi-information display, see page .81


On Touring models

Gauges

Odometer

Information Display

Trip Meter

78

INFORMATION DISPLAY

TRIP METER A

ENGINE OILLIFE

OUTSIDETEMPERATUREINDICATOR

ODOMETER

U.S. model with outside temperature indicator is shown.TRIP METER B

０８／０７／２１　１１：２４：３５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００８３　

2009 Odyssey

± ±

－－－－－－－－

This indicator displays the outsidetemperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.models) or Celsius (Canadianmodels). To see the outsidetemperature, press and release theselect/reset knob until thetemperature is displayed.

The temperature sensor is in thefront bumper. The temperaturereading can be affected by heatreflection from the road surface,engine heat, and the exhaust fromsurrounding traffic. This can causean incorrect temperature readingwhen your vehicle speed is under19 mph (30 km/h). When you startyour trip, the sensor is not fullyacclimatized, therefore it may takeseveral minutes until the propertemperature is displayed.

In certain weather conditions,temperature readings near freezing(32°F, 0°C) could mean that ice isforming on the road surface.

If the outside temperature isincorrectly displayed, you can adjustit up to 5°F in U.S. models ( 3°Cin Canadian models) warmer orcooler.

The temperature must bestabilized before doing thisprocedure.

To adjust the outside temperatureindicator, press and hold the select/reset knob for 10 seconds. Thefollowing sequence will appear for 1second each: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 5, 4,

3, 2, 1, 0 (U.S.) or 0, 1, 2, 3,3, 2, 1, 0 (Canada).

When the temperature reaches thedesired value, release the select/reset knob. You should see the newoutside temperature displayed.

CONTINUED


Gauges

Outside Temperature Indicator

Instruments

andC

ontrols

79

NOTE:

０８／０７／２１　１１：２４：４２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００８４　

2009 Odyssey

The information display in theinstrument panel shows you theengine oil life and maintenanceservice items when the ignitionswitch is in the ON (II) position. Thisinformation helps to keep you awareof the periodic maintenance yourvehicle needs for continued trouble-free driving. Refer to page formore information.

Your vehicle’s onboard diagnosticsystem will detect a loose or missingfuel fill cap as an evaporative systemleak. The first time a leak is detecteda ‘‘CHECK FUEL CAP’’ messageappears on the information display.

Turn the engine off, and confirm thefuel fill cap is installed. If it is, loosenit, then retighten it until it clicks atleast once. The message should gooff after several days of normaldriving once you tighten or replacethe fuel fill cap. To scroll to anotherdisplay, press the select/reset knob.

The ‘‘CHECK FUEL CAP’’ messagewill appear each time you restart theengine until the system turns themessage off.

If the system still detects a leak inyour vehicle’s evaporative emissionssystem, the malfunction indicatorlamp (MIL) comes on. If the fuel fillcap was not already tightened, turnthe engine off, and check orretighten the fuel fill cap until itclicks at least once. The MIL shouldgo off after several days of normaldriving once the cap is tightened orreplaced. If the MIL does not go off,have your vehicle inspected by adealer. For more information, seepage .

415

480

Gauges

Maintenance Minder Check Fuel Cap Message

80

０８／０７／２１　１１：２４：４９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００８５　

2009 Odyssey

When you unlock and open thedriver’s door with the remotetransmitter, the display shows‘‘Welcome DRIVER 1’’ or ‘‘WelcomeDRIVER 2’’ depending on whichremote transmitter you use. Thedriver’s ‘‘ID’’ is detected by thetransmitter. For more informationabout driver’s ‘‘ID’’, see page .

If you use the key to unlock thedriver’s door, the display only shows‘‘Welcome.’’ This means the systemcannot recognize either ‘‘DRIVER 1’’or ‘‘DRIVER 2.’’ In this case, youcannot use the customized settingson the multi-information display (seepage ).When you turn the ignition switch tothe ACCESSORY (I) position, thedisplay shows ‘‘Goodbye.’’

The multi-information display in theinstrument panel displays variousinformation and messages when theignition switch is in the ON (II)position. Some of the messages helpyou operate your vehicle morecomfortably. Others help to keepyou aware of the periodicmaintenance your vehicle needs forcontinued trouble-free driving.

You can also customize some vehiclecontrol settings to your liking withthe multi-information display and thetwo buttons on the steering wheel(see page ).

101149

101

CONTINUED

On Touring models Normal Display Messages

Multi-Information DisplayInstrum

entsand

Controls

81

０８／０７／２１　１１：２４：５６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００８６　

2009 Odyssey

The multi-information displayconsists of two segments: an uppersegment and a lower segment.

To change the display, press theINFO button on the steering wheelrepeatedly until the desiredinformation appears (see page ).

Messages in the trip computerinclude:

In normal display mode, the uppersegment displays the trip computer.The lower segment displays theodometer, Trip A/B, outsidetemperature, compass, and engineoil life and maintenance message.

INST. MPG (U.S. models)/INST.L/100 km (Canadianmodels): Your vehicle’s currentfuel mileage.

When you turn off the engine,INST. MPG or INST. L/100 km isalso reset.

RANGE: The estimated distanceyou can travel on the fuelremaining in the tank. Thisdistance is estimated from the fueleconomy you received over thelast several miles, so it will varywith changes in speed, traffic, etc.

When the battery is disconnected,or you refuel, RANGE is also reset.

84

Multi-Information Display

82

LOWER SEGMENT

UPPER SEGMENTINFO BUTTON

SEL/RESET BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：２５：０５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００８７　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

AVERAGE FUEL A/B: Thisshows your vehicle’s average fueleconomy in mpg (U.S. models) or/100 km (Canadian models)

since you last reset Trip A or TripB. When you select Trip B in thelower segment by pressing theSEL/RESET button on thesteering wheel, or the select/resetknob on the instrument panel,AVERAGE FUEL B appears onthe upper segment.

You can customize the Trip A andAVERAGE FUEL A reset conditionon the multi-information display (seepage ).

The average fuel mileage will bereset when you reset the trip meter,or if the vehicle’s battery goes deador is disconnected.

ELAPSED TIME: The timetraveled since you last reset thetrip computer.When you turn the ignition switchto the ON (II) position, ELAPSEDTIME is reset.

You can customize the ELAPSEDTIME reset condition on the multi-information display (see page

).

AVERAGE SPEED: The averagespeed you are traveling.

When you reset Trip A,AVERAGE SPEED is also reset.

112

114


entsand

Controls

83

０８／０７／２１　１１：２５：１２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００８８　

2009 Odyssey

If you press the INFO button whileAVERAGE FUEL is displayed, youwill see the tire pressure monitor inboth segments. This monitor is apart of the tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS). See page formore information.

Pressing the INFO button againbrings the display back to the initialdisplay of the trip computer ‘‘INST.MPG’’ (U.S. models) or ‘‘INST. L/100 km’’ (Canadian models).

401


84

Press the INFO button

０８／０７／２１　１１：２５：１７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００８９　

2009 Odyssey

In the lower segment, each time youpress the SEL/RESET button on thesteering wheel, the display changesfrom ‘‘Trip A/Odometer’’ to ‘‘Trip A/Outside Temperature’’ to ‘‘Trip B/Outside Temperature’’ to ‘‘EngineOil Life’’, and then back to the ‘‘TripA/Odometer’’ as shown in the nextcolumn.

You can also change the display bypushing the select/reset knob in theinstrument panel.

When you turn the ignition switch tothe ON (II) position, your lastselection is displayed.

The odometer shows the totaldistance your vehicle has beendriven. It measures miles in U.S.models and kilometers in Canadianmodels. It is illegal under U.S.federal law and Canadian provincialregulations to disconnect, reset, oralter the odometer with the intent tochange the number of miles orkilometers indicated.


Odometer

Instruments

andC

ontrols

85

Press theSEL/RESETbutton

０８／０７／２１　１１：２５：２４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００９０　

2009 Odyssey

In the left corner of the lowersegment, a compass indicates whichdirection your vehicle is pointed.

The multi-information display in theinstrument panel shows you theengine oil life and maintenanceservice items when the ignitionswitch is in the ON (II) position. Thisinformation helps to keep you awareof the periodic maintenance yourvehicle needs for continued trouble-free driving. Refer to page formore information.

You can customize the Trip A andAVERAGE FUEL A reset conditionon the multi-information display (seepage ).

When you reset Trip A, AVERAGEFUEL A is reset at the same time.When you reset Trip B, AVERAGEFUEL B is reset.

To reset a trip meter, display it, thenpress and hold the SEL/RESETbutton until the number resets to‘‘0.0’’.

While a trip meter is displayed, youcan change the display between‘‘Trip A’’ and ‘‘Trip B’’ by pressingthe SEL/RESET button on thesteering wheel, or the select/resetknob in the instrument panel.

112415


Compass Maintenance MinderTrip Meter

86

COMPASSENGINE OIL LIFE

MAINTENANCESERVICE ITEM (S)

０８／０７／２１　１１：２５：３３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００９１　

2009 Odyssey

The temperature sensor is in thefront bumper. The temperaturereading can be affected by heatreflection from the road surface,engine heat, and the exhaust fromsurrounding traffic. This can causean incorrect temperature readingwhen your vehicle speed is under19 mph (30 km/h). When you startyour trip, the sensor is not fullyacclimatized, therefore it may takeseveral minutes until the propertemperature is displayed.

In certain weather conditions,temperature readings near freezing(32°F, 0°C) could mean that ice isforming on the road surface.

You can adjust the outsidetemperature on the multi-information display (see page ).

If there is a problem with yourvehicle, for example, the engine oillevel is low or a door is not fullyclosed, the multi-information displaywill show you the problem. It doesthis by interrupting the currentdisplay with one or more messages.

Here is a list of messages shown onthe multi-information display:

This shows the outside temperaturein Fahrenheit (U.S. models), or inCelsius (Canadian models).

110

CONTINUED


Outside Temperature Display System Messages

Instruments

andC

ontrols

87

OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY

０８／０７／２１　１１：２５：４１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００９２　

2009 Odyssey

＊

＊

See page11, 91

See page21, 91

See page97

See page34, 98

See page94, 362

See page91, 481

See page93, 481

See page97, 481

See page95, 400

See page94, 399

See page100, 462

See page96, 479

See page96, 479

See page97, 480

U.S. Touring PAX only:


88

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

Canada

U.S.

０８／０７／２１　１１：２５：５８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００９３　

2009 Odyssey

＊

＊

CONTINUED

See page35, 94 See page

93

See page92

See page93

See page92

See page99, 138

See page99, 160

See page99, 166

See page98, 392

See page96, 394

See page98, 363

See page95, 417

Canadian model only:


entsand

Controls

89

Canada

Canada

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

U.S.

０８／０７／２１　１１：２６：１２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００９４　

2009 Odyssey

The system message(s) triggers theappropriate indicator(s) on theinstrument panel, including thesystem message indicator, to comeon. The system message indicatordoes not go off until the problem(s)is corrected.

You will also hear a beep when thesystem message comes on for thefirst time.

Most of the messages are displayedfor about 5 seconds, and then thenormal display returns. If there areseveral system messages to beshown, the display switches thesemessages every 5 seconds.

To cancel the message(s) before 5seconds elapsed, press the INFObutton on the steering wheel.

Even if you press the INFO button,some messages stay on or come onagain at regular intervals until theproblem is corrected:

FASTEN SEAT BELTFASTEN PASSENGER SEATBELTRELEASE PARKING BRAKEWARNING: APPROACHINGOBJECTPAX SYSTEM WARNING

You can see the message(s) again bypressing the INFO button repeatedlyif the system message indicatorremains lit on the instrument panel.

(Models with PAX system)


90

SYSTEM MESSAGE INDICATOR

０８／０７／２１　１１：２６：２２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００９５　

2009 Odyssey

If you start driving without releasingthe parking brake, the multi-information display interrupts thecurrent display and shows‘‘RELEASE PARKING BRAKE.’’This message continues, and achime sounds, until you release theparking brake, or the vehicle speedslows down to less than 0.5 mph (0.8km/h).

If the tailgate or any door(s) is notclosed tightly, the display remindsyou to close the tailgate or thedoor(s) before you start driving.This display continues until youclose the door(s) or the tailgate.Pressing the INFO button on thesteering wheel momentarily changesthe display to the normal display, butit will come back after 5 seconds.

In addition to the seat belt reminderindicator in the instrument panel,you will also see a ‘‘FASTEN SEATBELT’’ or ‘‘FASTEN PASSENGERSEAT BELT’’ message. This remainsdisplayed if you ignore it and do notfasten the seat belt while driving.

CONTINUED


Fasten Seat Belt Door and Tailgate Open Release Parking Brake

Instruments

andC

ontrols

91

Canada

U.S.

０８／０７／２１　１１：２６：３１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００９６　

2009 Odyssey

If you leave the key in the ignitionswitch in the LOCK (0) orACCESSORY (I) position and openthe driver’s door, you will see‘‘REMOVE KEY’’ on the display andhear a reminder beeper.

Your vehicle’s on board diagnosticsystem will detect a loose or missingfuel fill cap as an evaporative systemleak. The first time a leak is detecteda ‘‘TIGHTEN FUEL CAP’’ messageappears on the multi-informationdisplay. Turn the engine off, andconfirm the fuel fill cap is installed. Ifit is, loosen it, then retighten it untilit clicks at least once. The messageshould go off after several days ofnormal driving once you tighten or

replace the fuel fill cap. To scroll toanother message, press the INFObutton. The ‘‘TIGHTEN FUEL CAP’’message will appear each time yourestart the engine until the systemturns the message off.

If the system still detects a leak inyour vehicle’s evaporative emissionssystem, the malfunction indicatorlamp (MIL) comes on. If the fuel fillcap was not already tightened, turnthe engine off, and check orretighten the fuel fill cap until itclicks at least once. The MIL shouldgo off after several days of normaldriving once the cap is tightened orreplaced. If the MIL does not go off,have your vehicle inspected by adealer. For more information, seepage .480


Remove Key Tighten Fuel Cap

92

０８／０７／２１　１１：２６：３８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００９７　

2009 Odyssey

If the brake fluid level is at or belowthe MIN mark on the side of thebrake fluid reservoir in the enginecompartment, you will see ‘‘BRAKEFLUID LOW.’’ If you see thismessage, have the brake systemchecked by your dealer (see page

).

If the fluid level in the windshieldwasher reservoir gets low, you willsee ‘‘WASHER FLUID LOW’’ on themulti-information display.

If the level of the fuel in the tankgets low, you will see ‘‘FUEL LOW’’on the multi-information display, andyou must refuel soon. The low fuelindicator on the instrument panel willalso come on.

481

CONTINUED

On Canadian Touring model only


Brake Fluid Low Fuel Low Washer Fluid Low

Instruments

andC

ontrols

93

U.S.

Canada

０８／０７／２１　１１：２６：４７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００９８　

2009 Odyssey

This message, and the indicator tothe left of the message, is part of theparking sensor system. If you areapproaching too close to an object,you will see ‘‘WARNING:APPROACHING OBJECT’’ on thedisplay and hear a beeper. See page

for more information.

If the passenger’s side airbag hasautomatically shut off, you will see‘‘PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG OFF’’on the multi-information display. Seepage for more information.

If one or more of your vehicle tiresare low on pressure, you will see a‘‘CHECK TIRE PRESSURE’’message on the display. See page

for more information on the tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS).

35 399

362


Passenger Side Airbag Off Check Tire Pressure Warning: Approaching Object

94

U.S.

Canada

０８／０７／２１　１１：２６：５６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　００９９　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

When the engine oil life reaches 15%,the display shows ‘‘SERVICE DUESOON’’ and the code for themaintenance items to be performed.

When the engine oil life reaches 5%,the display shows ‘‘SERVICE DUENOW’’ along with the samemaintenance items.

If there is a problem in the tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS),you will see ‘‘CHECK TPMSSYSTEM’’ on the multi-informationdisplay. If you see this message, theTPMS is not monitoring tirepressures. Have the TPMS checkedby your dealer as soon as possible(see page ).

Have your dealer do the indicatedmaintenance as soon as you see thismessage, and have them reset thedisplay after completing the service.

If you do not perform the indicatedmaintenance or do not reset thedisplay, the message changes to‘‘SERVICE PAST DUE’’ when theengine oil life becomes 0%.

These messages appear on the multi-information display each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position.

For details on engine oil life andmaintenance messages, refer to page

.

Also refer to page for importantmaintenance safety precautions.

417

414

403


Maintenance Messages Check TPMS System

Instruments

andC

ontrols

95

０８／０７／２１　１１：２７：０７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１００　

2009 Odyssey

If you see ‘‘CHECK CHARGINGSYSTEM’’ on the multi-informationdisplay, it means the battery is notbeing charged. See page formore information.

If the engine oil is very low or haslost pressure, you will see ‘‘CHECKENGINE OIL LEVEL’’ on the multi-information display. You will also seethe low oil pressure indicator in theinstrument panel flashing or stayingon. If you see this message, youshould take immediate action sinceserious engine damage is possible.Follow the procedure on page .

If there is a problem with the vehiclestability assist (VSA) system, youwill see ‘‘CHECK VSA SYSTEM’’ onthe multi-information display. If yousee this message, have the VSAsystem checked by your dealer (seepage ).394

479

479


Check Charging SystemCheck Engine Oil LevelCheck VSA System

96

０８／０７／２１　１１：２７：１５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１０１　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

If there is a problem with theautomatic transmission, you will see‘‘CHECK TRANSMISSION’’ on themulti-information display. Avoidrapid acceleration, and have thetransmission checked by a dealer assoon as possible.

If there is a problem with the brakesystem, you will see ‘‘CHECKBRAKE SYSTEM’’ on the multi-information display. The parkingbrake and brake system indicator inthe instrument panel will also comeon. See page for moreinformation.

If you see ‘‘CHECK EMISSIONSYSTEM’’ on the multi-informationdisplay, it means one of the engine’semission systems may have aproblem. Have your vehicle checkedby your dealer (see page ).480

481


Check TransmissionCheck Brake SystemCheck Emission System

Instruments

andC

ontrols

97

U.S.

Canada

０８／０７／２１　１１：２７：２３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１０２　

2009 Odyssey

If there is a problem with theparking sensor system, the multi-information display shows a‘‘CHECK PARKING SENSORSYSTEM’’ message. See page


If there is a problem in the anti-lockbrake system (ABS), you will see‘‘CHECK ABS SYSTEM’’ on themulti-information display. If you seethis message, have your vehiclechecked by a dealer (see page ).

If there is a problem with your frontairbags, side airbags, passenger’sside airbag automatic cutoff system,automatic seat belt tensioners, sidecurtain airbags, driver’s seat positionsensor, or the front passenger’sweight sensors, you will see‘‘CHECK AIRBAG SYSTEM’’ on themulti-information display. Take yourvehicle to a dealer as soon aspossible (see page ).34

392 363


Check Parking Sensor SystemCheck Airbag SystemCheck ABS System

98

０８／０７／２１　１１：２７：３１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１０３　

2009 Odyssey

If there is a problem with the powertailgate, the display shows ‘‘CHECKPOWER TAILGATE.’’ See page


If there is a problem with eitherpower sliding door, the multi-information display shows ‘‘CHECKLEFT SLIDING DOOR’’ or ‘‘CHECKRIGHT SLIDING DOOR.’’ See page


If you see a ‘‘CHECK DRLSYSTEM’’ message on the multi-information display, there is aproblem in the high beam headlight’scircuit. Take your vehicle to a dealerto have it checked.166

158

CONTINUED


Check DRL SystemCheck Power TailgateCheck Left/Right Sliding Door

Instruments

andC

ontrols

99

U.S.

Canada

U.S.

Canada

０８／０７／２１　１１：２７：４１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１０４　

2009 Odyssey

For more information, see page .

Your vehicle is equipped with theMichelin PAX system. The PAXsystem uses the multi-informationdisplay to show you one of threemessages while you are driving witha flat tire.

462U.S. models with the Michelin PAXsystem


PAX Warning Messages

100

０８／０７／２１　１１：２７：４７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１０５　

2009 Odyssey

With the ignition switch in the ON(II) position, press and hold theINFO button for more than 3seconds. ‘‘CUSTOMIZE ENTRY’’appears on the multi-informationdisplay.

You can customize some vehiclecontrol settings for ‘‘DRIVER 1’’ and‘‘DRIVER 2’’ separately.

To have the driver’s ID detected,make sure you use your transmitterto unlock the driver’s door.

If you use the key to unlock thedriver’s door, the system cannotrecognize either ‘‘DRIVER 1’’ or‘‘DRIVER 2.’’ In this case, when youtry to enter the customizing mode,‘‘DRIVER UNKNOWNCUSTOMIZE IMPOSSIBLE’’ will bedisplayed, and you cannot customizethe settings.

Refer to the table on the followingpages about the settings you want tocustomize.

Use the INFO button on the steeringwheel to see the settings, and theSEL/RESET button to enter yourselections.

If you want the settings as they werewhen the vehicle left the factory,select ‘‘DEFAULT ALL,’’ asdescribed on page .

If you want to change any vehiclecontrol settings, select ‘‘CHANGESETTING,’’ and follow theinstructions on page .

The first customizing menu is:CHANGE SETTINGDEFAULT ALL

You cannot customize the settingsunder these conditions:

If you turn the ignition switch tothe ACCESSORY (I) or the LOCK(0) position.

If you move the shift lever out ofPark.

You can cancel each custom setting(Driver 1, Driver 2). Press and holdthe LOCK and SLIDING DOORbutton (passenger’s side) at thesame time until the LED in theremote transmitter blinks twice. Atthis time, the custom setting ischanged to the default setting. Toactivate each custom setting (Driver1, Driver 2), repeat this procedure.The LED will blink for 1 second toindicate the custom setting has beenactivated.

106

104

CONTINUED

Customized Settings


entsand

Controls

101

０８／０７／２１　１１：２７：５９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１０６　

2009 Odyssey

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

－～± ～－～± ～

＊

Menu ItemLANGUAGESELECTION

ADJUST OUTSIDETEMP. DISPLAY

TRIP A RESET WITHREFUELELAPSED TIMERESET

MEMORY POSITIONLINKINTERIOR LIGHTDIMMING TIME

HEADLIGHT AUTOOFF TIMER

DescriptionChanges the language used in the display.

Changes the outside temperature reading above orbelow its current reading.

Causes trip meter A and the average fuel economy toreset when you refuel.Resets the elapsed time of your current trip.

Changes the driver’s seat to a stored setting.

Changes how long (in seconds) the interior lights stayon after you close the doors.

Changes how long (in seconds) the exterior lightsstay on after you close the driver’s door.

Setting OptionENGLISHFRENCHSPANISH

5F° 0°F 5F° (U.S.)3C° 0°C 3C°

(Canada)ONOFFIGN RESETTRIP A RESETTRIP B RESETONOFF15 sec30 sec60 sec0 sec15 sec30 sec60 sec

Page108

110

112

114

116

118

120

Group SetupMETER SETUP(P. 107)

POSITION SETUP(P. 116)LIGHTINGSETUP(P. 118)

Default setting:


102

０８／０７／２１　１１：２８：０４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１０７　

2009 Odyssey

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

Menu ItemAUTO DOOR LOCK

AUTO DOOR UNLOCK

KEYLESS LOCK

SECURITY RELOCKTIMER

FRONT WIPERACTION

Setting OptionSHIFT FROM PWITH VEHICLE SPEEDOFFDRIVER’S DOOR WITHSHIFT TO PALL DOORS WITH SHIFTTO PDRIVER’S DOOR WITHIGN OFFALL DOORS WITH IGNOFFOFFONOFF

30 sec60 sec90 secWITH VEH SPDINTERMITTENTOKCANCEL

Page123

125

127

129

131

104

Group SetupDOOR · WINDOWSETUP(P. 122)

WIPER SETUP(P. 131)DEFAULT ALL

DescriptionChanges when the doors automatically lock.

Changes when the doors automatically unlock.

The exterior lights flash each time you press theLOCK or UNLOCK button. A beeper will also soundwhen you press the LOCK button twice.Changes how long it takes (in seconds) for the doorsto relock and the security system to set after youunlock and do not open the door.Changes the wiper operation between two settingswhen the wiper switch is in the INT position.Changes all the customized settings as they werewhen the vehicle left the factory.

Default setting:

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT


entsand

Controls

103

０８／０７／２１　１１：２８：０９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１０８　

2009 Odyssey

To enter the customizing mode,press and hold the INFO button formore than 3 seconds. Then select‘‘DEFAULT ALL’’ by pressing theINFO button.

To set the default settings, select‘‘OK’’ by pressing the INFO button,then press the SEL/RESET button.

When ‘‘DEFAULT ALL’’ iscompleted successfully, you will seethe above display for several seconds,and the display will return to‘‘CUSTOMIZE ENTRY.’’

Press the SEL/RESET button toenter ‘‘DEFAULT ALL.’’

DEFAULT ALL


104

０８／０７／２１　１１：２８：１６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１０９　

2009 Odyssey

If ‘‘DEFAULT ALL’’ is not completedsuccessfully, you will see the abovedisplay for several seconds, then thedisplay goes back to the normalmessage mode. Repeat theprocedure to select ‘‘DEFAULT ALL.’’

If you want to cancel ‘‘DEFAULTALL,’’ select ‘‘CANCEL,’’ then pressthe SEL/RESET button. The displaygoes back to ‘‘CUSTOMIZE ENTRY.’’


entsand

Controls

105

０８／０７／２１　１１：２８：２２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１１０　

2009 Odyssey

You can customize some of thevehicle control settings to yourpreference. Here are the settingsyou can customize:

While the multi-information displayis showing ‘‘CHANGE SETTING,’’press the SEL/RESET button. Thedisplay will change to the initialdisplay of CUSTOMIZE GROUP.Then, each time you press the INFObutton, the display changes as shownin the next column.Press the INFO button until you seethe setup you want to customize, andpress the SEL/RESET button toenter your selection.

DOOR · WINDOW SETUP (seepage )

METER SETUP (see page )POSITION SETUP (see page

)LIGHTING SETUP (see page

)

WIPER SETUP (see page )

107

116

118

122131

Change Setting


106

Press the SEL/RESET button


０８／０７／２１　１１：２８：３１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１１１　

2009 Odyssey

There are four custom settings itemsin the Meter Setup:

LANGUAGE SELECTION (seepage )ADJUST OUTSIDE TEMP.DISPLAY (see page )TRIP A RESET WITH REFUEL(see page )ELAPSED TIME RESET (seepage )

While ‘‘METER SETUP’’ is displayed,press the SEL/RESET button on thesteering wheel. Then, press theINFO button repeatedly. Each timeyou press the INFO button, thedisplay changes as shown.To customize a setting, press theINFO button repeatedly until you seethe setting, and press the SEL/RESET button. Then, follow theprocedures described on thefollowing pages.

108

110

112

114

CONTINUED

Meter Setup


entsand

Controls

107


０８／０７／２１　１１：２８：４１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１１２　

2009 Odyssey

While the multi-information displayis showing ‘‘METER SETUP,’’ pressthe SEL/RESET button on thesteering wheel. The display changesto ‘‘LANGUAGE SELECTION.’’Press the SEL/RESET button againto enter the language selection mode.

There are three selectable languages,English, French, and Spanish. Eachtime you press the INFO button, thedisplay changes as shown.

Select the language you want bypressing the INFO button, and pressthe SEL/RESET button to enteryour selection.

Language Selection


108

０８／０７／２１　１１：２８：４７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１１３　

2009 Odyssey

When language selection issuccessfully completed, the displaychanges to the screen shown abovefor several seconds, then goes backto ‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’

If you fail to select a languageproperly, you will see the abovedisplay for several seconds, then thedisplay goes back to ‘‘CUSTOMIZEMENU.’’ Repeat the setup.

To exit ‘‘LANGUAGE SELECTION,’’press the INFO button repeatedlyuntil you see ‘‘EXIT,’’ then press theSEL/RESET button. The displaygoes back to ‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’

All messages on the multi-information display will be shown inthe language you selected.

CONTINUED


entsand

Controls

109

０８／０７／２１　１１：２８：５５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１１４　

2009 Odyssey

Press the SEL/RESET button. Thedisplay changes as shown above.The highlighted number is thecurrent adjustment above or belowthe outside temperature. Press theINFO button repeatedly until theappropriate number appears, thenpress the SEL/RESET button toenter your selection.

If you find that the temperaturereading is always a few degreesbelow or above the actualtemperature, adjust it as describedon the following columns.

While the multi-information displayshows ‘‘METER SETUP,’’ press theSEL/RESET button on the steeringwheel. The display changes to the‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’ Press theINFO button once, and you will see‘‘ADJ. OUTSIDE TEMP. DISPLAY’’as shown above.


Adjust Outside Temp. Display

110

０８／０７／２１　１１：２９：０１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１１５　

2009 Odyssey

If you fail to enter the desiredadjustment properly, you will see theabove display for several seconds,then the display goes back to‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’ Repeat theadjustment.

When your selection is successfullyentered, you will see the abovedisplay for several seconds, and thenthe display changes back to‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’

To exit ‘‘ADJ. OUTSIDE TEMP.DISPLAY,’’ press the INFO buttonuntil you see ‘‘EXIT,’’ and press theSEL/RESET button. The displaygoes back to ‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’

CONTINUED


entsand

Controls

111

０８／０７／２１　１１：２９：０８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１１６　

2009 Odyssey

To cause ‘‘Trip meter A’’ and‘‘Average Fuel Economy’’ to resetevery time you refuel your vehicle,adjust it as described on thefollowing pages.

Press the SEL/RESET button. Thedisplay changes as shown above.The lower segment changesbetween ‘‘ON’’ and ‘‘OFF’’ each timeyou press the INFO button. Enteryour selection by pressing the SEL/RESET button.

While the multi-information displayshows ‘‘METER SETUP’’ of the‘‘CUSTOMIZE GROUP,’’ press theSEL/RESET button on the steeringwheel. The display changes to‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’ Press theINFO button repeatedly until you see‘‘TRIP A RESET WITH REFUEL.’’ inthe lower segment as shown above.


Trip A Reset with Refuel

112

０８／０７／２１　１１：２９：１４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１１７　

2009 Odyssey

When your selection is successfullyentered, you will see the abovedisplay for several seconds, and thenthe display goes back to‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’

If you fail to enter your selection,you will see the above display forseveral seconds, then the displaygoes back to ‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’Repeat the setup.

To exit ‘‘TRIP A RESET WITHREFUEL,’’ press the INFO buttonuntil you see ‘‘EXIT,’’ and press theSEL/RESET button. The displaygoes back to ‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’

CONTINUED


entsand

Controls

113

０８／０７／２１　１１：２９：２１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１１８　

2009 Odyssey

While the multi-information displayshows ‘‘METER SETUP’’ of the‘‘CUSTOMIZE GROUP,’’ press theSEL/RESET button on the steeringwheel. The display changes to‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’ Press theINFO button repeatedly until you see‘‘ELAPSED TIME RESET’’ in thelower segment as shown above.

Press the SEL/RESET button. Thedisplay changes as shown above.

Press the INFO button repeatedlyuntil the desired condition appears,then press the SEL/RESET buttonto enter your selection.

There are three possible settings:

IGN RESET: The elapsed timeresets each time the ignition switchis turned to the ON (II) position.

TRIP A RESET: The elapsed timeresets each time the TRIP A is reset.

TRIP B RESET: The elapsed timeresets each time the TRIP B is reset.

Elapsed Time Reset


114

０８／０７／２１　１１：２９：２９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１１９　

2009 Odyssey

If you fail to enter your selection,you will see the above display forseveral seconds, and the display goesback to ‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’Repeat the setup.

To exit ‘‘ELAPSED TIME RESET,’’press the INFO button until you see‘‘EXIT,’’ then press the SEL/RESETbutton.

When your selection is entered, youwill see the above display for severalseconds, and the display goes backto ‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’


entsand

Controls

115

０８／０７／２１　１１：２９：３５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１２０　

2009 Odyssey

While the multi-information displayshows ‘‘POSITION SETUP,’’ pressthe SEL/RESET button on thesteering wheel. The display changesto ‘‘MEMORY POSITION LINK’’ asshown above.


Select ‘‘ON’’ or ‘‘OFF’’ by pressingthe INFO button, and enter yourselection by pressing the SEL/RESET button.

If ‘‘MEMORY POSITION LINK’’ is‘‘ON,’’ the driver’s seat and outsidemirrors move to the positions storedin the memory when you open thedriver’s door, using the remotetransmitter.

Refer to page for setting the seatposition memory. Also refer to page

for remote transmitter use.

184

149

Position Setup Memory Position Setup


116

０８／０７／２１　１１：２９：４３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１２１　

2009 Odyssey


To exit ‘‘MEMORY POSITIONLINK,’’ press the INFO button untilyou see ‘‘EXIT,’’ then press the SEL/RESET button.

When your selection is entered, youwill see the above display for severalseconds, then the display goes backto ‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’


entsand

Controls

117

０８／０７／２１　１１：２９：４９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１２２　

2009 Odyssey

There are two custom settings in theLighting Setup:


Each time you press the INFObutton, the highlighted numberchanges from ‘‘15 sec,’’ to ‘‘30 sec,’’and then to ‘‘60 sec.’’ To make yourselection, press the SEL/RESETbutton.

The interior lights fade out when youclose all doors. You can change thetime that the interior lights fade out.

While the multi-information displayshows ‘‘LIGHTING SETUP,’’ pressthe SEL/RESET button on thesteering wheel. The display changesto ‘‘INTERIOR LIGHT DIMMINGTIME’’ as shown above.

INTERIOR LIGHTDIMMING TIME (see nextcolumn)

While the ‘‘LIGHTING SETUP’’ isdisplayed, press the SEL/RESETbutton on the steering wheel. Eachtime you press the INFO button, thedisplay changes between‘‘INTERIOR LIGHT DIMMINGTIME’’ and ‘‘HEADLIGHT AUTOOFF TIMER.’’ To make yourselection, press the SEL/RESETbutton.

HEADLIGHT AUTO OFF TIMER(see page )120

Lighting Setup Interior Light Dimming Time


118

０８／０７／２１　１１：２９：５８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１２３　

2009 Odyssey


To exit ‘‘INTERIOR LIGHTDIMMING TIME,’’ press the INFObutton until you see ‘‘EXIT,’’ thenpress the SEL/RESET button.

When your selection is entered, youwill see the above display for severalseconds, and then the display goesback to ‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’


entsand

Controls

119

０８／０７／２１　１１：３０：０５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１２４　

2009 Odyssey

The headlights, parking lights,taillights, and license plate light turnoff after the selected time when youremove the key from the ignitionswitch and close the driver’s door.

While the multi-information displayshows ‘‘LIGHTING SETUP,’’ pressthe SEL/RESET button on thesteering wheel. Then press theINFO button to display‘‘HEADLIGHT AUTO OFF TIMER’’as shown above.


Each time you press the INFObutton, the highlighted numberchanges from ‘‘0 sec,’’ to ‘‘15 sec,’’ to‘‘30 sec,’’ and then to ‘‘60 sec.’’Press the INFO button repeatedlyuntil the desired time appears, thenpress the SEL/RESET button toenter your selection.

Headlight Auto Off Timer


120

０８／０７／２１　１１：３０：１２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１２５　

2009 Odyssey


To exit ‘‘HEADLIGHT AUTO OFFTIMER,’’ press the INFO buttonuntil you see ‘‘EXIT,’’ then press theSEL/RESET button.



entsand

Controls

121

０８／０７／２１　１１：３０：１８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１２６　

2009 Odyssey

To customize a setting, press theINFO button repeatedly until you seethe setting you want to customize,and press the SEL/RESET button.Then follow the proceduresdescribed on the following pages.

AUTO DOOR LOCK (see page)

SECURITY RELOCK TIMER (seepage )

KEYLESS LOCKACKNOWLEDGEMENT (seepage )

AUTO DOOR UNLOCK (seepage )

There are three custom settings inthe Door · Window Setup:

While the multi-information displayshows ‘‘DOOR · WINDOW SETUP,’’press the SEL/RESET button on thesteering wheel. Each time you pressthe INFO button, the displaychanges as shown in the nextcolumn.

123

125

127

129

Door · Window Setup


122

Press the INFObutton

０８／０７／２１　１１：３０：２６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１２７　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

－

There are three settings you canchoose from:

OFFThe auto door lock mode isdeactivated all the time.


Press the INFO button repeatedlyuntil the desired condition appears,then press the SEL/RESET buttonto enter your selection.

SHIFT FROM PThe doors lock whenever you movethe shift lever out of Park.

VEHICLE SPEED The doors lockwhen the vehicle speed reaches 9mph (15 km/h).

While the multi-information displayshows ‘‘DOOR · WINDOW SETUP’’press the SEL/RESET button on thesteering wheel. The display changesto ‘‘AUTO DOOR LOCK’’ as shownabove.

CONTINUED

Auto Door Lock


entsand

Controls

123

０８／０７／２１　１１：３０：３５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１２８　

2009 Odyssey


To exit ‘‘AUTO DOOR LOCK,’’press the INFO button until you see‘‘EXIT,’’ then press the SEL/RESETbutton.



124

０８／０７／２１　１１：３０：４２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１２９　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

－ While the multi-information displayshows ‘‘DOOR·WINDOW SETUP,’’press the SEL/RESET button on thesteering wheel. Then press theINFO button once. The displaychanges to ‘‘AUTO DOORUNLOCK’’ as shown above.

There are three settings you canchoose from:

SHIFT TO P The driver’s door orall the doors unlock when you movethe shift lever to Park.

IGN OFF The driver’s door or allthe doors unlock when you turn theignition switch to the LOCK (0)position.

OFF The auto door unlock modeis deactivated all the time.


Press the INFO button repeatedlyuntil the desired condition appears,and press the SEL/RESET button toenter your selection.

CONTINUED

Auto Door Unlock


entsand

Controls

125

０８／０７／２１　１１：３０：５０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１３０　

2009 Odyssey



To exit ‘‘AUTO DOOR UNLOCK,’’press the INFO button until you see‘‘EXIT,’’ then press the SEL/RESETbutton.


126

０８／０７／２１　１１：３０：５６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１３１　

2009 Odyssey

Each time you press the INFObutton, the display changes to ‘‘ON,’’to ‘‘OFF,’’ then to ‘‘EXIT.’’

Select ‘‘ON’’ or ‘‘OFF’’ by pressingthe INFO button, and enter yourselection by pressing the SEL/RESET button.

When you press the UNLOCKbutton on the remote transmitter tounlock the doors and the tailgate, theexterior lights blink twice to verifythat the doors and the tailgate areunlocked and the security system isturned off.

When you push the LOCK button onthe remote transmitter, someexterior lights flash, and a beepersounds when you push the LOCKbutton again within 5 seconds toverify that the doors and the tailgateare locked and the security systemhas set (see page ). You cancustomize the exterior lights not toflash and the beeper not to sound.

While the multi-information displayshows ‘‘DOOR·WINDOW SETUP,’’press the SEL/RESET button on thesteering wheel. Then press theINFO button repeatedly until you see‘‘KEYLESS LOCKACKNOWLEDGEMENT’’ as shownabove.


318

CONTINUED

Keyless Lock Acknowledgement


entsand

Controls

127

０８／０７／２１　１１：３１：０４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１３２　

2009 Odyssey

When your selection is entered, youwill see the above display for severalseconds, and then the displaychanges to ‘‘CUSTOMIZE MENU.’’


To exit ‘‘KEYLESS LOCKACKNOWLEDGEMENT,’’ press theINFO button until you see ‘‘EXIT,’’then press the SEL/RESET button.


128

０８／０７／２１　１１：３１：１０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１３３　

2009 Odyssey

If you unlock the doors and thetailgate with the remote transmitter,but do not open any of the doors orthe tailgate within 30 seconds, thedoors and the tailgate automaticallyrelock and the security system sets.

You can change this relock timefrom 30 seconds to 60 or 90 seconds.

While the multi-information displayshows ‘‘DOOR·WINDOW SETUP,’’press the SEL/RESET button on thesteering wheel. Then press theINFO button repeatedly until you see‘‘SECURITY RELOCK TIMER’’ asshown above.

Press the SEL/RESET button, thenpress the INFO button.

Select the desired relock time bypressing the INFO button, and enteryour selection by pressing the SEL/RESET button.

CONTINUED

Security Relock Timer


entsand

Controls

129

０８／０７／２１　１１：３１：１８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１３４　

2009 Odyssey


To exit ‘‘SECURITY RELOCKTIMER,’’ press the INFO buttonuntil you see ‘‘EXIT,’’ then press theSEL/RESET button.



130

０８／０７／２１　１１：３１：２４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１３５　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

With ‘‘WIPER SETUP’’ shown on themulti-information display, press theSEL/RESET button on the steeringwheel. The display changes to‘‘FRONT WIPER ACTION’’ asshown above.

You can select from these twosettings when the wiper switch is inthe INT (intermittent) position:

WITH VEH SPD The intermittentoperation varies according to vehiclespeed.

INTERMITTENT Theintermittent operation variesaccording to the selection you makeon the wiper lever’s intermittentcontrol ring.


Press the INFO button to select‘‘WITH VEH SPD’’ or‘‘INTERMITTENT,’’ and enter yourselection by pressing the SEL/RESET button.

CONTINUED

Wiper Setup Front Wiper Action


entsand

Controls

131

０８／０７／２１　１１：３１：３３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１３６　

2009 Odyssey

To exit ‘‘FRONT WIPER ACTION,’’press the INFO button until you see‘‘EXIT,’’ then press the SEL/RESETbutton.




132

０８／０７／２１　１１：３１：３９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１３７　

2009 Odyssey

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊＊＊

Only on vehicles equipped with navigation system. Refer to the navigation system manual.To use the horn, press the center pad of the steering wheel.1:

2:3: If equipped

Controls Near the Steering WheelInstrum

entsand

Controls

133

HAZARD WARNINGBUTTON

WINDSHIELD WIPERS/WASHERSREAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER

CRUISE CONTROLBUTTONS


PASSENGERAIRBAG OFFINDICATOR

LIGHT CONTROLSWITCH

STEERING WHEELADJUSTMENT

(P.35)

NAVIGATIONSYSTEMBUTTONS

HORN

(P.193)

(P.189)

(P.282)

(P.352)

(P.141)

(P.134)(P.135)

(P.319)

(P.281)

(P.140)

(P.221, 285)

(P.205)REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER BUTTON(P.140)


POWER SLIDING DOORSWITCH

MOONROOF SWITCH

POWER TAILGATESWITCH

PARKING SENSORSYSTEM SWITCH

MULTI-INFORMATIONBUTTONS

AUDIO SYSTEM/REARENTERTAINMENTSYSTEM

CLOCK

HEADLIGHTS/TURN SIGNAL/FOG LIGHTS

(P.162)

(P.158)/

(P.82)

(P.135, 138)

REMOTE AUDIOCONTROL BUTTONS

(P.395)

VEHICLE STABILITYASSIST (VSA) OFFSWITCH (P.395)

BLUETOOTHHANDSFREELINKBUTTONS (P.327)

2

1

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

０８／０７／２１　１１：３１：４８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１３８　

2009 Odyssey

－－－

－

－

－

－

－

－

MISTOFFINT IntermittentLO Low speedHI High speedWindshield washers

Push the right lever up or down toselect a position.

The wipers run at highspeed until you release the lever.

The wipers are not activated.

The wipers run at low speed.

The wipers run at high speed.

Pull thewiper control lever toward you, andhold it. The washers spray until yourelease the lever. The wipers run atlow speed, then complete one moresweep after you release the lever.The length of the wipe

interval is varied automaticallyaccording to vehicle’s speed.

Vary the delay by turning theadjustment ring. If you turn it to theshortest delay ( position), thewipers change to low speedoperation when the vehicle speedexceeds 12 mph (20 km/h).

You can customize some windshieldwiper settings. See page formore information.

1.2.3.4.5.6.

131

On Touring models

MIST

OFF

LO

HI

Windshield Washer

INT

Windshield Wipers and Washers

134

ADJUSTMENT RING

０８／０７／２１　１１：３１：５８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１３９　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

To turn on the rear window wiper,rotate the switch clockwise to ON.It operates intermittently.

OFF

Hold past ON to turn the windowwiper on and the window washeron.

When you shift the transmission tothe reverse position with the frontwindshield wipers activated, the rearwindow wiper operates automatically.

When the wiper control lever ispositioned as follows:

The rear window wiperoperates intermittently.

The rear window wiperoperates continuously.

Rotate the switchcounterclockwise to spray thewindow washer.

Turn signalOffParking and indicator lightsAUTO (Touring models)Headlights onHigh beamsFlash high beamsFog lights off (Touring models)Fog lights on (Touring models)

1.

2.

3.4.

1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8.9.

Turn Signal and HeadlightsRear Window Wiper and Washer

INT

LO or HI

Windshield Wipers and Washers, Turn Signal and HeadlightsInstrum

entsand

Controls

135

０８／０７／２１　１１：３２：１０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１４０　

2009 Odyssey

－－

－

Push down on thelever to signal a left turn and up tosignal a right turn. To signal a lanechange, push lightly on the lever,and hold it. The lever will return tocenter when you release it orcomplete a turn.

The rotating switchon the left lever controls the lights.Turning this switch to the ‘‘ ’’position turns on the parking lights,taillights, instrument panel lights,side-marker lights, and rear licenseplate lights.

Turning the switch to the ‘‘ ’’position turns on the headlights.

If you leave the lights on with thekey removed from the ignitionswitch, you will hear a reminderchime when you open the driver’sdoor.

When the light switch is in the‘‘ ’’ or ‘‘ ’’ position, thelights on indicator comes on as areminder. This indicator stays on ifyou leave the light switch on andturn the ignition switch to theACCESSORY (I) or the LOCK (0)position.

To switch from lowbeams to high beams, push the leftlever forward until you hear a click.The high beam indicator will comeon (see page ). Pull it back toreturn to low beams. To flash thehigh beams, pull the lever backlightly, then release it. The highbeams will stay on as long as youhold the lever back.

73

Turn Signal Headlights

High Beams

Turn Signal, Headlights

136

０８／０７／２１　１１：３２：１６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１４１　

2009 Odyssey

－The lights turn off automaticallywhen you turn the ignition switch tothe LOCK (0) position. To turn themon again, either turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position, orturn the light switch to the

position.Even with the automatic lightingfeature turned on, we recommendthat you turn on the lights manuallywhen driving at night or in a densefog, or when you enter dark areassuch as long tunnels or parkingfacilities. The automatic lighting feature is

controlled by a sensor located on topof the dashboard. Do not cover thissensor or spill liquids on it.

The automatic lightingfeature turns on the headlights, allother exterior lights, and theinstrument panel lights when itsenses low ambient light.

To turn on the automatic lighting,turn the light switch to the AUTOposition at any time. The lights willcome on automatically when theoutside light level becomes low (atdusk, for example). The lights onindicator comes on as a reminder.The lights and indicator turn offautomatically when the systemsenses high ambient light.

On Touring models

Headlights

AUTO

Instruments

andC

ontrols

137

SENSOR

０８／０７／２１　１１：３２：２２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１４２　

2009 Odyssey

＊

＊

＊

If you unlock the door, but do notopen it within 15 seconds, the lightsgo off. With the driver’s door open,you will hear a lights-on reminderchime.

The lights turn on again when youunlock or open the driver’s door.

On the Touring models, this time ischangeable. See page for how toselect and set the time.

Turn the fog lights on and off byturning the switch next to theheadlight switch.

You can use the fog lights only whenthe headlights are on low beam.They will go off when the headlightsare turned off.

With the headlight switch off, thehigh beam headlights and the highbeam indicator come on withreduced brightness when you turnthe ignition switch to the ON (II)position and release the parkingbrake. They remain on until you turnthe ignition switch off, even if youset the parking brake.

The headlights revert to normaloperation when you turn them onwith the switch.

This turns off the headlights,parking lights, taillights, side markerlights, license plate lights, andinstrument panel lights within 15seconds of removing the key fromthe ignition switch and closing thedriver’s door.

This feature activates if you leavethe headlight switch in the or

position, remove the key, thenopen and close the driver’s door.If you remove the key from theignition switch with the headlightswitch on, but do not open the doorand get out, the lights turn off after10 minutes.

118

On Touring models On EX, EX-L and Touring models onlyAutomatic Lighting Off FeatureFog Lights

Daytime Running Lights

Headlights

138

０８／０７／２１　１１：３２：３２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１４３　

2009 Odyssey

The select/reset knob on theinstrument panel controls thebrightness of the instrument panellights. Turn the knob to adjust thebrightness.Separate adjustments can be madewhen the headlights are on and off.

You will hear a beep when maximumor minimum brightness is reached.You will also hear a beep when themaximum level is canceled byturning the knob a click to the left.

To reduce glare at night, theinstrument panel illumination dimswhen you turn the light switch to

or . Turning the select/reset knob to the right until you heara beep will cancel the reducedbrightness.

The level of brightness is shown onthe multi-information display(Touring models) or on theinformation display (LX, EX, EX-Land Canadian DX models) while youadjust it. It goes out 5 seconds afteryou finish adjusting.

Instrument Panel BrightnessInstrum

entsand

Controls

139

BRIGHTNESS LEVELSELECT/RESET KNOB

Touring model is shown.

０８／０７／２１　１１：３２：３９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１４４　

2009 Odyssey

The defogger wires on the inside ofthe rear window can be accidentallydamaged. When cleaning the glass,always wipe side-to-side.

Make sure the rear window is clearand you have good visibility beforestarting to drive.

The rear window defogger will clearfog, frost, and thin ice from thewindow. Push the defogger button toturn it on and off. The indicator inthe button comes on to show thedefogger is on. It shuts off when youturn off the ignition. You have toturn the defogger on again when yourestart the vehicle.

Push the button between the centervents to turn on the hazard warninglights (four-way flashers). Thiscauses all outside turn signals andboth indicators in the instrumentpanel to flash. Use the hazardwarning lights if you need to park ina dangerous area near heavy traffic,or if your vehicle is disabled.

Hazard Warning Button Rear Window Defogger

Hazard Warning Button, Rear Window Defogger

140

LX and Canadian DX models EX, EX-L and Touring models

０８／０７／２１　１１：３２：４６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１４５　

2009 Odyssey

Make any steering wheel adjustmentbefore you start driving.

Push the lever under the steeringcolumn all the way down.

Move the steering wheel so itpoints toward your chest, nottoward your face. Make sure youcan see the instrument panelgauges and indicators.

Push the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in position.

Make sure you have securelylocked the steering wheel in placeby trying to move it up, down, in,and out.

3.

4.

1.

2.

Steering Wheel AdjustmentInstrum

entsand

Controls

141

Adjusting the steering wheelposition while driving maycause you to lose control of thevehicle and be seriously injuredin a crash.

Adjust the steering wheel onlywhen the vehicle is stopped.

０８／０７／２１　１１：３２：５３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１４６　

2009 Odyssey

These keys contain electroniccircuits that are activated by theimmobilizer system. They will notwork to start the engine if thecircuits are damaged.

Protect the keys from directsunlight, high temperature, andhigh humidity.

Do not drop the keys or set heavyobjects on them.

Keep the keys away from liquids.If they get wet, dry themimmediately with a soft cloth.

The master key fits all the locks onyour vehicle. The valet key worksonly in the ignition and the doorlocks. You can keep the glove boxlocked when you leave your vehicleand the valet key at a parking facility.

You should have received a keynumber tag with your keys. You willneed this key number if you everhave to get a lost key replaced. Useonly Honda-approved key blanks. The keys without a remote

transmitter do not contain batteries.Do not try to take them apart.

Keys and Locks

142

KEYNUMBERTAG

KEYNUMBERTAG

MASTER KEYSWITH REMOTETRANSMITTER

VALET KEY(Gray)

VALET KEY(Gray)

MASTERKEYS(Black)

LX and Canadian DX modelsEX, EX-L and Touring models

０８／０７／２１　１１：３３：０１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１４７　

2009 Odyssey

The system may not recognize yourkey’s coding if another immobilizerkey or other metal object (i.e. keyfob) is near the ignition switch whenyou insert the key.

If the system repeatedly does notrecognize the coding of your key,contact your dealer.

Do not attempt to alter this systemor add other devices to it. Electricalproblems could result that may makeyour vehicle inoperable.

If you have lost your key and youcannot start the engine, contact yourdealer.

This indicator also blinks severaltimes when you turn the ignitionswitch from the ON (II) position tothe ACCESSORY (I) or LOCK (0)position.

When you turn the ignition switch tothe ON (II) position, the immobilizersystem indicator should come on fora few seconds, then go off. If theindicator starts to blink, it means thesystem does not recognize thecoding of the key. Turn the ignitionswitch to the LOCK (0) position,remove the key, reinsert it, and turnthe ignition switch to the ON (II)position again.

The immobilizer system protectsyour vehicle from theft. If animproperly coded key (or otherdevice) is used, the engine will notstart.

As required by the FCC:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

Immobilizer SystemInstrum

entsand

Controls

143

Always take the ignition key with youwhenever you leave the vehicle alone.

０８／０７／２１　１１：３３：１０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１４８　

2009 Odyssey

－－

－

－

Use this positiononly to start the engine. The switchreturns to the ON (II) position whenyou let go of the key.

You will hear a reminder beeper ifyou leave the key in the ignitionswitch in the LOCK (0) or theACCESSORY (I) position and openthe driver’s door. Remove the key toturn off the beeper.

The ignition switch has fourpositions: LOCK (0), ACCESSORY(I), ON (II), and START (III).

You can insert orremove the key only in this position.To turn the key to the LOCK (0)position, the shift lever must be inPark, and you must push the key inslightly.

This is the normal keyposition when driving. Several of theindicators on the instrument panelcome on as a test when you turn theignition switch from theACCESSORY (I) to the ON (II)position.

You canoperate the audio system and theaccessory power sockets in thisposition.

If the front wheels are turned, theanti-theft lock may make it difficultto turn the key. Firmly turn thesteering wheel to the left or right asyou turn the key.

You will also see a ‘‘REMOVE KEY’’message on the multi-informationdisplay (see page ).

The shift lever must be in Parkbefore you can remove the key fromthe ignition switch.

89

On Touring models

START (III)LOCK (0)

ON (II)

ACCESSORY (I)

Ignition Switch

144

０８／０７／２１　１１：３３：１８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１４９　

2009 Odyssey

－－

－

Press this button onceto unlock the driver’s door. Press ittwice to unlock the other doors andthe tailgate. Some exterior lights willflash twice each time you press thebutton. If you do not open any dooror the tailgate within 30 seconds,they will automatically relock.

Press and hold thisbutton for about 1 second to attractattention; the horn will sound, andthe exterior lights will flash for about30 seconds. To cancel panic mode,press any other button on the remotetransmitter, or turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position. Panicmode does not work when the key isin the ignition switch.

Press this button once tolock all doors and the tailgate. Someexterior lights will flash once. Whenyou push LOCK twice within 5seconds, you will hear a beep toverify that the security system hasset. You cannot lock the doors andthe tailgate if any door or the tailgateis not fully closed or the key is in theignition switch.

When you press the UNLOCKbutton, the front and rear individualmap lights, depending on theirswitch positions, will come on (seepage ). If you do not open anydoor, the lights stay on for about 30seconds, then go out. If you relockthe doors and the tailgate with theremote transmitter before 30seconds have elapsed, the lights willgo off immediately.

205

On LX and Canadian DX models UNLOCK PANIC

LOCK

Remote TransmitterInstrum

entsand

Controls

145

UNLOCKBUTTON

LOCKBUTTON

PANICBUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：３３：２４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１５０　

2009 Odyssey

＋

If it takes several pushes on thebutton to lock or unlock the doorsand the tailgate, replace the batteryas soon as possible.

Battery type: CR1616

To replace the battery:

Remove the screw at the base ofthe transmitter with a smallPhillips-head screwdriver.

Separate the transmitter by pryingits middle seam with yourfingernail.

Inside the transmitter, separatethe inner cover from the keypadby releasing the two tabs on thecover.

Remove the old battery from theback of the inner cover, and notethe polarity. Make sure thepolarity of the new battery is thesame ( side facing down), theninsert it into the back of the cover.

An improperly disposed of batterycan hurt the environment.Always confirm local regulationsfor battery disposal.

3.

4.

1.

2.

Replacing the Transmitter Battery

Remote Transmitter

146

SCREW

BATTERY

TAB

０８／０７／２１　１１：３３：３４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１５１　

2009 Odyssey

－

－－

Press this button onceto unlock the driver’s door. Press ittwice to unlock the other doors andthe tailgate. Some exterior lights willflash twice each time you press thebutton.

If you do not open any doors or thetailgate within 30 seconds, they willautomatically relock and the securitysystem sets.

Press this button once tolock all doors and the tailgate. Someexterior lights will flash once. Whenyou push LOCK twice within 5seconds, you will hear a beep toverify that the security system hasset. You cannot lock the doors andthe tailgate if any door or the tailgateis not fully closed or the key is in theignition switch.

On Touring models, you can changethis setting (see page ).

If you press the LOCK button andthe PASSENGER’S SIDE SLIDINGDOOR button at the same time forabout 1 second, the LED in theremote transmitter will blink twice,and all doors and the tailgate willunlock simultaneously when youpress the UNLOCK button. Tocancel this feature, press the LOCKbutton and the PASSENGER’S SIDESLIDING DOOR button at the same

time. The LED will blink once.

When you press the UNLOCKbutton, the front and rear individualmap lights, depending on theirswitch positions, will come on (seepage ). If you do not open anydoor, the lights stay on for about 30seconds, then go out. If you relockthe doors and the tailgate with theremote transmitter before 30seconds have elapsed, the lights willgo off immediately.

Press and hold thisbutton for about 1 second to attractattention; the horn will sound, andthe exterior lights will flash for about30 seconds. To cancel panic mode,press any other button on the remotetransmitter, or turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position. Panicmode does not work when the key isin the ignition switch.

129

205

On EX, EX-L and Touring models UNLOCK

LOCK PANIC


entsand

Controls

147

LED LOCKBUTTON

PANICBUTTON

UNLOCKBUTTON

Touring model is shown.

０８／０７／２１　１１：３３：４１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１５２　

2009 Odyssey

If the power sliding door MAINswitch on the dashboard is in theOFF position, you cannot open orclose the sliding doors with theremote transmitter.

You can open or close each slidingdoor with the remote transmitterwhen the doors are unlocked. Pushand hold the right button to open orclose the passenger’s side door, andthe left button to open or close thedriver’s side door.

You can open or close the powertailgate with the remote transmitterwhen the doors are unlocked. Pressand hold the TAILGATE button toopen or close the power tailgate.When the tailgate begins to move,you will hear a beep, and some frontand rear lights will flash.


Opening or Closing the PowerSliding Doors

Opening or Closing the PowerTailgate

Remote Transmitter

148

POWER SLIDING DOORMAIN SWITCH

TAILGATEBUTTON

DRIVER’S SIDE SLIDINGDOOR BUTTON

PASSENGER’S SIDESLIDING DOOR BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：３３：４８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１５３　

2009 Odyssey

Avoid dropping or throwing thetransmitter.

Protect the transmitter fromextreme temperature.

Do not immerse the transmitter inany liquid.

If you lose a transmitter, thereplacement needs to bereprogrammed by your dealer.

Each remote transmitter activatesthe driver’s seat position memorysystem (see page ) andcustomized vehicle control settings(see page ). When you open thedriver’s door after unlocking it withthe remote transmitter, the driver’sseat and outside mirrors move to thepositions stored in memory. You willhear two beeps when the movement

is completed.

The driving position memoryactivation (Driver 1, Driver 2) isshown on the back of eachtransmitter. Make sure you storeyour seat and outside mirrorpositions in the memory that isactivated by the transmitter younormally carry.

You can turn off this systemactivation with the remotetransmitter. Press and hold theLOCK and UNLOCK buttons at thesame time. The LED in the remotetransmitter will blink twice. Thenrelease the buttons, and press theLOCK or UNLOCK button.

To turn the keyless memory settingsback on, repeat this procedure. TheLED will come on for 1 second toindicate the feature has been turnedon.

184

101

On Touring models

Recalling a Memorized SeatPosition

Remote Transmitter Care


entsand

Controls

149

With Driver 2With Driver 1

０８／０７／２１　１１：３３：５７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１５４　

2009 Odyssey

＋

If it takes several pushes on thebutton to lock or unlock the doorsand the tailgate, replace the batteryas soon as possible.

Battery type: CR2025

To replace the battery, separate thehalfs by carefully prying on the edgewith a coin. Remove the old battery,and insert a new battery with theside facing up. Snap the two halvesof the transmitter case back together.

An improperly disposed of batterycan hurt the environment.Always confirm local regulations forbattery disposal.




Replacing the TransmitterBattery

Remote Transmitter

150

０８／０７／２１　１１：３４：０５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１５５　

2009 Odyssey

To lock the doors and the tailgate,press the front of the master doorlock switch on either front door,press the lock tab on the driver’sdoor, or use the outside lock on thedriver’s door.

Pressing the rear of the master doorlock switch will unlock all doors andthe tailgate.

The lock tab on any door locks andunlocks that door.

All doors and the tailgate can belocked from the outside by using thekey in the driver’s door lock. Tounlock only the driver’s door, insertthe key, turn the key, and release it.The remaining doors and the tailgateunlock when you turn the key asecond time within a few seconds.

With the driver’s door open and thekey in the ignition, both master doorlock switches are disabled. They arenot disabled if the driver’s door isclosed. Pushing the front of themaster door lock switch on the openpassenger’s door will lock all doorsand the tailgate.

Power Door Locks Lockout Prevention

Door LocksInstrum

entsand

Controls

151

LockFront

RearMASTER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

０８／０７／２１　１１：３４：１３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１５６　

2009 Odyssey

Make sure the shift lever is in thePark (P) position.

Turn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position, and open the driver’sdoor.

The auto door locking feature hasthree possible settings:

Your vehicle has customizablesettings for the doors and tailgate toautomatically lock and unlock. Thereare default settings for each of thesefeatures. You can turn off or changethe settings for these features asdescribed on the following pages.

When you customize the setting,make sure your vehicle is parkedsafely, the engine is off, and theparking brake is applied. Make allsettings before you start driving.

The auto door locking isdeactivated all the time.

The doors and tailgate lockwhenever you move the shift leverout of the Park (P) position.

The doors and tailgate lock whenthe vehicle speed reaches 9 mph(15 km/h).This is the default setting.

To change the ‘‘AUTO DOORLOCK’’ setting, see page .

To change the ‘‘AUTO DOORUNLOCK’’ setting, see page .

1.

2.

125

123



On Touring models

Auto Door Locking/Unlocking Auto Door Locking To turn off the Auto Door Lockmodes:

Door Locks

152

０８／０７／２１　１１：３４：２４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１５７　

2009 Odyssey

Locks all doors and tailgate when theshift lever is moved out of the Park (P)position.


Release the switch, and within 5seconds, turn the ignition switchto the LOCK (0) position.

Turn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position, and make sure toclose the driver’s door.

Push and hold the front of themaster door lock switch on thedriver’s door. You will hear a click.Keep holding the switch until youhear another click (after about 5seconds).

Push and hold the front of themaster door lock switch on thedriver’s door until you hear a click(after about 5 seconds).

Release the switch, and within 5seconds, turn the ignition switchto the LOCK (0) position. 4.

1.

2.

3.

4.

3. To program the Park Lock mode:

Door LocksInstrum

entsand

Controls

153

０８／０７／２１　１１：３４：３２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１５８　

2009 Odyssey

Locks all doors and tailgate when thevehicle’s speed reaches about 9 mph(15 km/h).



Push and hold the front of themaster door lock switch on thedriver’s door. You will hear a click.Keep holding the switch until youhear another click (after about 5seconds).

Push and hold the brake pedal,and move the shift lever out of thePark (P) position.

Release the switch and, within 5seconds, turn the ignition switchto the ACCESSORY (I) position.Move the shift lever to the Park(P) position.

Turn the ignition switch to theLOCK (0) position.

The auto door unlocking isdeactivated all the time.

The driver’s door unlocks whenyou move the shift lever to thePark (P) position.This is the default setting.

All doors and tailgate unlock whenyou move the shift lever to thePark (P) position.

The driver’s door unlockswhenever you turn the ignitionswitch to the ACCESSORY (I)position.

All doors and tailgate unlockwhenever you turn the ignitionswitch to the ACCESSORY (I)position.


The auto door unlocking feature hasfive possible settings:

3.

4.

1.

2.

5.

6.

To program the Drive Lock mode: Auto Door Unlocking

Door Locks

154

０８／０７／２１　１１：３４：４５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１５９　

2009 Odyssey

Unlocks the driver’s door or all doorsand tailgate when the shift lever ismoved into the Park (P) position.




Turn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position, and open the driver’sdoor.

Push and hold the rear of themaster door lock switch on thedriver’s door. You will hear a click,and after about 5 seconds, you willhear another click.


1.

2.

1.

2.

3.

4.

CONTINUED

To program the Park Unlock mode:To turn off the Auto Door Unlockmodes:

Door LocksInstrum

entsand

Controls

155

０８／０７／２１　１１：３４：５５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１６０　

2009 Odyssey

Unlocks the driver’s door or all doorsand tailgate when the ignition switch ismoved out of the ON (II) position.

all doors and tailgateunlock feature

driver’s door unlockfeature.


Push and hold the rear of themaster door lock switch on thedriver’s door. You will hear a click.Continue to hold the switch:

Release the switch and, within 5seconds, turn the ignition switchto the ACCESSORY (I) position.Move the shift lever to the Park(P) position.

Turn the ignition switch to theLOCK (0) position.


Push and hold the brake pedal,and move the shift lever out of P.


Push and hold the rear of themaster door lock switch on thedriver’s door. You will hear a click.Continue to hold down the switch:

Or, until you hear two moreclicks (after about 10 seconds)to activate

.

Until you hear another click(after about 5 seconds) toactivate the driver’s door unlockfeature.

Or, until you hear two moreclicks (after about 10 seconds)to activate all doors and tailgateunlock feature.

Until you hear another click(after about 5 seconds) toactivate

4.

5.1.

2.

3.

6.

3.

4.

To program the Ignition SwitchUnlock mode:

Door Locks

156

０８／０７／２１　１１：３５：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１６１　

2009 Odyssey

To open the tailgate, pull the handle,then lift up. To close the tailgate, usethe inner handle to pull it down, thenpress down on the back edge.

Keep the tailgate closed at all timeswhile driving to avoid damaging thetailgate and to prevent exhaust gasfrom getting into the interior. See

on page.

The childproof door locks aredesigned to prevent children seatedin the rear from accidentally openingthe rear sliding doors. Each door hasa lock lever near the edge. With thelever in the LOCK position, the doorcannot be opened from the insideregardless of the position of the locktab. To open the door, pull the locktab up and use the outside doorhandle.

With the childproof door locks on,automatic operation with the insidedoor handle is disabled.

60

On EX, EX-L and Touring modelsChildproof Door Locks Tailgate


Door Locks, TailgateInstrum

entsand

Controls

157

０８／０７／２１　１１：３５：１３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１６２　

2009 Odyssey

The tailgate can also be closed bypressing the button on the tailgate. Ifyou press the button again while thetailgate is closing, you will hear threebeeps, and the tailgate will stopmoving, reverse direction, and stopat the fully opened position.

Press and hold the tailgate button onthe remote transmitter or thedashboard switch for about 1 secondto open or close the tailgate. Eachtime you press the button on theremote transmitter or the dashboardswitch, you will hear a beep, andsome front and rear lights will flash.

To open or close the tailgatemanually, see page .

If you push the same button orswitch again while the tailgate isopening or closing, you will hearthree beeps, and the tailgate will stopmoving, reverse direction, and stopat the fully opened or closed position.

The tailgate can be opened andclosed with the remote transmitteror the switch on the dashboard whenboth front doors are unlocked.

160


Power Tailgate

Tailgate

158

TAILGATE SWITCH

POWER TAILGATE SWITCH

TAILGATE BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：３５：２０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１６３　

2009 Odyssey

The power tailgate has an auto-reverse feature. If it meetsresistance while opening or closing,it will beep three times and reversedirection. However, the tailgate maynot reverse immediately. Alwaysmake sure passengers and objectsare clear of the tailgate beforeopening or closing it.

Also check that passengers,especially children, do not have theirhands on the edge of the tailgate oron the tailgate sill. The auto reversefeature stops working when thetailgate is about to latch so the motorcan pull the tailgate shut.

If your vehicle’s battery isdisconnected, goes dead, or the fuseis removed while the tailgate is fullyopen, the power tailgate needs to bereset. After connecting the batteryor installing the fuse, close thetailgate fully by hand.

The power tailgate may not open orclose under the these conditions:

When the tailgate or the roof iscovered with snow or ice.

Do not install any accessories on thetailgate. It may cause the tailgate tomalfunction. If there is snow or iceon the tailgate, make sure to removeit before you operate the tailgate.

When the vehicle is swayed in astrong wind.

The vehicle is parked on a steephill.

If you pull the tailgate release handlewhile the tailgate is opening orclosing, it will stop moving. You needto open or close it the rest of the waymanually.

The tailgate has sensors on bothsides. Be careful not to damage them.If the sensors are damaged, thepower tailgate does not functionproperly.

CONTINUED

Auto-Reverse

TailgateInstrum

entsand

Controls

159

Closing a power tailgate whileanyone is in the path of thetailgate can cause seriousinjury.

Make sure everyone is clearbefore closing the powertailgate.

０８／０７／２１　１１：３５：２９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１６４　

2009 Odyssey

If you try to drive off with thetailgate not closed completely, abeeper sounds and a ‘‘DOOR &TAILGATE OPEN’’ message isshown on the multi-informationdisplay.

Keep the tailgate closed at all timeswhile driving to avoid damaging thetailgate and to prevent exhaust gasfrom getting into the interior. See

on page.

If there is a problem in the powertailgate system, you will see a‘‘CHECK POWER TAILGATE’’message on the multi-informationdisplay. Have the system checked byyour dealer.

With this message shown on themulti-information display, you canstill open or close the tailgatemanually.

If the power door lock system cannotunlock the tailgate, unlock itmanually.

Use a small flat-tipped screwdriver toremove the cover on the back of thetailgate.

Push the release lever to the right asshown.

If you need to unlock the tailgatemanually, it means there is aproblem with the tailgate. Have thevehicle checked by your dealer.

60


Unlocking the Tailgate


Tailgate

160

LEVERCOVER

０８／０７／２１　１１：３５：３８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１６５　

2009 Odyssey

To open, pull the inside or outsidedoor handle, and slide the door back.It will latch in the fully open position.When opening from the inside, thechildproof door lock must beunlocked.

To close, pull either handle, and slidethe door closed. Make sure the dooris closed and latched securely beforedriving, and all passengers are clearof the sliding doors before closingthem.

When opening a sliding door, it stopsabout halfway if the window is openmore than 3 in (8 cm). If the vehicleis facing downhill, the sliding doorwill slam shut when you release thedoor handle. Always close thewindow fully before opening thesliding door.

Use the key to unlock the tailgate asshown, then pull the outer handle toopen the tailgate.

If you need to unlock the tailgatemanually, it means there is aproblem with the tailgate. Have thevehicle checked by your dealer.

The doors are electrically poweredand can be operated with the remotetransmitter, the door handles, or thedashboard switches. To operate thedoors:

The shift lever must be in Park orneutral. To operate the doors withthe shift lever in neutral, theignition switch must be in the ON(II) position with the brake pedalpressed or the parking brakeapplied.

The MAIN switch must be in theON position.

The doors must be unlocked.

CONTINUED

On LX and Canadian DX models

On LX, EX and Canadian DX models

On EX, EX-L and Touring modelsPower Sliding DoorsOpening and Closing Manual

Sliding Doors

Tailgate, Sliding DoorsInstrum

entsand

Controls

161

Unlock

Lock

０８／０７／２１　１１：３５：４８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１６６　

2009 Odyssey

When the shift lever is in Park:

When the shift lever is in neutral andthe ignition switch is in the ON (II)position:

If you shift out of Park while a dooris closing, you will hear a beep untilthe door closes.

When you shift out of Park while adoor is opening, you will hear acontinuous tone and the door willstop moving if you release the brakepedal or the parking brake. Stop thevehicle and close the door.

To open the door with the insidedoor handle, pull the handlebackward. Push it forward to closethe door. If you pull backward orpush forward on the door handlewhile a door is opening or closing,the door stops moving. Pullbackward or push forward to open orclose the door fully.

To open or close the door with theoutside door handle, pull the doorhandle. If you pull the door handlewhile a door is opening or closing,the door stops moving. If you pull thedoor handle again, the door will openfully.

The dashboard switches to the leftof the steering column allow you toopen or close the power sliding doors.

The MAIN switch on the dashboardcontrols power to the sliding doors.

If you shift out of neutral or releasethe brake pedal or the parking brakewhile a door is opening, you will heara continuous tone and the door willstop moving. Stop the vehicle andclose the door.

If you shift out of neutral or releasethe brake pedal or the parking brakewhile a door is closing, you will heara beep until the door closes.

Door Handles Dashboard Switches

Sliding Doors

162

POWER SLIDINGDOOR SWITCHES

MAIN SWITCH

０８／０７／２１　１１：３５：５８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１６７　

2009 Odyssey

To open a power sliding door, pushand release the bottom of theappropriate switch. If you forget tounlock the door, you will hear threebeeps. Unlock the door, and tryagain.

To open and close a power slidingdoor, press and hold the appropriatebutton for at least 1 second. If youforget to unlock the door, you willhear three beeps. Unlock the door,and try again.

Each power sliding door has an auto-reverse feature. If a door meetsresistance while closing, it will beepthree times and reverse direction.However, the door may not reverseimmediately and may cause somebruising or discomfort. Always makesure passengers and objects areclear of the doors before closingthem.

If a rear window is open more than3 in (8 cm), the power sliding door isdesigned to stop about halfway toavoid accidents. If this happens,close the door with the door handles,the dashboard switch, or the remotetransmitter. Close the window andopen the sliding door. Make sure thewindow is fully closed before youoperate the power sliding door.

To stop movement, push theappropriate door button; you willhear three beeps. Push and hold thesame button again for at least 1second and the door will reversedirection.

When the MAIN switch is in theOFF position, you have to operatethe doors manually.

To stop a door, push either the top orbottom of the switch. The door willstop and you will hear three beeps.Push the switch again to resumemovement.

To close a sliding door, push andrelease the top of the switch.

Remote Transmitter Auto-Reverse

Sliding DoorsInstrum

entsand

Controls

163

LEDDRIVER’S SIDESLIDING DOORBUTTON

PASSENGER’S SIDESLIDING DOOR BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：３６：０７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１６８　

2009 Odyssey

You can manually open or close thesliding doors. The MAIN switchmust be in the OFF position. Toopen a door, pull the inside oroutside door handle, and slide thedoor back. It will latch in the fullyopen position. To close, pull eitherhandle and slide the door forward.When the door is almost closed, theauto-closer will pull the door shut.

If there is an obstacle in the door sill,the power sliding door may not openor close properly. When removingthe obstacle from the door sill, makesure to turn off the main switch onthe dashboard.

When replacing a flat tire, make sureto turn off the power sliding doormain switch on the dashboard.

Do not allow anyone to step on thelower arm of the sliding door whilethe door is open. This could damagethe sliding door mechanism.

When you drive with children in yourvehicle, use the childproof doorlocks (see page ). This willprevent children from opening thedoors accidentally.

Do not put any item in the doorpocket that sticks out from thepocket. It can prevent the doors fromopening or closing properly, anddamage the vehicle body.

Before operating the sliding doors,check that passengers, especiallychildren, do not have their hands onthe edge of the sliding door or on thedoor pillar. The auto-reverse motorstops working when the door isabout to latch so the auto-closer canpull the door shut.

157

On all models

On EX, EX-L and Touring models

Manually Opening/Closing thePower Sliding Door

Important Sliding DoorPrecautions

Sliding Doors

164

Closing a sliding door while anypart of a passenger is in thedoor’s path can cause seriousinjury.

Make sure all passengers areclear of the doorway beforeclosing a sliding door.

０８／０７／２１　１１：３６：１５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１６９　

2009 Odyssey

When you release the fuel fill door,the driver’s side sliding doorautomatically locks so it cannot openand interfere with the fuel door. If apassenger attempts to unlock thedoor by cycling the lock knob severaltimes, the door can be opened.

If a passenger needs to get out whileyou are refueling, instruct thatperson to exit on the passenger’sside.

When you close the fuel fill door, thedriver’s side sliding door unlocks if itwas unlocked when you opened thefuel fill door.

When parking facing downhill, makesure the doors are latched in thefully open position, and then hold thedoor open for your passengers. Donot pull the inside or outside doorhandle, or the door will slam shut.

If you leave the vehicle on a steepdownhill with a power sliding doorhalf open and the engine off, themagnetic lock will turn off after 30minutes and the sliding door willautomatically open or close. In thiscase you will hear a continuous tone.

If your vehicle is facing downhill, donot turn the main switch to OFFwhile the door is opening becausethe door may slam shut.

If you open the fuel fill door whilethe driver’s side sliding door isopening, the sliding door stops. Ifthis happens, the door must beoperated manually.

Make sure the main switch on thedashboard is in the ON position.

When parking facing downhill on asteep grade, the power sliding doorsmay not open or close as they donormally.



Refueling Parking on a Hill

Sliding DoorsInstrum

entsand

Controls

165

０８／０７／２１　１１：３６：２４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１７０　

2009 Odyssey

If the power sliding door indicatorcomes on and stays on, there is aproblem in the system. Turn theMAIN switch to OFF, and have thesystem inspected by a dealer.

Each sliding door has a pinch sensoron the front edge. Do not damagethis sensor, or the power sliding doormay not operate properly.

If there is a problem in the powersliding door system, you will see a‘‘CHECK LEFT SLIDING DOOR’’ or‘‘CHECK RIGHT SLIDING DOOR’’message on the multi-informationdisplay (see page ). If thismessage stays on, turn the MAINswitch to OFF, and have the systeminspected by your dealer.

If the battery is disconnected or goesdead, close the sliding doorcompletely by hand. If it still doesnot operate properly after thebattery is reconnected, have yourvehicle checked by a dealer.

89


On Touring models


Pinch Sensor Power Sliding Door Indicator

Sliding Doors

166

PINCH SENSOR POWER SLIDING DOOR INDICATOR

U.S. model is shown

０８／０７／２１　１１：３６：３１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１７１　

2009 Odyssey

There are bucket seats witharmrests for two front passengers,bucket seats with armrests for twopassengers in the second row, and abench seat for three passengers inthe third row.

For greater cargo capacity, the seatsin the second row can be removed,and the bench seat in the third rowcan be folded into the floor.

Your vehicle has a second row plus-one seat that can be installedbetween the second row bucketseats when needed. The plus-oneseat can also be used as a secondrow center console.


Passenger SeatingConvertible Second Row BucketSeats

SeatsInstrum

entsand

Controls

167

０８／０７／２１　１１：３６：３７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１７２　

2009 Odyssey

－See pages for important safetyinformation and warnings about how toproperly position the seats and seat-backs.

1312

The third row seats do not adjustforward and backward.

To adjust the seat forward andbackward, pull up on the bar underthe seat cushion’s front edge. Movethe seat to the desired position, andrelease the bar. Try to move the seatto make sure it is locked in position.

To adjust the bucket seats in thesecond row, pull up the bar on thefront of the seat bottom.

To change the seat-back angle of thefront seat, pull up the lever on theoutside of the seat bottom.

To change the seat-back angle of thebucket seats in the second row, pullforward on the lever on the outsideof the seat-back.

The EX-L and Touring models havea power adjustable driver’s seat andfront passenger’s seat. The EXmodel has a power adjustable driver’sseat and manual front passenger’sseat. LX and DX models have manualdriver’s seat and front passenger’sseat adjustments.

The seats in the second and thirdrows adjust manually.

Make all seat adjustments beforeyou start driving.

Seat Adjustments Manual Seat Adjustments

Seats

168

０８／０７／２１　１１：３６：４６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１７３　

2009 Odyssey

－

Make all adjustments before youstart driving.

The height of your driver’s seat isadjustable. Pull up the lever on theoutside of the seat cushion to raisethe seat bottom or push the leverdown to lower the seat cushion.

The left and right halves of the thirdseat-back can be adjusted separately.To adjust the angle, pull theadjustment strap on the outside ofeach seat-back, move the seat-backto the desired position, and releasethe adjustment strap. Let the seat-back latch in the new position.

The controls for the adjustabledriver’s power seat are on theoutside edge of the seat bottom. Youcan adjust the power seat with theignition switch in any position. Makeall seat adjustments before you startdriving.

The passenger’s seat has twoswitches. One moves the seatforward and backward, and the otheradjusts the seat-back angle.

CONTINUED

See pages for important safetyinformation and warnings about how toproperly position the seats and seat-backs.




12 13

Driver’s Seat Manual HeightAdjustment

Power Seat Adjustments

SeatsInstrum

entsand

Controls

169

ADJUSTMENT STRAPS

０８／０７／２１　１１：３６：５６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１７４　

2009 Odyssey

Moves the seatforward andbackward.

Moves the front ofthe seat up or down.(Driver’s seat only)

Raises or lowers theseat. (Driver’s seatonly)

Moves the wholeseat up and forward,or down andbackward. The frontof the seat also tiltsup or down at thesame time. (Driver’sseat only)

Adjusts the seat-back angle forwardor backward.

To change the lumbar support, movethe lever on the right side of theseat-back forward or backward.Keep moving the lever forward orbackward until you find a suitableposition.


Driver’s Lumbar Support

Seats

170

０８／０７／２１　１１：３７：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１７５　

2009 Odyssey

They are most effective when youadjust them so the center of the backof the occupant’s head rests againstthe center of the restraint.

An armrest is located on each of thefront seats and on each side of thesecond row seats (depending onmodels). Pivot it down to use it.When you remove the bucket seatsin the second row, pivot the armrestsup out of the way.

The angle of the armrest on eachfront seat is adjustable. Pivot thearmrest down, and pull it up to the

desired angle.

Your vehicle is equipped with headrestraints in all seating positions tohelp protect you and yourpassengers from whiplash and otherinjuries.

CONTINUED

See page for important safetyinformation and a warning aboutimproperly positioning head restraints.


14

Armrests

Head Restraints

SeatsInstrum

entsand

Controls

171

０８／０７／２１　１１：３７：１５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１７６　

2009 Odyssey

To remove a head restraint forcleaning or repair, pull it up as far asit will go. Push the release button,then pull the restraint out of the seat-back.

The front and rear head restraintsadjust for height. You need bothhands to adjust the restraint. Do notattempt to adjust it while driving. Toraise it, pull upward. To lower therestraint, push the release buttonand push the restraint down.

When reinstalling a head restraint,put the legs back in place. Thenadjust it to the appropriate heightwhile pressing the release button.

Make sure the removed headrestraints are securely stored.

Removing the Head RestraintAdjusting the Head Restraint

Seats

172

RELEASEBUTTONLEG

SEAT BACK

RELEASEBUTTON

CUSHION

Front and Second row seat Third row seat

Failure to reinstall the headrestraints can result in severeinjury during a crash.

Always replace the headrestraints before driving.

０８／０７／２１　１１：３７：２３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１７７　

2009 Odyssey

The driver’s and front passenger’sseats have active head restraints. Ifthe vehicle is struck severely fromthe rear, the occupant properlysecured with the seat belt will bepushed against the seat-back and thehead restraint will automaticallymove forward.

For a head restraint system to workproperly:

Do not hang any items on the headrestraints, or from the restraintlegs.

Do not place any object betweenan occupant and the seat-back.

Install each restraint in its properlocation.

After a collision, the activatedrestraint should return to its normalposition.

This reduces the distance betweenthe restraint and the occupant’s head.It also helps protect the occupantsagainst whiplash and injuries to theneck and upper spine.

If the restraints do not return to theirnormal position, or in the event of asevere collision, have the vehicleinspected by a Honda dealer. Only use genuine Honda

replacement head restraints.

Active Head Restraints

SeatsInstrum

entsand

Controls

173

０８／０７／２１　１１：３７：３１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１７８　

2009 Odyssey

To get into or out of the third rowseat, walk between the second rowseats.

When the seat on the passenger’sside is moved to the center, walkthrough the passenger’s side to getinto or out of the third row seat.

You need to remove the plus-oneseat (see page ) before you canmake this seat arrangement.

To get into or out of the third rowseat, pull up the release lever on theshoulder of each second row bucketseat. The seat-back will tilt forwardand the whole seat will slide forward.

178

Third Row Seat Access

Seats

174

RELEASE LEVER

０８／０７／２１　１１：３７：３９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１７９　

2009 Odyssey

The second row bucket seat on thepassenger’s side can be moved to thecenter to provide access to the thirdrow seat.

Remove the passenger’s sidesecond row bucket seat (see page

), then remove the cover.

If you have already set the floormat under the passenger’s sidebucket seat, make sure youremove it before moving thebucket seat.

Hook the front of the seat to thefloor, then slide the seat towardthe center of the vehicle.

Push the back of the seat downover the floor hooks. Make surethe seat is securely locked in place.

1. 2.

3.

177

CONTINUED

Moving the Second Row BucketSeat

SeatsInstrum

entsand

Controls

175

COVER

HOOK

０８／０７／２１　１１：３７：４７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１８０　

2009 Odyssey

When the plus-one seat is in thecenter position, store the floor matunder the passenger’s side bucketseat as shown above.

When the passenger’s side bucketseat is in the outside position, andthe plus-one seat is not used, installthe floor mat and the cover over thefloor anchors.

Make sure the seats are securelylocked in place before driving. A seatthat is not locked in place could flyaround and cause injury in a suddenstop or crash.

To return the seat to the outsideposition, remove the seat, reinstallthe cover, then reinstall the seat.

Seats and Floor Mats

Seats

176

０８／０７／２１　１１：３７：５２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１８１　

2009 Odyssey

Both seats can be removed to givemore cargo capacity.

To install the floor mat in an outerposition or the center position, insertthe tabs into the slits on the floor,then snap the two buttons in place.Refer to the illustrations above.

Do not remove the seats whiledriving.

To remove a second row seat:Pull up the seat-back angleadjustment lever, and fold theseat-back forward.

1.

CONTINUED

Removing the Bucket Seats in theSecond Row

SeatsInstrum

entsand

Controls

177

SLITS

Outer position

SLIT

Center positionSEAT-BACK LEVER

TABS

TAB TABS

BUTTONS BUTTONS

TAB

LOCK RELEASE LEVER

０８／０７／２１　１１：３８：０２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１８２　

2009 Odyssey

To reinstall the seat, hook the frontof the seat to the floor, then push therear of the seat-back until it locks inplace. Make sure the seat is securelylatched before driving.

Unlock the seat from the floor bypulling the lock release leverunder the seat cushion’s frontedge and lifting the rear of theseat.

Unhook the front of the seat fromthe floor by pulling it back slightly,then pivoting it upward.

Your vehicle has a plus-one seat forthe second row center position.

You can remove the plus-one seatwhen it is not used. Do not removethe seat while driving.

2.

3.


Removing the Second RowPlus-One Seat

Seats

178

０８／０７／２１　１１：３８：０８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１８３　

2009 Odyssey

To remove the plus-one seat: Unlock the seat from the floor bypulling the lock release lever andlifting the rear of the seat.

Unhook the front of the seat fromthe floor by pulling it back slightly,then pivoting it upward.

Fold the seat-back forward bypulling the seat-back strap.

Remove the seat cushion bypulling the seat cushion strap.

Lower the head restraints fully.1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

SeatsInstrum

entsand

Controls

179

SEAT CUSHION STRAP

SEAT-BACK STRAP LOCK RELEASE LEVER

０８／０７／２１　１１：３８：１６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１８４　

2009 Odyssey

To install the plus-one seat: Install the seat cushion on the seatbottom plate. To install the cushion,hook the front of the cushion first,then push down the rear until thecushion is securely positioned.

To use the plus-one seat as a centerconsole, remove its seat cushion bypulling up the seat cushion strap.Then pivot the seat-back forwarduntil it is flat. Store the seat cushionin the floor storage area.

Make sure the seats are securelylocked in place before driving. A seatthat is not locked in place could flyaround and cause injury in a suddenstop or crash.

Hook the front of the seat to thefloor, then push down the back untilit locks. Make sure both the frontand back of the seat are securelylatched. Pull up the seat-back, andadjust the seat-back angle to thedesired position while pulling theseat-back strap on the outside of theseat bottom.

Seats

180

SEAT-BACK STRAP

０８／０７／２１　１１：３８：２２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１８５　

2009 Odyssey

To create more cargo space, you canfold the one-motion third row ‘‘MagicSeat’’ into the floor recess.

Unlatch the center seat detachableseat belt anchor, and let the beltretract all the way into the ceiling.Place the latch plate and anchorlatch into their holding slots. Makesure both seat belts on the outerseats are out of the way.

Lower the head restraints fully.Pull the handle on each seat-backto unlock the front legs of thethird row seat.

Pivot the seat into the cargo areafloor recess.

Make sure all items in the cargoarea are secured. Loose items canfly forward and cause injury if youhave to brake hard. See

on page .

3.

4.

1.

2.

378

CONTINUED

Folding the One-Motion ThirdRow ‘‘Magic Seat’’

CarryingCargo

SeatsInstrum

entsand

Controls

181

HANDLES

０８／０７／２１　１１：３８：３１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１８６　

2009 Odyssey

To return the seat to the uprightposition:

Pull the seat-back upright with thestrap. Make sure the seat issecurely locked into positionbefore driving.Pull the seat out of the recess by

pulling on the handle. Pivot theseat forward all the way. The frontlegs of the third row seat willautomatically latch.

1.

2.

Seats

182

STRAPS

０８／０７／２１　１１：３８：３６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１８７　

2009 Odyssey

If the engine is left idling for anextended period, do not use theseat heaters, even on the LOsetting. It can weaken the battery,causing hard starting.

Use the HI setting only to heat theseats quickly, because it drawslarge amounts of current from thebattery.

Follow these precautions when usingthe seat heaters:

In the HI setting, the heater turns offwhen the seat gets warm, and turnsback on after the seat’s temperaturedrops.In LO, the heater does not cycle withtemperature change.

Both front seats are equipped withseat heaters. The passenger seatonly has heaters in the seat bottombecause of the side airbag system.The ignition switch must be in theON (II) position to use them. Theseat heater switches are located onthe dashboard above the centerpocket. Push the top of the switch,HI, to rapidly heat up the seat.After the seat reaches a comfortabletemperature, select LO by pushing

the bottom of the switch. This willkeep the seat warm.


Seat HeatersInstrum

entsand

Controls

183

SEAT HEATER SWITCHES

Passenger’sseat

Driver’sseatHEATERS

０８／０７／２１　１１：３８：４３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１８８　

2009 Odyssey

Store a driver’s seat position onlywhen the vehicle is parked.

Turn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position. You cannot add anew seat position in memoryunless the ignition switch is in theON (II) position. You can recall amemorized position with theignition switch in any position.

Press and release the MEMObutton on the driver’s door. Youwill hear a beep. Then, bothindicators in the memory buttonswill start to blink. Press and holdone of the memory buttons (1 or2) within 5 seconds after you pressthe MEMO button. When thesystem completes storing a newdriving position, you hear twobeeps. The indicator in the storedmemory button will come on.

Adjust the seat to a comfortableposition (see page ).

Adjust the outside mirrors for bestvisibility (see page ).

Your vehicle has a memory featurefor the driver’s seat and outsidemirror positions.

Two seat and outside mirrorpositions can be stored in separatememories. You select a memorizedposition by pushing the appropriatebutton or using the appropriateremote transmitter (Driver 1 orDriver 2).

This setting can be linked orunlinked with the remote transmitter.For more information, see page .

You can change the ‘‘MEMORYPOSITION LINK’’ setting on themulti-information display (see page

).

1.

2.

3.

4.170

191

149

116

On Touring models Storing a Driving Position inMemory

Driving Position Memory System

184

MEMO BUTTON

MEMORYBUTTONS

INDICATORS

０８／０７／２１　１１：３８：５３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１８９　

2009 Odyssey

Doing any of the following afterpressing the MEMO button willcancel the storing procedure.

Not press a memory button within5 seconds.

To select a memorized position, dothis:

Pressing the MEMO button againwithin 5 seconds.

Press the desired memory button(1 or 2) until you hear a beep.

Readjust the seat position.

Readjusting the outside mirrorposition.

All stored driving positions will belost if your vehicle’s battery goesdead or is disconnected.

Each memory button stores only onedriving position. Storing a newposition erases the previous settingstored in that button’s memory. Ifyou want to add a new position whileretaining the current one, use theother memory button.

The system will move the seat andoutside mirrors to the memorizedpositions. The indicator in the

selected memory button will flashduring movement. When theadjustments are complete, you willhear two beeps, and the indicator willremain on.

To stop the system’s automaticadjustment, do any of these actions:

Press any button on the driver’sdoor: MEMO, memory button 1 or2.Push any of the adjustmentswitches for the seat.Shift out of Park.Adjust the outside mirrors.

If desired, you can use theadjustment switches to change thepositions of the seat or outsidemirrors after they are in theirmemorized positions. If you changethe memorized position, theindicator in the memory button willgo out. To keep this driving positionfor later use, you must store it in thedriving position memory.


1.

2.

Selecting a Memorized Position

Driving Position Memory SystemInstrum

entsand

Controls

185

MEMORY BUTTONS

０８／０７／２１　１１：３９：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１９０　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

The windows will operate for up to10 minutes after you turn off theignition switch. Opening either frontdoor cancels this function.

To open/close the driver’swindow, push the window switchfirmly down or up to the seconddetent, and release it. The windowwill automatically go up or down allthe way. To stop the window, pull/push on the window switch briefly.

If the MAIN switch is OFF, thepassenger windows cannot be raisedor lowered. Keep the MAIN switchoff when you have children in thevehicle so they do not injurethemselves by operating thewindows unintentionally.

If the driver’swindow senses any obstacle while itis closing automatically, it willreverse direction, and then stop. Toclose the window, remove theobstacle, then use the window switchagain.

Turn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position to raise or lower anywindow. To open the window, pushthe switch down to the first detentand hold it. Release the switch whenyou want the window to stop. Pullback on the switch and hold it toclose the window.

Auto reverse stops sensing when thewindow is almost closed. You shouldalways check that all passengers andobjects are away from the windowbefore closing it.

Only on the driver’s window,the auto reverse function is disabledwhen you continuously pull up theswitch.

AUTO

AUTO REVERSE

Power Windows

186

NOTE:

MAIN SWITCHDRIVER’S WINDOWSWITCH

Closing a power window onsomeone’s hands or fingers cancause serious injury.

Make sure your passengers areaway from the windows beforeclosing them.

０８／０７／２１　１１：３９：１３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１９１　

2009 Odyssey

Press the UNLOCK button asecond time, and hold it. Thepassenger’s doors unlock, and allfour windows start to open. Tostop the windows, release thebutton.

To open the windows further,press the button again (within 10seconds of step 1) and hold it. Ifthe windows stop before thedesired position, repeat steps 1and 2.

If your vehicle’s battery isdisconnected or goes dead, or thedriver’s window fuse is removed, theAUTO function may be disabled. Ifthe AUTO function is disabled, thepower window system will need to bereset after reconnecting the batteryor installing the fuse.

If the power windows do not operateproperly after resetting, have yourvehicle checked by your dealer.

Pull and hold the driver’s windowswitch to close the windowcompletely, then hold the switchfor about 2 seconds.

Start the engine. Push down andhold the driver’s window switchuntil the window is fully open.

You cannot close the windows withthe remote transmitter.

You can open all of the windowsfrom the outside with the remotetransmitter.

Press the UNLOCK button onceto unlock the driver’s door.

1.

2.

3.

1.

2.


Opening the Windows with theRemote Transmitter

Power WindowsInstrum

entsand

Controls

187

UNLOCKBUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：３９：２３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１９２　

2009 Odyssey

Turn the key clockwise again, andhold it. All four windows start toopen. To stop the windows,release the key.

To close:Insert the key in the driver’s doorlock.

Turn the key counterclockwise,then release it.

Turn the key counterclockwiseagain, and hold it. All fourwindows start to close. To stop thewindows, release the key.

To open the windows further, turnand hold the key again (within10 seconds of step 2).

To close the windows further, turnand hold the key again (within10 seconds of step 2).

If the windows stop beforethe desired position, repeat steps 2and 3.

You can open and close the windowswith the key in the driver’s door lock.

To open:Insert the key in the driver’s doorlock.

Turn the key clockwise, thenrelease it.

1.

2.

3.

4.

1.

2.

3.

4.


Opening/Closing the Windowswith the Key

Power Windows

188

NOTE:

Open

Close

０８／０７／２１　１１：３９：３３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１９３　

2009 Odyssey

To tilt up the back of the moonroof,press and hold the center button( ). To close the moonroof,press and hold the top of the switch( ). To open the moonroof,press and hold the bottom of theswitch ( ).

The moonroof has a key-off delay.You can still open and close themoonroof for up to 10 minutes afteryou turn off the ignition. The key-offdelay cancels as soon as you openeither front door. You must thenturn the ignition to the ON (II)position for the moonroof to operate.

The moonroof can be tilted up in theback for ventilation, or it can be slidback into the roof. Use the switchunder the left dashboard vent tooperate the moonroof. You mustturn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position for the moonroof tooperate.


MoonroofInstrum

entsand

Controls

189

Opening or closing themoonroof on someone’s handsor fingers can cause seriousinjury.

Make sure all hands and fingersare clear of the moonroofbefore opening or closing it.

If you try to open the moonroof inbelow-f reezing temperatures, or whenit is covered with snow or ice, you candamage the moonroof panel or itsmotor.

０８／０７／２１　１１：３９：３９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１９４　

2009 Odyssey

Keep the inside and outside mirrorsclean and adjusted for best visibility.Be sure to adjust the mirrors beforeyou start driving.

The inside mirror has day and nightpositions. The night position reducesglare from headlights behind you.Flip the tab on the bottom edge ofthe mirror to select the day or nightposition.

When you shift to reverse with theignition switch in the ON (II)position, the rear view is shown onthe left side of the inside mirror. Formore information, see page .

The inside mirror can automaticallydarken to reduce glare. To turn onthis feature, press the button on thebottom of the mirror. The AUTOindicator comes on as a reminder.When it is on, the mirror darkenswhen it senses the headlights of avehicle behind you, then returns tonormal visibility when the lights aregone. Press the button again to turnoff this feature.

366

On U.S. EX-L without navigation systemand Canadian EX-L models

On LX, EX and Canadian DX models


Mirrors

190

０８／０７／２１　１１：３９：４５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１９５　

2009 Odyssey

Move the selector switch to L(driver’s side) or R (passenger’sside).

Turn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position.

When you finish, move theselector switch to the center (off)position. This turns theadjustment switch off to keep yoursettings.

Both outside door mirrors have areverse tilt feature. When in reverse,the selected mirror will tilt downslightly to improve your view as youparallel park. Shifting out of reversewill return the mirror to its originalposition.

Push the appropriate edge of theadjustment switch to move themirror right, left, up, or down.

To tilt the driver’s mirror, placethe selector switch in the leftposition.To tilt the passenger’s mirror,place the switch in the rightposition.To turn the feature off, place theswitch in the center position.

1.

2.

3.

Adjusting the Power Mirrors Reverse Tilt Door Mirror

MirrorsInstrum

entsand

Controls

191

ADJUSTMENT SWITCHSELECTOR SWITCH

０８／０７／２１　１１：３９：５４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１９６　

2009 Odyssey

The outside mirrors are heated toremove fog and frost. With theignition switch in the ON (II)position, turn on the heaters bypressing the button. The indicator inthe button comes on as a reminder.Press the button again to turn theheaters off.

To apply the parking brake, push thepedal down with your foot. Torelease it, push on the pedal again.The parking brake indicator on theinstrument panel should go out whenthe parking brake is fully released(see page ).

You will also see a ‘‘RELEASEPARKING BRAKE’’ message on themulti-information display (see page

).

69

88

Except U.S. LX model

On Touring models

Heated Mirrors Parking Brake

Mirrors, Parking Brake

192

HEATED MIRROR BUTTON

PARKING BRAKE PEDAL

Driving the vehicle with the parkingbrake applied can damage the rearbrakes and hubs. A beeper will sound ifthe vehicle is driven with the parkingbrake on.

０８／０７／２１　１１：４０：０２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１９７　

2009 Odyssey

To adjust the pedals: Do not adjust the pedals with yourfoot on or under either pedal.

Make all adjustments before youstart driving.

Push and hold the top of theadjustment switch until pedals areclosest to you.

Adjust your seat and the steeringwheel so you can operate thecontrols and steering wheel easily.

Push and hold the bottom of theadjustment switch until pedals arein the position you can press themfully and comfortably.

You can adjust the position of thebrake pedal and accelerator pedalwhen the shift lever is in the Parkposition. Push the top of theadjustment switch to move thepedals forward, and the bottom tomove them backward.

1.

2.

3.

On Touring models

Adjustable Driver’s Foot PedalsInstrum

entsand

Controls

193


０８／０７／２１　１１：４０：０９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１９８　

2009 Odyssey

＊

＊

＊

Interior Convenience Items

194

VANITYMIRROR

CENTERPOCKET

SUN VISOR

LOWERGLOVE BOX

UPPER GLOVEBOX

SUNGLASSESHOLDER

: If equipped

COAT HOOKBEVERAGE HOLDERS BEVERAGE HOLDER


AC POWER OUTLET


BEVERAGE HOLDERIN-FLOOR STORAGE

０８／０７／２１　１１：４０：１４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０１９９　

2009 Odyssey

Be careful when you are using thebeverage holders. A spilled liquidthat is very hot can scald you or yourpassengers. Spilled liquids candamage the upholstery, carpeting,and electrical components in theinterior.

To use the retractable center tray,pull up the outside edge of the trayuntil it latches. To store it, pull thelever and lower the tray.

Sitting on or getting under the tray,or putting heavy objects on the tray,may damage or deform it.

Do not keep items on the tray whiledriving. They may fall down or flyaround when you go around cornersor brake hard.

CONTINUED

Beverage HoldersRetractable Center Tray

Interior Convenience ItemsInstrum

entsand

Controls

195

LEVER

０８／０７／２１　１１：４０：２１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２００　

2009 Odyssey

To use the front beverage holder,pull the handle.

Additional beverage holders for thefront seat passengers are in theretractable center tray.

The beverage holders for the thirdrow seat passengers are in thearmrests on the rear side panels.

The plus-one seat has a beverageholder on the back of the seat-back.

To use the beverage holder, removethe seat cushion, and fold the seat-back by pulling the seat-back strap(see page ).179



196

０８／０７／２１　１１：４０：２７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２０１　

2009 Odyssey

The sunshades are intended for useonly when the windows are fullyclosed. If a window is opened, theshade can be blown off its hooks. Asthe shade automatically retracts, itcould hit and hurt anyone sitting tooclose to the window.

To open the sunglasses holder, pushthen release the raised detent. It willunlatch and swing down. To close it,push it until it latches. Make sure theholder is closed while you are driving.

Each rear sliding door has anintegrated sunshade. To use asunshade, hold the tab on the topand pull the sunshade all the way up.Insert the holes on the sunshade intothe hooks on the window frame. Tostore the shade, unhook it, and let itretract all the way down.

CONTINUED


Integrated Sunshades Sunglasses Holder


entsand

Controls

197

HOOK

TAB

Push

SUNGLASSES HOLDER

０８／０７／２１　１１：４０：３５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２０２　

2009 Odyssey

Some larger styles of sunglassesmay not fit in the holder.

You may also store small items inthis holder. Make sure they aresmall enough to let the holder closeand latch, and that they are notheavy enough to cause the holder topop open while driving.

To use the sun visor, pull it down.When using the sun visor for theside window, remove the support rodfrom the clip, and swing it out.

Make sure you put the sun visorback in place when you are gettinginto or out of the vehicle.

The sunglasses holder uses a convexmirror for its bottom panel. You cansee all the vehicle passengers in thismirror. To use the mirror, open thesunglasses holder fully, push it to thefirst detent, and release it.

To switch back to the sunglassesholder, close the conversation mirrorand then open the sunglasses holder.

If equipped

Conversation Mirror Sun Visor


198

SUN VISOR

０８／０７／２１　１１：４０：４３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２０３　

2009 Odyssey

Pull up the vanity mirror cover to usethe mirror. The lights come on whenyou open the cover. Make sure youclose the cover when you are notusing the vanity mirror.

The vanity mirror light will not comeon if the sun visor is slid outward.

To open the compartment, pull thelever and lift the lid. To close, lowerthe lid and push it down until itlatches.

You can store items under the seatcushion of the plus-one seat.Pull the strap to raise the seatcushion, store items, then reinstallthe cushion or remove the cushionand fold the seat-back down to usethe seat as a tray.


Vanity Mirror Rear Compartment Second Row Console


entsand

Controls

199

REAR COMPARTMENT LEVER STRAP

０８／０７／２１　１１：４０：５２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２０４　

2009 Odyssey

There is a large storage area underthe floor between the front seats andthe second row bucket seats.

To place or remove large items fromthe storage area, pull off the carpetnear the second row seat, and pullthe handle to open the large lid.

You can store items in the floorstorage area up to 22 lbs (10 kg). Donot exceed this weight limit, or youmay damage the floor storage area.

The inside of the storage area canget very hot. Do not store any itemsthat should be kept cool, or itemsthat can be easily damaged, warped,or deformed by heat.

Dust, sand, etc., can accumulate inthe floor storage area. If you spillliquid on the floor around the floorstorage area, it can get inside thestorage area, and the moisture canbe trapped inside. Always keep theinside of the storage area dry andclean.

To prevent items from being thrownabout the vehicle and possiblyhurting someone in an accident orsudden stop, be sure the storagearea lids are securely closed beforedriving away.

You can adjust the length of thehook strap. Pull down the upperedge of the stopper, and slide it up ordown.

To keep the lid open, attach the hookto the grab rail on the back of thefront seat-back.

If equipped

In-Floor Storage Area


200

HANDLE

HOOK

LID

０８／０７／２１　１１：４１：００　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２０５　

2009 Odyssey

Open the lower glove box by pullingthe bottom of the handle. Close itwith a firm push. Lock or unlock theglove box with the master key.

Open the upper glove box bypressing the button. The lid willswing open. Close it with a firm push.

Keep the glove boxes closed whiledriving. If either are open, apassenger could be injured during acrash or sudden stop.

Glove Boxes


entsand

Controls

201

An open glove box can causeserious injury to your passengerin a crash, even if thepassenger is wearing the seatbelt.

Always keep the glove boxesclosed while driving.

０８／０７／２１　１１：４１：０７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２０６　

2009 Odyssey

Open the center pocket by pullingthe handle. Close it with a firm push.

A coin holder is located in front ofthe beverage holder. To use the coinholder, pull the handle, then pushthe button. The lid will swing open.To close the lid, push it down until itlatches.

Make sure to close the lid before youclose the beverage holder.

Center Pocket Coin Pocket


202

Without rear entertainment system With rear entertainment system

０８／０７／２１　１１：４１：１４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２０７　

2009 Odyssey

There is a 115 volt AC power outletin the rear compartment on thedriver’s side. To use the AC poweroutlet, open the rear compartmentlid and open the outlet cover. Insertthe plug into the receptacle slightly,turn it 90° clockwise, then push inthe plug all the way.

Always run the engine when you usethe AC power outlet.

There are two accessory powersockets in your vehicle. Oneaccessory power socket is above thecenter pocket and another is on thecargo area sidewall on the driver’sside.

Each socket is intended to supplypower for 12 volt DC accessoriesthat are rated 120 watts or less (10amps).

None of the sockets will power anautomotive type cigarette lighterelement.

If equippedAC Power OutletAccessory Power Sockets


entsand

Controls

203

０８／０７／２１　１１：４１：２３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２０８　

2009 Odyssey

The maximum capacity for thispower outlet is 115 volt AC at 100watts or less. If you use an appliancewhich requires more than 100 watts,it automatically stops supplying thepower. If this happens, turn theignition switch off and turn it onagain.

The AC power outlet is notdesigned for electric applianceswhich require high initial peakwattage such as cathode-ray tubetype televisions, refrigerators,electric pumps, etc. It is also notsuitable for devices that processprecise data such as medicalequipment or measuring instruments.Any appliances that require anextremely stable power supply suchas microcomputer-controlled electricblankets, touch sensor lamps, etc.,should not be connected to thisoutlet.


204

NOTE:

０８／０７／２１　１１：４１：２７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２０９　

2009 Odyssey

The individual map lights in thefront can be turned on and off bypressing the lenses.

The individual map lights in thesecond and third rows cannot beturned on.

None of the lights come on when adoor is opened. The individual map lights in the

front come on when any door isopened. When the doors areclosed, each light can be turned onand off by pressing the lenses.

The individual map lights in thesecond and third rows come onwhen any door is opened. Whenthe doors are closed, each lightcan be turned on and off bypushing on the lens.The light control switch controls the

individual map lights for the front,second and third row seatingpositions. This switch has threepositions: OFF, door activated, andON.

When the switch is in the OFF position: When the switch is in the door activatedposition:

CONTINUED

Light Control Switch

Interior LightsInstrum

entsand

Controls

205

LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH

DOOR ACTIVATED POSITION

０８／０７／２１　１１：４１：３５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２１０　

2009 Odyssey

Turn on the front and rear individualmap lights by pushing the lens ofeach light. Push the lens again toturn it off. You can also operatethese lights with the light controlswitch (see page ).

After all doors are closed tightly, thelight(s) dims slightly, then fades outin about 30 seconds.

With the light control switch in thedoor activated position, all theindividual map lights come on whenyou unlock the door with the remotetransmitter (see page ).

With any door left open, the lightsstay on about 3 minutes, then go out.

All the individual map lights comeon and stay on as long as theswitch remains in the ON position.

You can change the ‘‘INTERIORLIGHT DIMMING TIME’’ setting onthe multi-information display (seepage ).

147

205

118

When the switch is in the ON position:

On Touring models

Individual Map Lights

Interior Lights

206

Front

０８／０７／２１　１１：４１：４２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２１１　

2009 Odyssey

The ignition switch light comes onwhen you open the driver’s door, andstays on several seconds after youclose the door.

The cargo area light has a three-position switch. In the OFF position,the light does not come on. In thecenter position, it comes on whenyou open the tailgate. In the ONposition, it stays on continuously.

Ignition Switch LightCargo Area Light

Interior LightsInstrum

entsand

Controls

207

OFFON

Rear

０８／０７／２１　１１：４１：４９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２１２　

2009 Odyssey

The courtesy lights in the frontdoors come on when you open anydoor.

The courtesy light between the maplights come on when you turn theparking lights on. To adjust itsbrightness, turn the select/resetknob on the instrument panel.

Courtesy Lights

Interior Lights

208

０８／０７／２１　１１：４１：５４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２１３　

2009 Odyssey

The heating and air conditioningsystem in your vehicle provides acomfortable driving environment inall weather conditions.

The standard audio system hasmany features. This sectiondescribes those features and how touse them. (If you have an optionalaudio system, refer to the operatinginstructions that came with it.)

Your vehicle has an anti-theft audiosystem that requires a code numberto enable it.

The security system helps todiscourage vandalism and theft ofyour vehicle.

The climate control system and theaudio system have a voice controlfeature. Refer to the navigationsystem manual for more information.

.............Vents, Heating, and A/C . 210Using Automatic Climate

...................................Control . 215.........Using the Rear A/C Unit . 216

..............Climate Control Sensors . 220................................Audio System . 221

..........Playing the AM/FM Radio . 222................................Playing a Disc . 226

.......Disc Player Error Messages . 233

..........Playing the AM/FM Radio . 234................Playing the XM Radio . 238

.................................Playing Discs . 244...Disc Changer Error Messages . 251

..........Playing the AM/FM Radio . 252................Playing the XM Radio . 257

.................................Playing Discs . 263...Disc Changer Error Messages . 271

..................Protecting Your Discs . 272............AM/FM Radio Reception . 275

...............................Playing a Tape . 277..........................Setting the Clock . 281

................Remote Audio Controls . 282

......................Auxiliary Input Jack . 283.................Radio Theft Protection . 284

........Rear Entertainment System . 285............................Security System . 318

...............................Cruise Control . 319HomeLink Universal

................................Transceiver . 322.......Bluetooth HandsFreeLink . 325

................Parking Sensor System . 361....Reaview Camera and Monitor . 365

LX and Canadian DX models

EX and EX-L models without navigationsystem

Models with navigation system

On vehicles with navigation system

FeaturesF

eatures

209

０８／０７／２１　１１：４２：００　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２１４　

2009 Odyssey

Vents, Heating, and A/C

210

RECIRCULATIONBUTTON

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER BUTTON

MODECONTROLDIAL

AUTOBUTTON

RECIRCULATIONBUTTON

TEMPERATURECONTROL DIAL

REARCONTROLLERDIAL

WINDSHIELDDEFROSTER BUTTON

REAR WINDOWDEFOGGERBUTTON

OFF BUTTON

MODEBUTTON

AIR CONDITIONING(A/C) BUTTON

SYNC BUTTON

AIR CONDITIONING (A/C)BUTTON

FAN CONTROLDIAL

FAN CONTROL BUTTONS

REARON/OFFBUTTON

REAR LOCKBUTTON

DRIVER’S SIDETEMPERATURECONTROLSWITCH

PASSENGER’S SIDETEMPERATURE CONTROL SWITCH


REAR TEMPERATURECONTROL SWITCH

EX, EX-L and Touring models

０８／０７／２１　１１：４２：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２１５　

2009 Odyssey

▲

▼

▲

▼

Turn the dial clockwise to increasethe fan speed and airflow. Turn thedial counterclockwise to decreasethem.

Press the button to increasethe fan speed and airflow. Press the

button to decrease it.

Turning this dial clockwise increasesthe temperature of the airflow.

Your vehicle has two temperaturecontrol switches, one for the driver,and one for the front passenger.

When the rear passenger’s zone isturned on using the REAR ON/OFFbutton on the front control panel, a

second row passenger also canadjust the temperature, fan speedand air flow.

The rear passenger compartmenttemperature can also be setseparately. Press the top ( ) of theappropriate temperature controlbutton to increase the temperatureof airflow. Press the bottom ( ) ofthe button to decrease it. Each settemperature is shown in the display.

When you set the temperature to itslower limit or its upper limit, it will bedisplayed as ‘‘Lo’’ or ‘‘Hi’’.

When you press this button, theindicator in the button comes on, andthe passenger’s side temperatureand the rear passenger compartmentis synchronized to the driver’s sideset temperature. Changing the

passenger’s side temperature or thetemperature of the rear passengercompartment makes the indicator togo off, and takes the system out ofSYNC mode.

This button turns the airconditioning on and off. On LX andCanadian DX models, the indicator inthe button is on when the A/C is on.On EX, EX-L, and Touring models,you will see A/C ON or A/C OFF inthe display.

When the indicator in the button ison, air from the vehicle’s interior issent throughout the system again.When the indicator is off, air isbrought in from the outside of thevehicle (fresh air mode).

CONTINUED









Fan Control

Temperature Control

Air Conditioning (A/C) Button

Recirculation Button

SYNC Button

Features

211

０８／０７／２１　１１：４２：１８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２１６　

2009 Odyssey

When you switch to from, the A/C stays on, and you

can turn it on and off manually.

When you switch to another mode,the A/C returns to its original setting,either on or off, as displayed by theA/C indicator.

The system automaticallyturns on the A/C and switches torecirculation mode. Air flows fromthe center and side vents in thedashboard. In this mode, you cannotturn off the A/C and also cannotswitch to fresh air mode.

The passenger’s temperature cannotbe set separately from the driver’s.

When you select , the systemautomatically switches to fresh airmode and turns on the A/C.

Air flows from the defrostervents at the base of the windshield.

Airflow is divided betweenthe floor vents and defroster vents atthe base of the windshield.

The outside air intakes for theheating and cooling system are atthe base of the windshield. Keep thisarea clear of leaves and other debris.

This button turns the rear windowdefogger on and off (see page ).

Use the mode control dial or buttonto select the vents the air flows from.Some air will flow from thedashboard vents in all modes.

Air flows from the centerand corner vents in the dashboard.

Airflow is divided betweenthe vents in the dashboard and thefloor vents.

Air flows from the floorvents. When you select , thesystem automatically switches tofresh air mode.

When you want to change thetemperature of the rear passengercompartment, press the REARbutton. The indicator in the buttoncomes on, and you can change thetemperature using the reartemperature control button. Whenyou press the REAR LOCK button,the indicator in the button comes on,the rear A/C passenger controlpanel is disabled, and you cannotchange any settings from it.See page for how to operate therear passenger control panel.

140

219




REAR/REAR LOCK Button

Rear Window Defogger Button

Mode Control

212

０８／０７／２１　１１：４２：３５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２１７　

2009 Odyssey

Air conditioning places an extra loadon the engine. Watch the enginecoolant temperature gauge (see page

). If it moves near the red mark,turn off the A/C until the gaugereads normally.

The ventilation system draws inoutside air, circulates it through theinterior, then exhausts it throughvents near the rear side panels.

The heater uses engine coolant towarm the air. If the engine is cold, itwill be several minutes before youfeel warm air coming from thesystem.

Select and fresh air mode.Set the fan to the desired speed.Adjust the warmth of the air withthe temperature control dial orbuttons.

Set the temperature control dial orbutton to the lower limit.Make sure the A/C is off.Select and fresh air mode.Set the fan to the desired speed.

Press the A/C button. Theindicator in the button comes on(LX and Canadian DX models) or‘‘A/C ON’’ is shown in the display(EX, EX-L and Touring models)when a fan speed is selected.Make sure the temperature is setto the lower limit.Select .If the outside air is humid, selectrecirculation mode. If the outsideair is dry, select fresh air mode.Set the fan to the desired speed.

1.

2.

3.4.

5.

1.2.3.

1.

2.3.4.

77

CONTINUED


Using the A/CVentilation Using the Heater

Features

213

０８／０７／２１　１１：４２：４８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２１８　

2009 Odyssey

To remove fog from the inside of thewindows:

To clear the windows faster, you canclose the dashboard corner vents byrotating the wheel next to each vent.This sends more warm air to thewindshield defroster vents. Once thewindshield is clear, select fresh airmode to avoid fogging the windows.For your safety, make sure you havea clear view through all the windowsbefore driving.

you cancool it down more rapidly by partiallyopening the windows, turning on theair conditioning, and setting the fanto maximum speed in fresh air mode.

Air conditioning, as it cools, removesmoisture from the air. When used incombination with the heater, itmakes the interior warm and dry.

This setting is suitable for all drivingconditions whenever the outsidetemperature is above 32°F (0°C).

Switch the fan on.Turn on the air conditioning.Select and fresh air mode.Adjust the temperature to yourpreference.

When you switch to another modefrom , the A/C turns off. Butif it was on to start with, it stays on.

Set the fan to high.Select . The systemautomatically switches to the freshair mode and turns on the A/C.The indicator in the A/C buttonwill not come on (LX and CanadianDX models), or the A/C ONindicator will not come on (EX,EX-L, Touring and Touring PAXmodels), if the A/C was off tostart with.Adjust the temperature so theairflow feels warm.Select to help clear therear window.

Select . The systemautomatically switches to fresh airmode and turns on the A/C.

The indicator in the A/C buttonwill not come on (LX and CanadianDX models), or the A/C ONindicator will not come on (EX,EX-L, and Touring models), if theA/C was off to start with.Select .Set the fan and temperaturecontrols to maximum level.

1.2.3.4.

1.

1.

2.

3.

4.

2.3.

If the interior is very warm,


To Defog and Defrost To Remove Exterior Frost or IceFrom the Windows

Dehumidify the Interior

214

０８／０７／２１　１１：４２：５９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２１９　

2009 Odyssey

If you set the temperature to itslower or its upper limit, the systemruns at full cooling or heating only. Itdoes not regulate the interiortemperature.

When you press a fan control button,the fan is taken out of AUTO mode.

To keep stale air and mustinessfrom collecting, you should havethe fan running at all times.

In AUTO mode, the rear passengercompartment temperature is alsoregulated independently.

In AUTO mode, the vehicle’s interiortemperature is independentlyregulated for the driver andpassenger. If the driver’s side of thevehicle is getting too much sun, thesystem will adjust to a lowertemperature.

The automatic climate controlsystem adjusts the fan speed andairflow levels to maintain the interiortemperature you select.

Press the Auto button. Theindicator in the button comes on.

Set the desired temperature withthe temperature control button.You will see AUTO in the system’sdisplay. You can set the driver’sside temperature and passenger’sside temperature and thetemperature of the rear passengercompartment separately. Thesystem automatically selects theproper mix of conditioned and/orheated air that will, as quickly aspossible, raise or lower the interiortemperature to your preference.

You can manually select variousfunctions of the climate controlsystem when it is in fully automaticmode. All other features remainautomatically controlled. Making anymanual selection causes the wordAUTO in the display to go out.

Turn the fan speed and temperaturecontrol dials all the way to the left,and turn the rear controller dial tothe OFF position.

Press the OFF button and the REARON/OFF button (indicator is off).

Keep the system completely offfor short periods only.

1.

2.


On models with navigation system


On EX, EX-L and Touring models On EX, EX-L and Touring models


Using Automatic Climate Control Semi-automatic Operation

To Turn Everything Off

Features

215

０８／０７／２１　１１：４３：０９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２２０　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

With the dial in this position,the rear control panel can be used bya second row passenger to adjust therear fan speed, airflow, andtemperature.

The climate control system for yourvehicle can also be operated by voicecontrol. See the navigation section inyour quick start guide for anoverview of this system, and thenavigation system manual forcomplete details.

You can adjust the airflow of the rearA/C unit with the rear controller dialon the front control panel. The rearpassengers can also adjust thedirection and the amount of airflowon the rear control panel.

You can adjust the temperature ofthe rear A/C unit with the REARbutton and the rear temperaturecontrol switch on the front controlpanel.

The rear passengers can also adjustthe fan speed, temperature, andairflow of the rear A/C unit with therear control panel.

With the dial in this position,no air flows to the rear vents. Therear control panel cannot be used bya second row passenger to adjust therear A/C. Turning the dial clockwisechanges the fan speed to the rearpassengers.

(On front control panel)






Voice Control System

ON

Using the Rear A/C Unit

Rear Controller Dial

OFF

216

０８／０７／２１　１１：４３：１８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２２１　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

When theindicator in this button is off, no airflows to the rear vents. The rearcontrol panel cannot be used by asecond row passenger to adjust therear A/C. When the indicator in thisbutton is on, the rear temperaturecan be adjusted with the REARbutton in the center of the frontcontrol panel. In addition, the rearcontrol panel can be used by asecond row passenger to adjust therear fan speed, airflow, andtemperature.

When theindicator in this button is on, the rearcontrol panel is disabled, and therear A/C can only be controlled bythe front control panel.

(On front control panel)On EX, EX-L and Touring models


REAR A/C ControlsREAR Button

REAR LOCK Button

Features

217

REAR LOCK BUTTON

REAR TEMPERATURECONTROL BUTTON

REAR ON/OFF BUTTON


０８／０７／２１　１１：４３：２３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２２２　

2009 Odyssey

Turn the rear temperature controldial clockwise to increase thetemperature of the airflow.

When is selected, airflow isdivided between the rear floor ventsand rear ceiling vents.

When is selected, air flowsfrom the rear floor vents.

When is selected, air flowsfrom the rear ceiling vents.

Select the vents the air flows fromwith the mode control dial.

Turn the fan control dial clockwiseto increase fan speed and airflow.

The rear control panel can only beused when the rear controller dial onthe front control panel is in the ONposition.

On LX and Canadian DX modelsRear Control Panel


218

MODE CONTROL DIAL

REAR TEMPERATURE CONTROL DIAL

FAN CONTROL DIAL


０８／０７／２１　１１：４３：３２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２２３　

2009 Odyssey

▲

▼

▲

▼

Press the top ( ) of the fan controlbutton to increase the fan speed andairflow. Press the bottom ( ) of thebutton to decrease it. The level ofthe fan speed is shown in the display.

Each time you press the modebutton, the mode display changesfrom , to , then to

.

When is selected, air flowsfrom the rear ceiling vents.

When is selected, air flowsfrom the rear floor vents.

When is selected, airflow isdivided between the rear floor ventsand rear ceiling vents.

Pressing the AUTO button puts thesystem in automatic operation mode.The rear system automaticallyadjusts the fan speed and airflowlevels to maintain the selectedtemperature of the rear passengercompartment.

Pressing the OFF button shuts offthe rear climate control system.

The rear control panel can only beused when the indicator in the REARLOCK button on the front controlpanel is off.

Press the top ( ) of thetemperature control button toincrease the temperature of airflow,and the bottom ( ) of the button todecrease it. The temperature youadjust is shown in the system display.


Vents, Heating, and A/CF

eatures

219

TEMPERATURECONTROL BUTTON

FAN CONTROLBUTTON


０８／０７／２１　１１：４３：４２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２２４　

2009 Odyssey

The direction and quantity of airflowfrom each rear ceiling vent isadjustable.

To adjust the direction of air comingfrom a rear ceiling vent, move thetab in the center of each vent back-and-forth, and rotate the vent withthe tab. The lever next to each ventcan be opened and closed to regulatethe amount of airflow.

The climate control system has threesensors. A sunlight sensor is in thetop of the dashboard, and atemperature sensor is next to thesteering column. There is also a rearsensor on the rear sidewall near theexhaust vent. Do not cover thesensors or spill any liquid on them.


Sunlight and TemperatureSensors

Rear Ceiling Vents

Vents, Heating, and A/C, Climate Control Sensors

220

SUNLIGHT SENSOR

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

TAB

LEVER

０８／０７／２１　１１：４３：５０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２２５　

2009 Odyssey

An audio system is standard on allmodels. Read the appropriate pages(as shown below) to use yourvehicle’s audio system.

On LX and Canadian DX models, seepages through .

For vehicles without navigationsystem, see pages through .

For vehicles with navigation system,see pages through .

For vehicles with rear entertainmentsystem, see pages through .

234 251

252 271

285 317

222 233

CONTINUED

Audio SystemF

eatures

221

EX and EX-L models

EX-L model with Rear EntertainmentSystem

U.S. EX-L and Touring models withRear Entertainment System withNavigation System


０８／０７／２１　１１：４４：０１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２２６　

2009 Odyssey

Playing the AM/FM Radio (LX and Canadian DX models)

222

SEEK BAR

AUTO SELECT BUTTON

PRESET BUTTONS

PWR/VOL KNOB

SCAN BUTTON

FM BUTTON

AM BUTTON TUNE/SOUND KNOB

０８／０７／２１　１１：４４：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２２７　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

－

＋－

The ignition switch must be in theACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.Turn the system on by pushing thePWR/VOL knob. Adjust the volumeby turning the same knob.

The band and frequency that theradio was last tuned to are displayed.To change bands, press the AM orFM button. On the FM band, ST willbe displayed if the station isbroadcasting in stereo. Stereoreproduction in AM is not available.

On the AM band, AM noisereduction turns on automatically.

The scan function samplesall stations with strong signals on theselected band. To activate it, pressthe SCAN button, then release it.You will see SCAN in the display.The system will scan for a stationwith a strong signal. When it findsone, it will stop and play that stationfor about 10 seconds.

If you do nothing, the system willscan for the next strong station andplay it for 10 seconds. When it playsa station that you want to listen to,press the SCAN button again.

Use the TUNE knob totune the radio to a desired frequency.Turn the knob right to tune to ahigher frequency, or left to tune to alower frequency.

The SEEK functionsearches up and down from thecurrent frequency to find a stationwith a strong signal. To activate itpress the or side of the bar,then release it.

You can use any of five methods tofind radio stations on the selectedband: tune, seek, scan, the presetbuttons, and auto select.

CONTINUED

To Play the AM/FM Radio SCANTo Select a Station

TUNE

SEEK

Playing the AM/FM Radio (LX and Canadian DX models)F

eatures

223

０８／０７／２１　１１：４４：１４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２２８　

2009 Odyssey

－－ If you aretraveling far from home and can nolonger receive your preset stations,you can use the auto select feature tofind stations in the local area.

Press the A. SEL button. ‘‘A. SEL’’appears in the display, and thesystem goes into scan mode forseveral seconds. It stores thefrequencies of six AM and twelveFM stations in the preset buttons.

You will see a ‘‘0’’ displayed afterpressing a preset button if autoselect cannot find a strong station forthat preset button.

If you do not like the stations autoselect has stored, you can storeother frequencies on the presetbuttons as previously described.

Each preset button canstore one frequency on AM and twofrequencies on FM.

Select the desired band, AM orFM. FM1 and FM2 let you storetwo frequencies with each presetbutton.

Use the tune, seek, or scanfunction to tune the radio to adesired station.

Pick a preset button, and hold ituntil you hear a beep.

Repeat steps 1 through 3 to store atotal of six stations on AM andtwelve stations on FM.

, press theA. SEL (auto select) button. Thisrestores the presets you originallyset.

For information on AM/FM radiofrequencies and reception, see page

.

1.

2.

3.

4.

275

To turn off auto select


AUTO SELECTPreset

224

０８／０７／２１　１１：４４：２２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２２９　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

Press the SOUND (TUNE) knobrepeatedly to display the bass, treble,balance, and fader settings.

Each mode is shown in the display asit changes. Turn the SOUND(TUNE) knob to adjust the setting toyour liking. When the level reachesthe center, you will see ‘‘C’’ in thedisplay. The system willautomatically return the display tothe selected audio mode about 5seconds after you stop adjusting amode.

Use the TRE/BASmodes to adjust the tone to yourliking.

These twomodes adjust the strength of thesound coming from each speaker.BAL adjusts the side-to-side strength,while FAD adjusts the front-to-backstrength.

You can use the instrument panelbrightness control knob to adjust theillumination of the audio system (seepage ). The audio systemilluminates when the parking lightsare on, even if the system is turnedoff.

139


Adjusting the Sound Treble/Bass

Balance/Fader

Audio System Lighting

Features

225

０８／０７／２１　１１：４４：２８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２３０　

2009 Odyssey

－

＋

Playing a Disc (LX and Canadian DX models)

226

CD SLOT

CD BUTTON

SKIP BAR

DISC BUTTON

DISC BUTTON

DISP BUTTON

EJECT BUTTON

SCAN/RPTBUTTON

RDM BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：４４：３３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２３１　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

－

－

To load or play discs, the ignitionswitch must be in the ACCESSORY(I) or ON (II) position.

You operate the disc player with thesame controls used for the radio. Toselect the disc player, press the CDbutton. You will see ‘‘CD’’ in thedisplay.

This audio system can also playCD-Rs and CD-RWs compressed inMP3 or WMA formats. Whenplaying a disc in MP3, you will see‘‘MP3’’ in the display. In WMAformat, ‘‘WMA’’ will appear in thedisplay. You can select up to 99folders, or up to 255 tracks/files.

Video CDs and DVDs do not work inthis unit.

The specifications for compatibleMP3 files are:

Sampling frequency:32/44.1/48 kHz (MPEG1)24/22.05/16 kHz (MPEG2)Bitrate:32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/160/192/224/256/320 kbps(MPEG1)8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/160 kbps (MPEG2)Compatible with variable bitrateand multi-sessionMaximum layers(including ROOT): 8 layers

NOTE:If a file on an MP3 or WMA disc isprotected by digital rightsmanagement (DRM), the audio unitdisplays UNSUPPORTED FORMAT,and then skips to the next file.

CONTINUED


To Play a Disc

Features

227

Do not use discs with adhesive labels.The label can curl up and cause thedisc to jam in the unit.

０８／０７／２１　１１：４４：４２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２３２　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

－

－

The specifications for compatibleWMA files are:

Sampling frequency:32/44.1/48 kHzBitrate:48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbpsCompatible with variable bitrateand multi-sessionMaximum layers(including ROOT): 8 layers

Insert a disc about halfway into thedisc slot. The drive will pull the discin the rest of the way to play it. Youoperate the disc player with thesame controls used for the radio.The number of the current track isshown in the display. When playing adisc in MP3 or WMA, the numbersof the current folder and file areshown. The system will continuouslyplay a disc until you change modes.

You cannot load and play 3-inch(8-cm) discs in this system.

For information on how to handleand protect compact discs, see page

.

Each time you press the DISP(preset 1) button, the display showsyou the text data on a disc, if the discwas recorded with text data.

You can see the album, artist, andtrack name in the display. If a disc isrecorded in MP3 or WMA, you cansee the folder and file name, and thealbum, artist, and track tag.

With the folder name, you will seethe FOLDER indicator in the display.The TRACK indicator is shown withthe file or track name.

When you press and release theDISP button while a disc without textdata is playing, you will see ‘‘NOINFO’’ on the display.

The display shows up to 16characters of selected text data (thefolder name, file name, etc.).

272


To Load a Disc Text Data Display Function

228

０８／０７／２１　１１：４４：５３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２３３　

2009 Odyssey

－＋

－

＞

If the text data has more than 16characters, you will see the first 15characters and the indicator inthe display. Press and hold the DISPbutton until the next 16 charactersare shown. You can see up to 31characters of the text data.

If you press and hold the DISPbutton again, the display shows thefirst 16 characters again.

If any letter is not available, it isreplaced with ‘‘ . ’’ (dot) in the display.When the disc has no text data, youwill see ‘‘NO INFO’’ on the display.

You will also see some text dataunder these conditions:

When a new folder, file, or track isselected.

When you change the audio modeto play a disc with text data or inMP3 or WMA.

When you insert a disc, and thesystem begins to play.

When playing a CD-DA with textdata, the album and track name areshown in the display. With a disc inMP3 or WMA, the display shows thefolder and file name.

When you turn on the audio systemnext time, the system keeps yourselection with the DISP button.

Each time you press andrelease the SKIP bar, the playerskips forward to the beginning of thenext track (file in MP3 or WMAmode). Press and release theSKIP bar to skip backward to thebeginning of the current track. Pressit again to skip to the beginning ofthe previous track.

To move rapidly within a track, pressand hold the or SKIP bar.

You can use the SKIP bar while adisc is playing to select passages andchange tracks (files in MP3/WMAmode).

CONTINUED


To Change or Select Tracks/Files

SKIP

Features

229

０８／０７／２１　１１：４５：０３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２３４　

2009 Odyssey

－－

－In MP3 or WMA mode In MP3 or WMA mode

Toselect a different folder, turn theTUNE knob to move to thebeginning of the next folder. Turnthe knob to the right until it clicksonce to skip to the next folder, and tothe left to move to the beginning ofthe current folder. Turn it again toskip to the beginning of the previousfolder. Turning the TUNE knobmore than two clicks skips severalfolders.

The scan function samples all tracks(files in MP3 or WMA) on the disc inthe order they are recorded on thedisc. To activate scan, press and holdthe SCAN/RPT button. You will seeSCAN in the display. You will get a10 second sampling of each track/file on the disc. Press and hold theSCAN/RPT button for about 2seconds to get out of scan mode andplay the last track/file sampled.

Thisfeature, when activated, samples thefirst file of each folder on the disc.To activate folder scan, press andhold the SCAN/RPT button to selectSCAN, then press and release thebutton again to select folder scan.You will see F-SCAN in the display.

The system plays the first file in thefirst folder for about 10 seconds. Ifyou do nothing, the system will thenplay the first files in the next foldersfor 10 seconds. After playing the firstfile of the last folder, the systemplays normally.

Each time you press and release theSCAN/RPT button, the modechanges from file scan to folder scan,then to normal playing.


FOLDER SELECTIONSCAN (TRACK/FILE SCAN)

F-SCAN (FOLDER SCAN)

230

０８／０７／２１　１１：４５：０９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２３５　

2009 Odyssey

－－－

CONTINUED

To continuously replaya track (file in MP3 or WMA mode),press and release the SCAN/RPTbutton. You will see RPT in thedisplay. Press and hold the SCAN/RPT button for 2 seconds to turn itoff.

This feature,when activated, replays all files onthe selected folder in the order theyare compressed. To activate folderrepeat, press the SCAN/RPT buttontwice. You will see F-RPT in thedisplay. The system continuouslyreplays the current folder. Press theSCAN/RPT button again to turn itoff.

Each time you press and release theSCAN/RPT button, the modechanges from file repeat to folderrepeat, then to normal playing.

This feature plays thetracks (the files in MP3 or WMAmode) within a disc in random order.To activate random play, press andrelease the RDM button. In MP3 orWMA mode, press the RDM buttontwice to select RDM (within a discrandom play). You will see RDM inthe display. Press the RDM buttonagain to turn it off.

In MP3 or WMA mode


REPEAT (TRACK/FILEREPEAT) FOLDER-REPEAT

RANDOM (Random within adisc)

Features

231

０８／０７／２１　１１：４５：１５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２３６　

2009 Odyssey

－In MP3 or WMA mode

Thisfeature, when activated, plays allfiles on the selected folder in randomorder. To activate folder random,press the RDM button. You will seeF-RDM in the display. The systemwill then select and play filesrandomly. This continues until youdeactivate folder random by pressingand holding the RDM button for 2seconds.

Each time you press and release theRDM button, the mode changesfrom folder random play to randomplay (within a disc random play),then to normal play.

Press the eject button ( ) toremove the disc. If you eject the disc,but do not remove it from the slot,the system will automatically reloadthe disc after 10 seconds and put it inpause mode. To begin playing, pressthe CD button.

Press the AM or FM button toswitch to the radio while a disc isplaying. Press the CD button to playthe disc.

If you turn the system off while adisc is playing, either with the PWR/VOL knob or by turning off theignition switch, the disc will stay inthe drive. When you turn the systemback on, the disc will begin playingwhere it left off.


.272


FOLDER-RANDOMTo Stop Playing a Disc Protecting Compact Discs

232

０８／０７／２１　１１：４５：２３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２３７　

2009 Odyssey

The ejected disc will not be reloaded automatically.

If you see an error message in thedisplay while playing a disc, pressthe eject button. After ejecting thedisc, check it for damage ordeformation. If there is no damage,insert the disc again.For additional information ondamaged discs, see page .

The audio system will try to play thedisc. If there is still a problem, theerror message will reappear. Pressthe eject button, and pull out the disc.Insert a different disc. If the newdisc plays, there is a problem withthe first disc. If the error messagecycle repeats and you cannot clear it,take your vehicle to a dealer.

CauseError MessageThe chart on the right explains theerror messages you may see in thedisplay while playing a disc.

Solution

273

Track/File format notsupported

Mechanical Error

Servo Error

Current track will skipped. The next supportedtrack or file plays automatically.Press the eject button and pull out the disc.Check the disc for serious damage, signs ofdeformation, excessive scratches, and/or dirt(see page 273 ). Insert the disc again. If thecode does not disappear, or the disc cannot beremoved, consult your dealer. Do not try toforce the disc out of the player.

Disc Player Error Messages (LX and Canadian DX models)F

eatures

233

UNSUPPORTEDFORMATBAD DISC

CHECK MANUALPUSH EJECT

BAD DISCCHECK MANUAL

０８／０７／２１　１１：４５：３０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２３８　

2009 Odyssey

Playing the AM/FM Radio (EX and EX-L models without navigation system)

234

PRESET BUTTONSPRESET BUTTONS

PWR/VOL KNOB

AUTO SELECT BUTTON AUTO SELECT BUTTON

SCAN BUTTON

FMBUTTON

SOUNDKNOB

TUNE KNOB

SCAN BUTTON

EX-L model is shown.

SEEK BAR

PWR/VOL KNOB SOUND (TUNE) KNOB

AM/FM BUTTON

SEEK BAR

AM BUTTON

EX-L model with Rear Entertainment SystemEX and EX-L models

０８／０７／２１　１１：４５：３７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２３９　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

＋－

－The ignition switch must be in theACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.Turn the system on by pushing thePWR/VOL knob. Adjust the volumeby turning the same knob.

The band and frequency that theradio was last tuned to are displayed.To change bands, press the AM orFM button, or AM/FM button. Onthe FM band, ST will be displayed ifthe station is broadcasting in stereo.Stereo reproduction in AM is notavailable.

On the AM band, AM noisereduction turns on automatically.



If you do nothing, the system willthen scan for the next strong stationand play it for 5 seconds. When itplays a station you want to listen to,press the SCAN button again.

The SCAN functionsamples all stations with strongsignals on the selected band. Toactivate it, press the SCAN button,then release it. You will see SCAN inthe display. The system will scan fora station with a strong signal. Whenit finds one, it will stop and play thatstation for about 5 seconds.


CONTINUED


To Play the AM/FM Radio To Select a Station

TUNE

SEEK

SCAN

Features

235

０８／０７／２１　１１：４５：４６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２４０　

2009 Odyssey

－－Each preset button canstore one frequency on AM and twofrequencies on FM.

Select the desired band, AM orFM. FM1 and FM2 let you storetwo frequencies with each presetbutton.


Pick a preset button, and hold ituntil you hear a beep.


If you aretraveling far from home and can nolonger receive your preset stations,you can use the auto select feature tofind stations in the local area.



If you do not like the stations autoselect has stored, you can storeother frequencies on the presetbuttons as previously described.

, press theA. SEL (auto select) button. Thisrestores the presets you originallyset.


.

1.

2.

3.

4.

275

To turn off auto select


Preset AUTO SELECT

236

０８／０７／２１　１１：４５：５５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２４１　

2009 Odyssey

－

－




You can use the instrument panelbrightness control knob to adjust theillumination of the audio system (seepage ). The audio systemilluminates when the parking lightsare on, even if the system is turnedoff.


139


Adjusting the Sound Treble/Bass

Balance/Fader

Audio System Lighting

Features

237

０８／０７／２１　１１：４６：０１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２４２　

2009 Odyssey

Playing the XM Radio (U.S. EX and all EX-L models without navigation system)

238

PRESET BUTTONSPRESET BUTTONS

TUNE KNOBPWR/VOL KNOB

TUNE KNOB

U.S. EX and EX-L models

U.S. model is shown.

CATEGORY BAR

DISP/MODEBUTTON

CATEGORY BAR

DISP/MODEBUTTON

PWR/VOL KNOB

SCAN BUTTON

XM BUTTON

SCAN BUTTON

AUX/XMBUTTON

U.S. EXmodel

AUX (XM)BUTTON

U.S. EX and EX-L model with Rear Entertainment System

０８／０７／２１　１１：４６：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２４３　

2009 Odyssey

－

To listen to XM Radio, turn theignition switch to the ACCESSORY(I) or the ON (II) position. Push thePWR/VOL knob to turn on the audiosystem, and press the AUX/XMbutton. Adjust the volume by turningthe PWR/VOL knob. The lastchannel you listened to will show inthe display.

To switch betweenchannel mode and category mode,press and hold the DISP/MODEbutton until the mode changes.

In channel mode, you can select allof the available channels. In categorymode, such as Jazz, Rock, Classical,etc., you can select all of thechannels within that category.

Each time you press and release theDISP/MODE button, the displaychanges in the following sequence:channel name, channel number,category, artist name, and music title.

On the audio display, you will see theselected CHANNEL (number),CATEGORY, NAME (artist name),and TITLE (music title).

You may experience periods whenXM Radio does not transmit theartist’s name and song titleinformation. If this happens, there isnothing wrong with your system.

Your vehicle is capable of receivingXM Radio anywhere in the UnitedStates, and Canada, except Hawaiiand Alaska. XM is a registeredtrademark of XM Satellite Radio ,Inc.

XM Radio receives signals from twosatellites to produce clear, high-quality digital reception. It offersmany channels in several categories.Along with a large selection ofdifferent types of music, XM Radioallows you to view channel andcategory selections in the display.

Though it is not equipped with anXM Radio system, your vehicle is‘‘XM Ready.’’ If you purchase an XMRadio receiver, you can connect it toyour vehicle’s audio system toreceive XM broadcasts.

CONTINUED

U.S. EX models


Operating the XM Radio

MODE

Features

239

０８／０７／２１　１１：４６：１５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２４４　

2009 Odyssey

－

－－＋

－－On models with a rear entertainmentsystem, you cannot listen to XMRadio and a disc at the same time.For example, when XM Radio isplaying on the front speakers, youcannot listen to a disc on the rearspeakers, or vice versa.

Turn the tune knob left orright to select channels. In thecategory mode, you can only selectchannels within that category.

Press either side ofthe bar ( or ) to select anothercategory.

The SCAN function givesyou a sampling of all channels whilein the channel mode. In the categorymode, only the stations within thatcategory are scanned. To activatescan, press the SCAN button. Thesystem plays each channel innumerical order for a few seconds,then selects the next channel. Whenyou hear a channel you want tocontinue listening to, press thebutton again.

You can store up to 12preset channels using the six presetbuttons. Each button stores onechannel from the XM1 band and onechannel from the XM2 band.

To store a channel:Press the AUX/XM button. EitherXM1 or XM2 will show in thedisplay.

Use the selector knob, or theCATEGORY bar or SCAN buttonto tune to a desired channel.

In category mode, only channelswithin that category can be selected.In channel mode, all channels can beselected.

Pick the preset button you wantfor that channel. Press and holdthe button until you hear a beep.

1.

2.

3.


TUNE

CATEGORY

SCAN Preset

240

０８／０７／２１　１１：４６：２４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２４５　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

Repeat steps 2 and 3 to store thefirst six channels.

Press the XM button again. Theother XM band will show. Storethe next six channels using steps 2and 3.

Once a channel is stored, simplypress and release the proper presetbutton to tune to it.

The signal iscurrently too weak. Move the vehicleto an area away from tall buildings,and with an unobstructed view of thesouthern horizon.

The selected channelnumber does not exist or is not partof your subscription.

The selectedchannel has no artist or titleinformation at this time.

There isa problem with the XM antenna.Please consult your dealer.

XM is loading theaudio or program information.

The channelcurrently selected is no longerbroadcasting.

The encryptioncode is being updated. Wait until theencryption code is fully updated.Channels 0 and 1 should still worknormally.

4.

5.

CONTINUED


XM Radio Display Messages ‘‘NO SIGNAL’’

‘‘ - - - - ’’

‘‘NO INFO’’

‘‘CHECK ANTENNA’’

‘‘LOADING’’

‘‘OFF AIR’’

‘‘UPDATING’’

Features

241

０８／０７／２１　１１：４６：３３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２４６　

2009 Odyssey

The XM satellites are in orbit overthe equator; therefore, objects southof the vehicle may cause satellitereception interruptions. To helpcompensate for this, ground-basedrepeaters are placed in majormetropolitan areas.

Satellite signals are more likely to beblocked by tall buildings andmountains the farther north youtravel from the equator.

Depending on where you drive, youmay experience reception problems.Interference can be caused by any ofthese conditions:

Driving on the north side of aneast/west mountain road.Driving on the north side of alarge commercial truck on aneast/west road.Driving in tunnels.Driving on a road beside a verticalwall, steep cliff, or hill to the southof you.Driving on the lower level of amulti-tiered road.Driving on a single lane roadalongside dense trees taller than50 ft. (15 m) to the south of you.


242

SATELLITE

GROUND REPEATER

Signal weaker in these areas.Signal may be blocked bymountains or large obstaclesto the south.

０８／０７／２１　１１：４６：４１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２４７　

2009 Odyssey

There may be other geographicsituations that could affect XM Radioreception.

After you’ve registered with XMRadio, keep your audio system in theXM Radio mode while you wait foractivation. This should take about 30minutes.

While waiting for activation, makesure your vehicle remains in an openarea with good reception. Once youraudio system is activated,‘‘CATEGORY’’ or ‘‘CH’’ will appear inthe display, and you’ll be able tolisten to XM Radio broadcasts. XMRadio will continue to send anactivation signal to your vehicle forat least 12 hours from the activationrequest. If the service has not beenactivated after 36 hours, contact XMRadio.

If your XM Radio service has expiredor you purchased your vehicle froma previous owner, you can listen to asampling of the broadcasts availableon XM Radio. With the ignitionswitch in the ACCESSORY (I) or theON (II) position, push the PWR/VOL knob to turn on the audiosystem and press the AUX/XMbutton. A variety of music types andstyles will play.

If you decide to purchase XM Radioservice, contact XM Radio at

, or at1-800-852-9696. In Canada, contactXM Canada at , or at1-877-438-9677. You will need to givethem your radio I.D. number andyour credit card number. To get yourradio I.D. number, turn the TUNEknob until ‘‘0’’ appears in the display.Your I.D. will appear in the display.

As required by the FCC:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

www.xmradio.com

www.xmradio.ca


Receiving XM Radio Service

Features

243

０８／０７／２１　１１：４６：４７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２４８　

2009 Odyssey

＋

－

＋

－

Playing Discs (EX and EX-L models without navigation system)

244

EX-L model with Rear Entertainment SystemEX and EX-L models

CD SLOT

CD BUTTON

SCAN/RPTBUTTON

RDM BUTTON

LOAD INDICATOR

DISPBUTTON

SKIP BAR SKIP BAR

CD SLOT

CD BUTTON

SCAN/RPTBUTTON

DISPBUTTON

LOAD BUTTON

LOAD INDICATOR

EJECT BUTTONEJECT BUTTON

RDM BUTTON

LOAD BUTTON

DISC BUTTON

DISC BUTTON

DISC BUTTON

DISC BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：４６：５５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２４９　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

Your vehicle’s audio system has anin-dash disc changer that holds up tosix discs. You operate this discchanger with the same controls usedfor the radio. To operate the discchanger, the ignition switch must bein the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II)position.





Compatible with variable bitrateand multi-sessionMaximum layers(including ROOT): 8 layers

Sampling frequency:32/44.1/48 kHz (MPEG1)24/22.05/16 kHz (MPEG2)Bitrate:32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/160/192/224/256/320 kbps(MPEG1)8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/160 kbps (MPEG2)


Sampling frequency:32/44.1/48 kHz


Bitrate:48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbps

To load multiple discs in oneoperation:

On the upper right side of thedisplay, the disc number for anempty position will begin blinking,and the green CD load indicatorwill come on.

Press and hold the LOAD buttonbeside the CD slot until you see‘‘LOAD’’ in the display, thenrelease the button.

1.

2.

CONTINUED


Operating the CD Changer

Loading CDs in the Changer

Features

245


０８／０７／２１　１１：４７：０９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２５０　

2009 Odyssey

Insert the disc into the CD slot.Insert it only about halfway; thedrive will pull it in the rest of theway. You will see ‘‘BUSY’’ in thedisplay. The CD loaded indicatorturns red and blinks as the disc isloaded.

Repeat this until all six positionsare loaded. The system will thenbegin playing the last disc loaded.

If you are not loading discs into allsix positions, press the LOAD buttonagain after the last disc has loaded.The system will begin playing thelast disc loaded.If you stop loading discs before allsix positions are filled, the systemwill wait for 10 seconds, stop the loadoperation, and begin playing the lastdisc loaded.

To load a single disc:

Press and release the LOADbutton.

When the disc number for anempty position starts to blink andthe green CD load indicator comeson, you will see LOAD in thedisplay. Insert the disc into the CDslot. Insert it only about halfway,the drive will pull it in the rest ofthe way.

The system will load the disc andbegin playing it.

If you press the LOAD buttonwhile a disc is playing, the systemwill stop playing that disc and startthe loading sequence. It will thenplay the disc just loaded.

You can also load a disc into anempty position while a disc isplaying by pressing theappropriate preset button. Selectan empty position (the discnumber indicator is off), and pressthe preset button for that position(1 to 6). The system will stopplaying the current disc and startthe loading sequence. It will thenplay the disc just loaded.


When ‘‘LOAD’’ appears again inthe display, insert the next discinto the CD slot.

1.

3.

4.

5.

2.

3.


246

０８／０７／２１　１１：４７：１９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２５１　

2009 Odyssey

－＋

－

＞Each time you press the DISP button,the display shows you the text dataon a disc, if the disc was recordedwith text data.





If the text data has more than 16characters, you will see the first 15characters and the indicator inthe display. Press and hold the DISPbutton until the next 16 charactersare shown. You can see up to 31characters of the text data.If you press and hold the DISPbutton again, the display shows thefirst 16 characters again.



When a new folder, file, or track isselected.When you change the audio modeto play a disc with text data or inMP3 or WMA.When you insert a disc, and thesystem begins to play.

When playing a CD-DA with textdata, the album and track name areshown in the display. With a disc inMP3 or WMA, the display shows thefolder and file name.When you turn on the audio systemnext time, the system keeps yourselection with the DISP button.


Each time you press andrelease the SKIP bar, the playerskips forward to the beginning of thenext track (file in MP3 or WMAmode). Press and release theSKIP bar to skip backward to thebeginning of the current track. Pressit again to skip to the beginning ofthe previous track.To move rapidly within a track, pressand hold the or SKIP bar.


Text Data Display Function


SKIP

Features

247

０８／０７／２１　１１：４７：３２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２５２　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

－－In MP3 or WMA mode In MP3 or WMA mode





Press and hold the SCAN/RPTbutton for 2 seconds to get out ofscan mode and play the last filesampled.

This feature, whenactivated, samples the first track (filein MP3 or WMA) in each disc. Toactivate the DISC SCAN feature,press and hold the SCAN/RPTbutton to select SCAN, then pressand release the button twice to selectdisc scan. You will see D-SCAN inthe display. The system will thenplay the first track/file in the disc forabout 10 seconds. If you do nothing,the system will then play the firsttrack/file in the remaining discs for10 seconds each. After playing thefirst track/file of the last disc, thesystem plays normally.

Each time you press and release theSCAN/RPT button, the modechanges from scan, to folder scan, todisc scan, then to normal playing.


FOLDER SELECTION

SCAN (TRACK/FILE SCAN)

F-SCAN (FOLDER SCAN)DISC SCAN

248

０８／０７／２１　１１：４７：３９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２５３　

2009 Odyssey

－－

－

－

－




This feature,when activated, replays all files onthe selected folder in the order theyare compressed. To activate folderrepeat, press the SCAN/RPT buttontwice. You will see F-RPT in thedisplay. The system continuouslyreplays the current folder. Press andhold the SCAN/RPT button for 2seconds to turn it off.

To activate theDISC REPEAT feature, press theSCAN/RPT button three times. Youwill see ‘‘D-RPT’’ in the display as areminder. The system continuouslyreplays the current disc. Press theSCAN/RPT button again to turn itoff.

Each time you press and release theSCAN/RPT button, the modechanges from file repeat, to folderrepeat, to disc repeat, then to normalplaying.


In MP3 or WMA mode

In MP3 or WMA mode


REPEAT (TRACK/FILEREPEAT) FOLDER-RANDOM

FOLDER-REPEAT

DISC REPEAT


Features

249

０８／０７／２１　１１：４７：４７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２５４　

2009 Odyssey


.To remove the disc that is currentlyplaying, press the eject button. Youwill see ‘‘EJECT’’ in the display.When you remove the disc from theslot, the system automatically beginsthe load sequence so you can loadanother disc in that position. If youdo not load another disc after 15seconds, the system selects theprevious mode (AM, FM, or XM).

If you do not remove the disc fromthe slot, the system will reload thedisc after 10 seconds, and select theprevious mode (AM, FM, or XM). Tobegin playing the disc, press the CDbutton.

To remove a different disc from thechanger, first select it with theappropriate preset button. When thatdisc begins playing, press the ejectbutton.

If you press the eject button whilelistening to the radio, or with theaudio system turned off, the discthat was last selected is ejected.After that disc is ejected, pressingthe eject button again will eject thenext disc in numerical order. Bydoing this six times, you can removeall the CDs from the changer.

In any mode, if you press the ejectbutton and hold it until you hear abeep, the system will eject all of thediscs in the changer.

You can also eject discs when theignition switch is off. The disc thatwas last selected is ejected first. Youcan eject up to six discs, one at atime.

272


Protecting Compact DiscsRemoving Discs from the In-dashDisc Changer

250

０８／０７／２１　１１：４７：５４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２５５　

2009 Odyssey



Cause SolutionError MessageThe chart on the right explains theerror messages you may see in thedisplay while playing a disc.

273

High temperature


Mechanical Error

Servo Error

Will disappear when the temperature returns tonormal.Current track will be skipped. The nextsupported track or file plays automatically.Press the EJECT button and pull out the disc(s).Check the disc for serious damage, signs ofdeformation, excessive scratches, and/or dirt(see page 273 ). Insert the disc again. If thecode does not disappear, or the disc(s) cannotbe removed, consult your dealer. Do not try toforce the disc out of the player.

Disc Changer Error Messages (EX and EX-L models without navigation system)F

eatures

251

HEAT ERROR

UNSUPPORTEDFORMAT

BAD DISCPLEASE CHECK

OWNER’SMANUAL PUSH

EJECTBAD DISC

PLEASE CHECKOWNER’SMANUAL

０８／０７／２１　１１：４８：０１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２５６　

2009 Odyssey

The audio system for your vehiclecan also be operated by voice control.See the navigation section in yourquick start guide for an overview ofthis system, and the navigationsystem manual for complete details.

Playing the AM/FM Radio (Models with navigation system)

Voice Control System

252

SCAN BUTTON

AUTO SELECTBUTTON

PWR/VOL KNOB

PRESET BUTTONS

TUNE/SOUND KNOB

SEEK BARAM/FM BUTTON

XM BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：４８：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２５７　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

＋－

－

－

The ignition switch must be in theACCESSORY (I) or ON (II) position.Turn the system on by pushing thePWR/VOL knob. Adjust the volumeby turning the same knob.

You can also operate the audiosystem using the control icons on theaudio screen.

The band and frequency that theradio was last tuned to is displayed.To change bands, press the AM/FMbutton. On the FM band, ST will bedisplayed if the station isbroadcasting in stereo. Stereoreproduction in AM is not available.



The scan function samplesall stations with strong signals on theselected band. To activate it, pressthe SCAN button, then release it.You will see SCAN in the display.The system will scan for a stationwith a strong signal. When it findsone, it will stop and play that stationfor about 10 seconds.

If you do nothing, the system willscan for the next strong station andplay it for 10 seconds. When it playsa station that you want to listen to,press the SCAN button again.

Each preset button canstore one frequency on AM and twofrequencies on FM.


Pick a preset button (icon), andhold it until you hear a beep.



Select the desired band, AM orFM. FM1 and FM2 let you storetwo frequencies with each presetbutton (icon).

1.

2.

3.

4.

CONTINUED


To Play the AM/FM Radio

To Select a Station

TUNE

SEEK

SCAN

Preset

Features

253

０８／０７／２１　１１：４８：１８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２５８　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

－

If you aretraveling far from home and can nolonger receive your preset stations,you can use the auto select feature tofind stations in the local area.



If you do not like the stations autoselect has stored, you can storeother frequencies on the presetbuttons (icons) as previouslydescribed.

press theA.SEL button or touch the AUTOSELECT icon. This restores thepresets you originally set.


.





275

To turn off auto select,


AUTO SELECT Adjusting the Sound

Treble/Bass

Balance/Fader

254

０８／０７／２１　１１：４８：２６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２５９　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

In addition to the knobs and buttonson the radio control panel, you canoperate some of the radio controlson the navigation system screen.

While you are listening to the radio,you can change to another band bypressing the AUDIO button next tothe navigation system screen, andthen touching the desired band icon(FM1, FM2, or AM).

AUTO SELECT, SCAN, and SEEKare adjustable from the navigationscreen. For an explanation of thesefunctions, see pages and .

Touch theAUTO SELECT icon to activate theauto select function. You will seeAUTO SEL in the upper display.

Touch the SCAN icon toactivate the scan function. You willsee SCAN on the display. Touch theicon again to deactivate it.

253 254

CONTINUED


Operating the Radio on theNavigation System Screen

AUTO SELECT

SCAN

Playing the AM/FM Radio (Models with navigation system)F

eatures

255

AUDIO BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：４８：３４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２６０　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

＋－ You can use the instrument panelbrightness control knob to adjust theillumination of the audio system (seepage ). The audio systemilluminates when the parking lightsare on, even if the system is turnedoff.

To adjust the trebleand bass, touch or on eachside of the treble or bass adjustmentbar. The adjustment bar shows youthe current setting.

These modes adjustthe strength of the sound comingfrom each speaker. Left/Rightbalance adjusts the side-to-sidestrength, while Front/Rear faderadjust the front-to-back strength. Toadjust the left/right balance, touchthe ‘‘L’’ or ‘‘R’’ icon.

To adjust the front/rear fader, touchthe ‘‘FR’’ or ‘‘RR’’ icon.

To see the audio display when youare finished adjusting the sound,wait 5 seconds.

You can also adjust the sound fromthe navigation screen.

To adjust the sound, push theAUDIO button, then enter the soundgrid by touching the SOUND icon onthe display.

139

Audio System LightingTreble/Bass

Left/Right Balance and Front/Rear Fader

Adjusting the Sound


256

０８／０７／２１　１１：４８：４３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２６１　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

Playing the XM Radio (Models with navigation system)F

eatures

257

AM/FM BUTTON

PRESET BUTTONS

AUTO SELECT BUTTON

TUNE KNOBPWR/VOL KNOB

SCAN/RPT BUTTON

XM BUTTON

SEEK BAR

DISP/MODE BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：４８：４８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２６２　

2009 Odyssey

－

You may experience periods whenXM Radio does not transmit theartist’s name and song titleinformation. If this happens, there isnothing wrong with your system.

On the audio display, you will see theselected CHANNEL (number),CATEGORY, NAME (artist name),and TITLE (music title).

In channel mode, you can select allof the available channels. In categorymode, such as Jazz, Rock, Classical,etc., you can select all of thechannels within that category.

You can also change to the XMRadio while you are listening to anFM station, AM station, CD, etc. bytouching the XM1 or XM2 icon onthe audio display (navigation systemscreen).

To switch betweenchannel mode and category mode,press and hold the DISP/MODEbutton until the mode changes.

Each time you press and release theDISP/MODE button, the displaychanges in the following sequence:channel name, channel number,category, artist name, and music title.

Your vehicle is capable of receivingXM Radio anywhere in the UnitedStates, and Canada, except Hawaiiand Alaska. XM is a registeredtrademark of XM Satellite Radio ,Inc.

XM Radio receives signals from twosatellites to produce clear, high-quality digital reception. It offersmany channels in several categories.Along with a large selection ofdifferent types of music, XM Radioallows you to view channel andcategory selections in the display.The navigation system screen alsoshows all XM information when theAUDIO button is pressed.

To listen to XM Radio, turn theignition switch to the ACCESSORY(I) or ON (II) position. Push thePWR/VOL knob to turn on the audiosystem, and press the

button. Adjust the volumeby turning the PWR/VOL knob. Thelast channel you listened to will showin the display.

Operating the XM Radio

MODE

Playing the XM Radio (Models with navigation system)

258

０８／０７／２１　１１：４８：５７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２６３　

2009 Odyssey

－

－－＋

－

－

On models with a rear entertainmentsystem and a navigation system, youcannot listen to XM Radio and a discat the same time. For example, whenXM Radio is playing on the frontspeakers, you cannot listen to a discon the rear speakers, or vice versa.

The scan function givesyou a sampling of all channels whilein the channel mode. In the categorymode, only the channels within thatcategory are scanned. To activatescan, press the SCAN/RPT button ortouch the SCAN icon on the audiodisplay. The system plays eachchannel in numerical order for a few

seconds, then selects the nextchannel. When you hear a channelyou want to continue listening to,press the button or touch the iconagain.

Press either side ofthe bar ( or ) to select anothercategory.

To store a channel:

You can store up to 12preset channels using the six presetbuttons or preset icons on the audiodisplay. Each button stores onechannel from the XM1 band and onechannel from the XM2 band.

Turn the tune knob left orright to select channels. In thecategory mode, you can only selectchannels within that category.

In category mode, only channelswithin that category can be selected.In channel mode, all channels can beselected.

Pick the preset button (icon) youwant for that channel. Press andhold the button (icon) until youhear a beep.

Use the TUNE knob, theCATEGORY bar, or the SCANbutton to tune to a desired channel.You can also touch the SCAN iconon the audio display.

Repeat steps 2 and 3 to store thefirst six channels.

Once a channel is stored, press andrelease the proper preset button(icon) to tune to it.

Press the button. EitherXM1 or XM2 will show in thedisplay.

Press the button again ortouch the other XM icon (XM1 orXM2) on the audio display. Storethe next six channels using steps 2and 3.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

SCAN

CATEGORY

Preset

TUNE


eatures

259

０８／０７／２１　１１：４９：０８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２６４　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

－

－

－

－

－The signal iscurrently tooweak. Move thevehicle to an areaaway from tallbuildings, andwith anunobstructed viewof the southernhorizon.

The selected channelnumber does not exist, oris not part of yoursubscription, or thischannel has no artist ortitle information at thistime.

This channel has noartist or titleinformation at thistime.

XM is loading theaudio or programinformation.

The channelcurrently selected isno longerbroadcasting.

The encryptioncode is beingupdated. Waituntil theencryption code isfully updated.Channels 0 and 1should still worknormally.

There isa problem with the XM antenna.Please consult your dealer.

XM Radio Display Messages ‘‘NO SIGNAL’’

‘‘ - - - - ’’

‘‘NO INFO’’

‘‘LOADING’’

‘‘OFF AIR’’

‘‘UPDATING’’

‘‘CHECK ANTENNA’’


260

０８／０７／２１　１９：１９：０７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２６５　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

The XM satellites are in orbit overthe equator; therefore, objects southof the vehicle may cause satellitereception interruptions. To helpcompensate for this, ground-basedrepeaters are placed in majormetropolitan areas.Satellite signals are more likely to beblocked by tall buildings and

mountains the farther north youtravel from the equator.

Depending on where you drive, youmay experience reception problems.Interference can be caused by any ofthese conditions:

Driving on the north side of alarge commercial truck on aneast/west road.Driving in tunnels.Driving on a road beside a verticalwall, steep cliff, or hill to the southof you.Driving on the lower level of amulti-tiered road.

Driving on the north side of aneast/west mountain road.

Driving on a single lane roadalongside dense trees taller than50 ft. (15 m) to the south of you.


eatures

261

SATELLITE

GROUND REPEATER

Signal may be blocked by mountainsor large obstacles to the south.

Signal weaker in these areas.

０８／０７／２１　１１：４９：２２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２６６　

2009 Odyssey

There may also be other geographicsituations or structures that couldaffect satellite radio reception.

If your XM Radio service has expiredor you purchased your vehicle froma previous owner, you can listen to asampling of the broadcasts availableon XM satellite radio. With theignition switch in the ACCESSORY(I) or the ON (II) position, push thePWR/VOL knob to turn on the audiosystem and press the XM RADIObutton. A variety of music types andstyles will play.

After you’ve registered with XMRadio, keep your audio system in thesatellite radio mode while you waitfor activation. This should take about30 minutes.

If you decide to purchase XM Radioservice, contact XM Radio at

, or at1-800-852-9696. In Canada, contactXM Canada at , or at1-877-438-9677. You will need to givethem your radio I.D. number andyour credit card number. To get yourradio I.D. number, turn the TUNEknob until ‘‘0’’ appears in the display.Your I.D. will appear in the display.

While waiting for activation, makesure your vehicle remains in an openarea with good reception. Once youraudio system is activated,‘‘CATEGORY’’ or ‘‘CH’’ will appear inthe display, and you’ll be able tolisten to XM Radio broadcasts. XMRadio will continue to send anactivation signal to your vehicle forat least 12 hours from the activationrequest. If the service has not beenactivated after 36 hours, contact XMRadio.


www.xmradio.com

www.xmradio.ca


Receiving XM Radio Service

262

０８／０７／２１　１１：４９：２９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２６７　

2009 Odyssey

－＋

CONTINUED

Playing Discs (Models with navigation system)F

eatures

263

LOAD BUTTON LOAD INDICATORCD SLOT EJECT BUTTON

SCAN/RPT BUTTON

RDM BUTTON DISP BUTTON

SKIP BAR

DISC BUTTON DISC BUTTON

CD BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：４９：３４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２６８　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

Your vehicle’s audio system has anin-dash disc changer that holds up tosix discs. You operate this discchanger with the same controls usedfor the radio. To operate the discchanger, the ignition switch must bein the ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II)position.




Sampling frequency:32/44.1/48 kHz (MPEG1)24/22.05/16 kHz (MPEG2)Bitrate:32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/160/192/224/256/320 kbps(MPEG1)8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/160 kbps (MPEG2)Compatible with variable bitrateand multi-sessionMaximum layers(including ROOT): 8 layers


Sampling frequency:32/44.1/48 kHz


Bitrate:48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbps


Operating the CD Changer

Playing Discs (Models with navigation system)

264


０８／０７／２１　１１：４９：４６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２６９　

2009 Odyssey

The CD changer is behind thenavigation system screen. To use theCD changer, press the OPEN buttonbeside the screen. The screen foldsback, and the CD changer appears.

To load multiple discs in oneoperation:

Press and hold the LOAD buttonbeside the CD slot until you see‘‘LOAD’’ in the display, thenrelease the button.

The indicators above the discbuttons of the empty positions willblink, and the green load indicatorabove the CD slot comes on.

Insert a disc into the CD slot.Insert it only about halfway; thedrive will pull it in the rest of theway. You will see ‘‘BUSY’’ in thedisplay. The CD load indicatorturns red and blinks as the disc isloaded.

Repeat this until all six positionsare loaded. The system will thenbegin playing the first disc loaded.

When ‘‘LOAD’’ appears again inthe display, insert the next discinto the CD slot.

If you stop loading discs before allsix positions are filled, the systemwill wait for 10 seconds, then stopthe load operation and begin playingthe last disc loaded.

To return the screen to the uprightposition, press the OPEN buttonagain. Do not use the folded screenas a tray. If you put a cup, forexample, on the screen, the liquidinside the cup may spill on thescreen when you go over a bump.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

CONTINUED


Loading Discs in the In-dash DiscChanger

Features

265

LOAD BUTTON LOAD INDICATOR

OPEN BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：４９：５７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２７０　

2009 Odyssey

To load a single disc:

Press and release the LOADbutton.

The indicators above the Discbuttons of the empty positions willblink, and the green CD loadindicator comes on. When you see‘‘LOAD’’ in the display, insert thedisc into the CD slot. Insert it onlyabout halfway; the drive will pull itin the rest of the way.

The system will load the disc andbegin playing it.

If you press the LOAD button whilea disc is playing, the system will stopplaying that disc and start theloading sequence. It will then playthe disc just loaded.

You can also load a disc into anempty position while a disc is playingby pressing the appropriate discbutton. Select an empty disc button(the indicator above the button isoff), and press the button. Thesystem will stop playing the currentdisc and start the loading sequence.It will then play the disc just loaded.


Each time you press the DISP button,the display shows you the text dataon a disc, if the disc was recordedwith text data.





2.

1.

3.


Text Data Display Function

266

０８／０７／２１　１１：５０：０７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２７１　

2009 Odyssey

－＋

－

＞

If the text data has more than 16characters, you will see the first 15characters and the indicator inthe display. Press and hold the DISPbutton until the next 16 charactersare shown. You can see up to 31characters of the text data.

If you press and hold the DISPbutton again, the display shows thefirst 16 characters again.



When a new folder, file, or track isselected.

When you change the audio modeto play a disc with text data or inMP3 or WMA.

When you insert a disc, and thesystem begins to play.

When playing a CD-DA with textdata, the album and track name areshown in the display. With a disc inMP3 or WMA, the display shows thefolder and file name.

When you turn on the audio systemnext time, the system keeps yourselection with the DISP button.


Each time you press andrelease the SKIP bar, the playerskips forward to the beginning of thenext track (file in MP3 or WMAmode). Press and release theSKIP bar to skip backward to thebeginning of the current track. Pressit again to skip to the beginning ofthe previous track.

To move rapidly within a track, pressand hold the or SKIP bar.



SKIP

Features

267

０８／０７／２１　１１：５０：１６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２７２　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

－－In MP3 or WMA mode In MP3 or WMA mode





Press and hold the SCAN/RPTbutton for 2 seconds to get out ofscan mode and play the last filesampled.

This feature, whenactivated, samples the first track (filein MP3 or WMA) in each disc. Toactivate the DISC SCAN feature,press and hold the SCAN/RPTbutton to select SCAN, then pressand release the button twice to selectdisc scan. You will see D-SCAN inthe display. The system will thenplay the first track/file in the disc forabout 10 seconds. If you do nothing,the system will then play the firsttrack/file in the remaining discs for10 seconds each. After playing thefirst track/file of the last disc, thesystem plays normally.

Each time you press and release theSCAN/RPT button, the modechanges from scan, to folder scan, todisc scan, then to normal playing.


FOLDER SELECTION

SCAN (TRACK/FILE SCAN)

F-SCAN (FOLDER SCAN)DISC SCAN

268

０８／０７／２１　１１：５０：２４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２７３　

2009 Odyssey

－－

－

－

－




This feature,when activated, replays all files onthe selected folder in the order theyare compressed. To activate folderrepeat, press the SCAN/RPT buttontwice. You will see F-RPT in thedisplay. The system continuouslyreplays the current folder. Press andhold the SCAN/RPT button for 2seconds to turn it off.

Each time you press and release theSCAN/RPT button, the modechanges from file repeat, to folderrepeat, to disc repeat, then to normalplaying.

To activate theDISC REPEAT feature, press theSCAN/RPT button three times. Youwill see ‘‘D-RPT’’ in the display as areminder. The system continuouslyreplays the current disc. Press theSCAN/RPT button again to turn itoff.


In MP3 or WMA mode

In MP3 or WMA mode


REPEAT (TRACK/FILEREPEAT) FOLDER-RANDOM

FOLDER-REPEAT

DISC REPEAT


Features

269

０８／０７／２１　１１：５０：３１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２７４　

2009 Odyssey


.To remove the disc that is currentlyplaying, press the eject button. Youwill see ‘‘EJECT’’ in the display.When you remove the disc from theslot, the system automatically beginsthe load sequence so you can loadanother disc in that position. If youdo not load another disc after 15seconds, the system selects theprevious mode (AM, FM, or XM).

If you do not remove the disc fromthe slot, the system will reload thedisc after 10 seconds, and select theprevious mode (AM, FM, or XM). Tobegin playing the disc, press the CDbutton.

To remove a different disc from thechanger, first select it with theappropriate preset button. When thatdisc begins playing, press the ejectbutton.

If you press the eject button whilelistening to the radio, or with theaudio system turned off, the discthat was last selected is ejected.After that disc is ejected, pressingthe eject button again will eject thenext disc in numerical order. Bydoing this six times, you can removeall the CDs from the changer.

In any mode, if you press the ejectbutton and hold it until you hear abeep, the system will eject all of thediscs in the changer.

You can also eject discs when theignition switch is off. The disc thatwas last selected is ejected first. Youcan eject up to six discs, one at atime.

272


Protecting Compact DiscsRemoving Discs from the In-dashDisc Changer

270

０８／０７／２１　１１：５０：３９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２７５　

2009 Odyssey



The chart on the right explains theerror messages you may see in thedisplay while playing a disc.

SolutionError Message Cause

273

Will disappear when the temperature returns tonormal.Current track will be skipped. The nextsupported track or file plays automatically.Press the EJECT button and pull out the disc(s).Check the disc for serious damage, signs ofdeformation, excessive scratches, and/or dirt(see page 273 ). Insert the disc again. If thecode does not disappear, or the disc(s) cannotbe removed, consult your dealer. Do not try toforce the disc out of the player.

High temperature


Mechanical Error

Servo Error

Disc Changer Error Messages (Models with navigation system)F

eatures

271

HEAT ERROR

UNSUPPORTEDFORMAT

BAD DISCPLEASE CHECK

OWNER’SMANUAL PUSH

EJECTBAD DISC

PLEASE CHECKOWNER’SMANUAL

０８／０７／２１　１１：５０：４５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２７６　

2009 Odyssey

When recording a CD-R, therecording must be closed for it tobe used.

CD-RW discs will not work in thisunit.

When using CD-R discs, use onlyhigh quality discs labeled for audiouse.

Play only standard round discs.Odd-shaped CDs may jam in thedrive or cause other problems.

Handle your discs properly toprevent damage and skipping.

When a disc is not being played,store it in its case to protect it fromdust and other contamination. Toprevent warpage, keep discs out ofdirect sunlight and extreme heat.

A new disc may be rough on theinner and outer edges. The smallplastic pieces causing this roughnesscan flake off and fall on therecording surface of the disc,causing skipping or other problems.Remove these pieces by rubbing theinner and outer edges with the sideof a pencil or pen.

Never try to insert foreign objects inthe disc player or the disc changer.

Handle a disc by its edges; nevertouch either surface. Do not placestabilizer rings or labels on the disc.These, along with contaminationfrom fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tippens, can cause the disc to not playproperly, or possibly jam in the drive.

To clean a disc, use a clean soft cloth.Wipe across the disc from the centerto the outside edge.

General Information Protecting Discs

Protecting Your Discs

272

０８／０７／２１　１１：５０：５４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２７７　

2009 Odyssey

The in-dash disc player/changer hasa sophisticated and delicatemechanism. If you insert a damageddisc as indicated in this section, itmay become stuck inside anddamage the audio unit.

Examples of these discs are shownto the right:

Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and excessively thick discs

Damaged discs Poor quality discs

1.

2. 3.

CONTINUED

Additional Information onRecommended Discs

Protecting Your DiscsF

eatures

273

Sealed

Warped BurrsChipped/Cracked

With Label/Sticker

With PlasticRing

Using PrinterLabel Kit

Bubbled/Wrinkled

０８／０７／２１　１１：５１：０５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２７８　

2009 Odyssey

Small, irregular shaped discs Discs with scratches, dirty discs

CD-R or CD-RW may not play dueto the recording conditions.

Scratches and fingerprints on thediscs may cause the sound to skip.

Recommended discs are printedwith the following logo.

Audio unit may not play thefollowing formats.

This audio unit cannot play a Dual-disc .

4. 5.

Protecting Your Discs

274

Fingerprints, scratches, etc.

3-inch (8-cm) CD Triangle Shape

Arrow ShapeCan Shape

０８／０７／２１　１１：５１：１６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２７９　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

The radio can receive the completeAM and FM bands.Those bands cover these frequen-cies:

AM band: 530 to 1,710 kHzFM band: 87.7 to 107.9 MHz

Radio stations on the AM band areassigned frequencies at least 10 kHzapart (530, 540, 550). Stations on theFM band are assigned frequencies atleast 0.2 MHz apart (87.9, 88.1, 88.3).

How well the radio receives stationsis dependent on many factors, suchas the distance from the station’stransmitter, nearby large objects,and atmospheric conditions.

A radio station’s signal gets weakeras you get farther away from itstransmitter. If you are listening to anAM station, you will notice the soundvolume becoming weaker, and thestation drifting in and out. If you arelistening to an FM station, you willsee the stereo indicator flickering offand on as the signal weakens.Eventually, the stereo indicator willgo off and the sound will fadecompletely as you get out of range ofthe station’s signal.

Driving very near the transmitter ofa station that is broadcasting on afrequency close to the frequency ofthe station you are listening to canalso affect your radio’s reception.You may temporarily hear bothstations, or hear only the station youare close to.

Stations must use these exactfrequencies. It is fairly common forstations to round-off the frequency intheir advertising, so your radio coulddisplay a frequency of 100.9 eventhough the announcer may identifythe station as ‘‘FM101.’’

Radio Frequencies Radio Reception

AM/FM Radio ReceptionF

eatures

275

０８／０７／２１　１１：５１：２５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２８０　

2009 Odyssey

Radio signals, especially on the FMband, are deflected by large objectssuch as buildings and hills. Yourradio then receives both the directsignal from the station’s transmitter,and the deflected signal. This causesthe sound to distort or flutter. This isa main cause of poor radio receptionin city driving.

Radio reception can be affected byatmospheric conditions such asthunderstorms, high humidity, andeven sunspots. You may be able toreceive a distant radio station oneday and not receive it the next daybecause of a change in conditions.

Electrical interference from passingvehicles and stationary sources(such as garages or parkingstructures) can cause temporaryreception problems.


AM/FM Radio Reception

276

０８／０７／２１　１１：５１：３１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２８１　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

Playing a Tape (Optional)F

eatures

277

FF BUTTON

SKIP BAR

DOLBYNR BUTTON

DOLBYNR BUTTON

REW BUTTON REW BUTTON

FF BUTTON

SKIP BAR

EX and EX-L models without RearEntertainment System

RPT BUTTON

PLAY/PROGBUTTON

PLAY/PROGBUTTON

RPT BUTTON

U.S. EX-L model is shown.


０８／０７／２１　１１：５１：３８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２８２　

2009 Odyssey

Playing a Tape (Optional)

278

FF BUTTON

SKIP BAR

SKIP BAR

DOLBYNR BUTTON

REPEAT BUTTON

PLAY/PROG BUTTON

REW BUTTON

PLAY/PROGBUTTON

REW BUTTON

DOLBY NR BUTTON

FF BUTTON

EX and EX-L model with Rear Entertainment System withoutNavigation System

EX-L and Touring models with Rear Entertainment Systemand Navigation System

０８／０７／２１　１１：５１：４４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２８３　

2009 Odyssey

＊

－

▲

＊

Dolby noise reduction turns onwhen you insert a tape. The

indicator will come on in thedisplay. If the tape was not recordedin Dolby, turn it off by pressing theNR button. Dolby remains off untilyou press the NR button again.

To remove the tape, press theEJECT button. If you want to turnthe player off, press the PWR/VOLknob or turn off the ignition. Thetape will remain in the drive. Whenyou turn the system back on, thetape will begin playing where it leftoff.

To switch to the radio or CD playerwhile a tape is playing, press the AMor FM button or AM/FM button, orCD button. To change back to thetape player, press the AUX button.

To rewind the tape,push the REW button. You will seeREW in the display. To fast forwardthe tape, push the FF button. Youwill see FF displayed. Press the FF,REW, or PLAY/PROG button totake the system out of rewind or fastforward.

The ignition switch must be in theACCESSORY (I) or the ON (II)position. Make sure the open side ofthe tape is facing right, then insertthe tape most of the way into the slot.The system will pull the tape in therest of the way and begin to play it.

The tape direction indicator willcome on to show you which side ofthe tape is playing. The indicatesthe side you inserted upward is nowplaying. If you want to play the otherside, press the PLAY/PROG button.When the player reaches the end ofthe tape, it will automatically reversedirection and play the other side.

Dolby noise reduction is manufactured underlicense from Dolby Laboratories LicensingCorporation. ‘‘DOLBY’’ and the double-D symbol

are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

CONTINUED

Optional on some modelsTo Play a Tape

To Stop Playing a Tape

Tape Search FunctionsFF/REW

Playing a Tape (Optional)F

eatures

279

０８／０７／２１　１１：５１：５２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２８４　

2009 Odyssey

－－

＋

－

Press the side of theSKIP bar to find the beginning of thecurrent song or passage. Press the

side of the SKIP bar to find thebeginning of a song or passage.When the system reaches thebeginning of a song or passage, itbegins to play it.

The tape player picks up dirt andoxides from the tape. Thiscontamination builds up over timeand causes the sound quality todegrade. To prevent this, you shouldclean the player after every 30 hoursof use.

If you do not clean the tape playerregularly, it may eventually becomeimpossible to remove thecontamination with a normalcleaning kit. Your dealer has acleaning kit available.

Use 100-minute or shorter tapes.Tapes longer than that may break orjam in the drive.

Press the RPT buttonto continuously play a song orpassage. You will see RPT displayed.The track will repeat until you pressthe RPT button again.

The skip and repeatfunctions use silent periods on thetape to find the end of a song orpassage. These features may notwork if there is almost no gapbetween selections, a high noiselevel, or a silent period in the middleof a selection.

Store tapes in their cases to protectthem from dust and moisture. Neverplace tapes where they will beexposed to direct sunlight, high heat,or high humidity. If a tape is exposedto extreme heat or cold, let it reach amoderate temperature beforeinserting it into the player.

Never try to insert foreign objectsinto the tape player.

If the tape is loose, tighten it byturning the hub with a pencil or yourfinger. If the label is peeling off,remove it or it could cause the tapeto jam in the player. Never try toinsert a warped or damaged tape inthe player.

SKIP Caring for the Tape and Player

REPEAT

Playing a Tape (Optional)

280

NOTE:

０８／０７／２１　１１：５１：５９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２８５　

2009 Odyssey

If your vehicle’s battery isdisconnected or goes dead, you mayneed to set the clock. You can quickly set the time to the

nearest hour. If the displayed time isbefore the half hour, pressing andholding the CLOCK button, thenpressing the R (RESET) button setsthe clock back to the previous hour.If the displayed time is after the halfhour, the clock sets forward to thebeginning of the next hour.

When you are finished, press theCLOCK button again.

For example: 1:06 will reset to 1:001:52 will reset to 2:00

Press and hold the CLOCK buttonuntil the clock flashes. Change thehours by pressing the H button untilthe numbers advance to the desiredtime. Change the minutes bypressing the M button until thenumbers advance to the desired time.

Refer to the navigation systemmanual for how to adjust the time.

On models without navigation system


Setting the ClockF

eatures

281

CLOCK BUTTON

R BUTTON

M BUTTON

CLOCK BUTTON

H BUTTON R BUTTONM BUTTON

EX and EX-L models

U.S. EX-L model is shown.

H BUTTON


０８／０７／２１　１１：５２：０９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２８６　

2009 Odyssey

＋

－

▲ ▼

＋

－

If you are listening to the radio, usethe CH button to change stations.Each time you press the top ( ) ofthe button, the system goes to thenext preset station on the band youare listening to. Press the bottom( ) to go back to the previousstation.

The VOL button adjusts the volumeup ( ) or down ( ). Press the topor bottom of the button and hold ituntil the desired volume is reached,then release it.

The MODE button changes themode. Pressing the buttonrepeatedly selects FM1, FM2, AM,CD (if a CD is loaded), or a tape (ifequipped). On models with satelliteradio system, you can also selectXM1 and XM2.

If you are playing a disc, the systemskips to the beginning of the nexttrack (file in MP3 or WMA format)each time you press the top ( ) ofthe CH button. Press the bottom( ) to return to the beginning of thecurrent track/file. Press it twice toreturn to the previous track/file.

You will see the track/file numberand the elapsed time. If the disc hastext data or is compressed in MP3 orWMA, you can also see any otherinformation (track title, file name,folder name, etc.).Three controls for the audio system

are mounted in the steering wheelhub. They let you control basicfunctions without removing yourhand from the steering wheel.


Remote Audio Controls

282

MODE BUTTONVOL BUTTON

CH BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：５２：１５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２８７　

2009 Odyssey

When a compatible audio unit isconnected to the jack, press the AUXbutton to select it.

The auxiliary input jack is on thedashboard next to the accessorypower socket. The system will acceptauxiliary input from standard audioaccessories.

Auxiliary Input JackF

eatures

283

０８／０７／２１　１９：１９：１２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２８８　

2009 Odyssey

Your vehicle’s audio system maydisable itself if it is disconnectedfrom electrical power for any reason.To make it work again, you mustenter a specific five-digit code withthe preset buttons. Because thereare hundreds of numbercombinations possible from the fivedigits, making the system workwithout knowing the exact code isnearly impossible.

You should have received a card thatlists your audio system code numberand serial number. It is best to storethis card in a safe place at home. Inaddition, you should write the audiosystem’s serial number in this owner’smanual.

If you make a mistake entering thecode, do not start over; complete thefive-digit sequence, then enter thecorrect code. You have ten tries toenter the correct code. If you areunsuccessful in ten attempts, youmust then leave the system on for 1hour before trying again.

If you lose the card, you must obtainthe code number from your dealer.To do this, you will need the audiosystem’s serial number.

If your vehicle’s battery isdisconnected or goes dead, or theradio fuse is removed, the audiosystem will disable itself. If thishappens, you will see CODE in thefrequency display the next time youturn on the system. Use the presetbuttons to enter the five-digit code.The code is on the radio code cardincluded in your owner’s manual kit.When it is entered correctly, theradio will start playing.


Radio Theft Protection

284

０８／０７／２１　１１：５２：２５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２８９　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

Rear Entertainment SystemF

eatures

285

Overhead Screen Unit

DVD Player

Models with Navigation System

Models without Navigation System

REAR CTRL KNOBREAR PWR BUTTON

REAR CTRL KNOBREAR PWR BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：５２：３２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２９０　

2009 Odyssey

Press the REAR PWR button. Toturn on the rear controls (ceilingpanel/remote control), press the RRCTRL knob. The system’s iconshows in the upper display. Yourpassengers can then operate the rearsystem with the control panel in theceiling. The rear control panel can beused as a remote control when it isdetached from the ceiling unit. Pressthe RR CTRL knob again to turn therear controls off. You will see theRear Controls Off icon in the upperdisplay.

The rear system selects the source itwas last set to. If that source hasbeen removed (the DVD has beenejected from the player, for example),you will see ‘‘DVD EJECT’’ in thedisplay. You should select anothersource or insert a DVD.

When you turn on the system, therear speakers are automaticallyturned off if the rear system selectsa different entertainment sourcethan the front system. You will seethe Rear Speakers Off icon in theupper display. The sound for the rearsystem is sent to the wirelessheadphones.

If you want to turn the rear speakerson again, press and hold the REARPWR button until the Rear SpeakersOff icon goes off.

The rear speakers areconnected to the front system, sothey will always play the source thatthe front system is set to.

Your vehicle is equipped with a rearentertainment system that includes aDVD player for the enjoyment of therear passengers.

With this system, the rearpassengers can enjoy a differententertainment source (AM/FMradio, XM Radio, CD changer, DVDplayer or AUX) than the front seatoccupants. The audio is broadcastthrough the supplied wirelessheadphones.

The ignition switch must be in theACCESSORY (I) or the ON (II)position to operate the rearentertainment system.

Available on EX-L and Touring models To Turn On the System Rear Speakers

Rear Entertainment System

286

NOTE:

０８／０７／２１　１１：５２：４０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２９１　

2009 Odyssey

The DVD player in your rearentertainment system can play DVDvideo discs and CDs.

Open the overhead screen bypushing the OPEN button. Thescreen will swing down part-way.Pivot the screen the rest of the way.If you pivot the screen too farforward, past the second detent, thedisplay will turn off. Pivot the screenback to the second or first detent toturn the display back on. To closethe screen, pivot it up until it latches.

To operate the rear entertainmentsystem from the front panel, turn theRR CTRL knob counterclockwise.The amber RR LED comes on toshow that the control panel isenabled.

If CDs are loaded in the CD changer,select CD. If a CD is loaded in thelower player, select DVD/AUX.

To play the radio, the buttons for thefront entertainment system have thesame functions.

CONTINUED

To Select Rear Entertainmentfrom the Front Control Panel

Operating the DVD Player fromthe Front Control Panel


eatures

287

REAR CONTROL PANEL

OPEN BUTTON

OVERHEAD SCREEN

０８／０７／２１　１１：５２：４８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２９２　

2009 Odyssey


288

PLAY BUTTON

PLAY BUTTON PAUSEBUTTON

REAR CTRL KNOB SEEK/SKIP BAR

PAUSE BUTTON

SEEK/SKIP BAR

REAR CTRL KNOB

EJECT BUTTON

Models without Navigation System

Models with Navigation System

０８／０７／２１　１１：５２：５４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２９３　

2009 Odyssey

－－＋

－

＋

－－

－

Press the eject button toremove the DVD from the drive.

To return front panel control to thefront audio system, turn the REARCTRL knob counterclockwise.

Press and hold theside to move forward; you will see

‘‘CUE’’ in the display. Press and holdthe side to move backward; youwill see ‘‘REV’’ in the display.Release the bar when the systemreaches the point you want.

Each time you press and release theside of the SEEK/SKIP bar, the

system skips forward to thebeginning of the next track orchapter. Press and release theside of the bar to skip backward tothe beginning of the current track orchapter. Press it again to skip to thebeginning of the previous track orchapter.

Turn the Rear CTRL knob clockwise.The amber Rear LED comes on toshow that the control panel is nowenabled.

Insert a DVD into the DVD/CDplayer below the front panel.

Push the DVD in halfway, the drivewill pull it in the rest of the way.

Press the PLAY button ifthe DVD does not start playingautomatically.

Press the PAUSE buttonto pause the DVD. Press the buttonagain or press PLAY to resume.Pause works only with the DVDplayer.


EJECT

To Return to Front AudioControls

SEEK/SKIP

PLAY

PAUSE

Features

289

０８／０７／２１　１１：５３：０１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２９４　

2009 Odyssey

▲ ▼▲ ▼

▲

▼

Use the and buttons to select astation from the preset buttons.Press the button to search upthe channels in the channel mode.The system will search up thechannels within the category whenthe radio is in the category mode.Press the button to searchdown the channels in the channelmode. The system will search downthe channels within the category

when the radio is in the categorymode.

To turn on the rear entertainmentsystem from the rear control panel,press the PWR button. Use the AM/FM button, XM button, CD button,DVD/AUX button to select theentertainment source. The selectedsource will be shown in the display.Make sure the rear control operationhas not been disabled with the REARCTRL knob on the front panel.

Use the and buttons to select astation from the preset buttons.Press the button to tune the radioto a higher frequency, or press the

button to tune to a lowerfrequency. Pressing the or

button causes the system tosearch up or down the band for astation with a strong signal. You willsee SEEK in the display.


Using the Rear Control Panel

To Play the XM Radio from theRear Control Panel

To Play the Radio from the RearControl Panel

290

XM BUTTON CD BUTTON

DISP BUTTON

PWR BUTTON

AM/FM BUTTON DVD/AUXBUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：５３：０９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２９５　

2009 Odyssey

▲ ▼

Press the or button toselect another category.

Pressing and holding the DISPbutton for more than 5 seconds willchange the search mode betweenChannel Search and CategorySearch. Each time you press andrelease the DISP button, the displayabove the rear control panel changesin the following sequence: ChannelNumber, Category Name, MusicName, Artist Name, Channel Name,and back to Channel Number.

If CDs are loaded in the CD changer,select them by pressing the CDbutton. If a CD is loaded in the DVDplayer, press the DVD/AUX button.

To rewind the tape, push thebutton. You will see REW in

the display. To fast forward the tape,push the button. You will seeFF displayed.

Press the button to find thebeginning of the current song orpassage. Press the button tofind the beginning of the next songor passage.

Press the button to change thetape direction.

Press the button to skip to thebeginning of the next track. Pressthe button to return to thebeginning of the current track.

To move rapidly within a track, pressand hold the or button.The system will continue to movethrough the track. Press the

button to move forward, or thebutton to move backward.

Release the button when the systemreaches the point you want.

If CDs are loaded in the CD changerand the overhead screen is not open,pressing the or button changesthe discs.

To Play a CD from the RearControl Panel

To Play the Optional Tape Playerfrom the Rear Control Panel


eatures

291

０８／０７／２１　１１：５３：１７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２９６　

2009 Odyssey

The video screen is for use by rearseat passengers only. The driver andfront seat passenger should not tryto view the screen while driving.

Open the overhead screen bypushing the OPEN button. Thescreen will swing down part-way.Pivot the screen the rest of the way.If you pivot the screen too farforward, past the second detent, thedisplay will turn off. Pivot the screenback to the second or first detent toturn the display back on. To closethe screen, pivot it up until it latches.

Press the button when youwant to pause the DVD. Press thisbutton again to go back to PLAY.

Press the button to skip to thebeginning of the next chapter. Pressthe button to return to thebeginning of the current chapter.

Press the button again quicklyto go to the previous chapter.

To move rapidly within a chapter,press and hold the or

button. The system willcontinue to move through thechapter. Press the button tomove forward, or the button tomove backward. Release the buttonwhen the system reaches the pointyou want.

To select the menu on the DVD,press the MENU/SCROLL button.Use the , , , and

buttons to move to the desiredmenu selection, then press the ENTbutton to enter your selection.

To Play a DVD from the RearControl Panel


292

REAR CONTROL PANEL

OVERHEAD SCREEN

DISP BUTTON

OPENBUTTON

ENT BUTTON

MENU/SCROLL BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：５３：２７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２９７　

2009 Odyssey

When you press the DISP buttonwhile a DVD is playing, the title,chapter, elapsed time, and personalsurround logo are displayed(STATUS 1).

When you press the DISP buttonagain, the subtitle, audio, angle,sound characteristics, and personalsurround logo are displayed(STATUS 2).

To go back to play, press the DISPbutton.

DISP Button


eatures

293

０８／０７／２１　１１：５３：３３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２９８　

2009 Odyssey

When you press the MENU buttonwhile a DVD is playing, the DVD’smain menu is displayed. To go backto play, press the RETURN button.

When you press the SETUP buttonwhile a DVD is playing, the DVD’ssetup menu is displayed at thebottom of the screen. You can thenchange various settings of play mode,personal surround, and display. Togo back to play without changing anysetting, press the RETURN orSETUP button, or select ‘‘Close’’ bypressing the or button,then press the ENT button.

When you select ‘‘Play Mode’’ bypressing the or button, theplay mode setup menu is displayedabove the ‘‘Play Mode’’ icon.

MENU Button System Messages Play Mode


294

０８／０７／２１　１１：５３：４０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０２９９　

2009 Odyssey

▼ ▲▼ ▲

▼ ▲

Top Menu Audio

When you select ‘‘TOP MENU’’using the or button, the DVD’stitle menu is displayed. This menu isalso displayed when you press theMENU button while a DVD is notplaying.

When you select ‘‘Audio’’ from theplay mode setup menu by pressingthe or button, you will see asubmenu of the dubbed language.

The selectable languages vary fromDVD to DVD, and this feature maynot be available on some DVDs.

Press the RETURN or ENT buttonto go back to the play mode setupmenu.

Select the desired language bypressing the or button. Thesound characteristics (Dolby Digital,LPCM, MPEG Audio, dts) recordedwith the selected language are alsodisplayed next to the language.

To go back to play, press the returnbutton.

CONTINUED


eatures

295

０８／０７／２１　１１：５３：４９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３００　

2009 Odyssey

▼ ▲

▼▲ ▼ ▲

▼ ▲

Subtitle Angle

To turn the subtitle on and off, select‘‘Subtitle’’ from the setup menu bypressing the or button. You willsee submenu ‘‘OFF’’ or ‘‘ON.’’ Select‘‘OFF’’ or ‘‘ON’’ by pressing the or

button.

If more than one subtitle language isavailable, you will see the languagecurrently selected when you select‘‘ON’’ in the previous step.Select the desired subtitle languageby pressing the or button.Press the RETURN or ENT buttonto go back to the play mode setupmenu.

On some DVDs, the scenes arerecorded by more than one camera,giving different viewpoints of thesame scene. To change the angle,select ‘‘Angle’’ from the setup menu.You will see a submenu if there aredifferent angles available.Select the number on the submenuby pressing the or button.Press the RETURN or ENT buttonto go back to the play mode setupmenu.


296

０８／０７／２１　１１：５３：５８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３０１　

2009 Odyssey

▼ ▲

▼ ▲

▼ ▲

▼▲

Search

When you select ‘‘Search’’ from theplay mode setup menu, you will seethe submenu shown above. In theleft submenu, you can selectbetween ‘‘Title’’ and ‘‘Chapter.’’ Theright submenu displays the currenttitle or chapter number and the totalnumber of titles or chapters.

To do a title search, select ‘‘Title’’ bypressing the or button. Changethe number on the right submenu bypressing the or button, andpress the ENT button to begin thetitle search. If you press theRETURN button, the display returnsto the play mode setup menu withoutdoing the search.

To do a chapter search, select‘‘Chapter’’ by pressing the orbutton. Change the number on theright submenu by pressing the or

button, and press the ENT buttonto begin the chapter search. If youpress the RETURN button, thedisplay returns to the play modesetup menu without doing the search.

CONTINUED


eatures

297

０８／０７／２１　１１：５４：０４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３０２　

2009 Odyssey

Num Input

A numerical command can be issuedto a DVD by inputting a two digitnumber, and a button number can beselected on the screen.

Select and enter the second digitnumber the same way. The cursorwill automatically move to the ‘‘ENT’’icon when you press the ENT button.Press the ENT button to enter thenumber command. To go back to theDVD screen, press the RETURNbutton.

Select the first digit number usingthe , , , or

button, and enter it by pressingthe ENT button. If you want tochange the number, select ‘‘DEL,’’and press the ENT button, thenselect and enter the new number.

Select the ‘‘Num Input’’ from the playmode setup menu. The screen willchange as shown above. If you selectthe ‘‘Move Key’’ using the ,

, , or button, andpress the ENT button, the NumInput display on the screen will

change from the left side to rightside or right to left.


298

０８／０７／２１　１１：５４：１２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３０３　

2009 Odyssey

▼ ▲

When you select ‘‘PERSONALSURROUND’’ by pressing the

or button, the personalsurround setup menu is displayedabove the ‘‘PERSONALSURROUND’’ icon. You can adjust these display

settings:Back LightContrastBrightnessTintColor

To adjust the display, select‘‘Display’’ by pressing the or

button, and enter yourselection by pressing the ENTbutton. The display changes asshown above.

Selecting one of the sound effects,Cinema, Music, or Voice, from thepersonal surround menu allows youto change the sound in yourheadphones to match the disc youare playing.

Select ‘‘Cinema,’’ ‘‘Music,’’ or ‘‘Voice’’by pressing the or button, andenter your selection by pressing theENT button. The ‘‘PERSONALSURROUND’’ logo is displayed inthe upper right corner of the screen.

If you select ‘‘Off,’’ the logodisappears, and there will be nospecial sound effect.

CONTINUED

Personal Surround Display


eatures

299

０８／０７／２１　１１：５４：２１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３０４　

2009 Odyssey

▼ ▲▼ ▲

Select the quality you want to adjustby pressing the or button, andthen pressing the ENT button. Theadjustment bar is displayed next tothe selected item. Adjust the settingby pressing the or button.When you are finished with youradjustment, press the ENT button.

If you want to set the display to thedefault setting, select ‘‘Reset’’ bypressing the or button, and,then pressing the ENT button.

The display changes as shown above.

Select ‘‘Yes,’’ and press the ENTbutton. You will see the message‘‘Default display settings applied’’ onthe display for 5 seconds.


300

０８／０７／２１　１１：５４：２８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３０５　

2009 Odyssey

Screen ModeYou can set the screen mode tothese settings:

NormalWideZoomFull

CONTINUED


eatures

301

Normal Wide

Zoom Full

０８／０７／２１　１１：５４：３３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３０６　

2009 Odyssey

▼ ▲

Select the ‘‘Aspect Ratio’’ by pressingthe or button, then pressthe ENT button.

The selectable setting menu isdisplayed, and the current setting ishighlighted in blue.

Select the desired setting bypressing the or button, thenpress the ENT button.

The selected setting will behighlighted in blue for one second,and the screen returns to the playmode in the selected setting.


302

０８／０７／２１　１１：５４：３９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３０７　

2009 Odyssey

▼ ▲

When you press the SETUP buttonon the rear control panel when aDVD is not playing, the ‘‘INITIALSETTINGS’’ menu is displayed.

When you select ‘‘Language’’ withthe or button, the menushown above appears.

To return to the stop or prestopscreen, select ‘‘Close’’ using the

or button, and then pressthe ENT, or the SETUP button.

To select the language used in theDISC menus, select ‘‘Menu Lang’’ bypressing the or button. You willsee the submenu next to ‘‘MenuLang.’’

There are two selectable menus:‘‘Language’’ and ‘‘Others.’’

Menu Language

CONTINUED

INITIAL SETTINGS Menu INITIAL SETTINGS (Language)


eatures

303

０８／０７／２１　１１：５４：４８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３０８　

2009 Odyssey

▼ ▲Select the desired language bypressing the or button, andthen pressing the ENT button.

The selectable languages are,English, French, Spanish, German,Italian, Dutch, and Japanese.

If you want another language thanthose listed, you need to enter thecode number of the desired language.Select ‘‘other,’’ and press the ENTbutton. The display changes asshown in the next column.

If you select ‘‘No,’’ and press theENT button, the display returns tothe initial screen of the ‘‘Language’’menu.


304

０８／０７／２１　１１：５４：５４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３０９　

2009 Odyssey

▼ ▲

Audio Language

If you select ‘‘Yes,’’ the displaychanges to the language code inputmode. Select the first number digitusing the , , , or

button, and press the ENTbutton to enter it. Repeat this until allfour digits are filled. When thefourth digit is entered, the cursorautomatically moves to ‘‘ENT’’ on thedisplay. Press the ENT button on thecontrol panel to enter the newlanguage code.

If you made a mistake entering anumber digit, select ‘‘DEL’’ on thedisplay with the , , ,or button, and press the ENTbutton on the control panel. Thenselect and enter the correct numberdigit as described. The displayreturns to the initial ‘‘Language’’menu screen.

You can select the dubbed languagebefore playing DVDs.Select ‘‘Audio Language’’ by pressingthe or button. You will see thesubmenu next to ‘‘Audio Language.’’

Follow the same instructions youused to set the menu language.

CONTINUED


eatures

305

０８／０７／２１　１１：５５：０４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３１０　

2009 Odyssey

▼ ▲

Subtitle Language

You can select the subtitle languagebefore playing DVDs.Select ‘‘Subtitle Language’’ bypressing the or button. You willsee the submenu next to the‘‘Subtitle Language.’’

When you select ‘‘Others’’ at thebottom of the ‘‘INITIAL SETTINGS’’screen, the above menu appears onthe screen.

Dynamic Range

‘‘Dynamic Range’’ reduces thedifferences between the loud andquiet sound levels throughout thedisc. When this is on, the loudersounds are lowered, and quietersounds are increased.

Follow the same instructions youused to set the menu language.

INITIAL SETTINGS (Others)


306

０８／０７／２１　１１：５５：１２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３１１　

2009 Odyssey

▼ ▲ ▼ ▲When you select the ‘‘DynamicRange’’ by pressing the orbutton, you will see the submenunext to the ‘‘Dynamic Range’’ asshown above.

To turn ‘‘Dynamic Range’’ on or off,select ‘‘ON’’ or ‘‘OFF’’ by pressingthe or button, and thenpress the ENT button.

Angle Mark

When you switch to another anglewhile playing a DVD, the angle markis displayed in the upper right cornerof the screen.

You can set the system to display ornot display this angle mark.

Select ‘‘Angle Mark’’ by pressing theor button. The above submenu

appears. If you want the angle markto be displayed, select ‘‘ON’’ with the

or button, and then pressthe ENT button. The display returnsto the ‘‘Others’’ menu.

CONTINUED


eatures

307

ANGLE MARK

０８／０７／２１　１１：５５：１９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３１２　

2009 Odyssey

▼ ▲

Parental Control Level

You can place an auditory restrictionby changing the parental controllevel. The higher the level number,the lower the restriction.

Select ‘‘Parental Level’’ by pressingthe or button. You will see thesubmenu shown above. If you select‘‘No,’’ and press the ENT button, thedisplay returns to the ‘‘Others’’ menu.

When you select and enter ‘‘Yes,’’the display changes as shown above.To change the level, you need toenter your four digit password.Select the number for the first digitby pressing the , , , or

button, and enter it by pressingthe ENT button. Repeat this until allfour digits are filled. When you enterthe fourth number, the cursorautomatically moves to ‘‘ENT’’ on thedisplay. Press the ENT button on thecontrol panel.


308

０８／０７／２１　１１：５５：２６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３１３　

2009 Odyssey

▼ ▲

If the system does not recognize thepassword you entered, you will seethe above display. Repeat theparental control level steps until youenter the correct password.

If you enter the password correctly,you can then change the parentalcontrol level.

Once you correctly enter thepassword, press the or buttonto change the level, and then pressthe ENT button to enter yourselection.

Changing the Password

The password was set to ‘‘1111’’when the vehicle left the factory.

CONTINUED


eatures

309

０８／０７／２１　１１：５５：３４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３１４　

2009 Odyssey

To change the password, select‘‘Password.’’ You will see the abovemenu displayed. Select ‘‘Yes’’ bypressing the or button,then press the ENT button.

If you select ‘‘No,’’ and press theENT button, the display returns tothe ‘‘Others’’ menu.

Select the first digit by pressing the, , , or button,

and enter it by pressing the ENTbutton. Repeat this until all fourdigits are entered. When you enterthe fourth number, the cursorautomatically moves to ‘‘ENT’’ on thedisplay. Press the ENT button on thecontrol panel.

If the system does not recognize thepassword you entered, you will seethe above display. Repeat thepassword setting steps until youenter the correct password.


310

０８／０７／２１　１１：５５：４１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３１５　

2009 Odyssey

▲If you forget the password, select‘‘Password,’’ and press the button10 times.

The display changes as shown above.If you want to use the defaultpassword (1111), select ‘‘Yes,’’ andpress the ENT button.

The message ‘‘Default passwordsetting applied’’ is displayed for5 seconds.


eatures

311

０８／０７／２１　１１：５５：４７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３１６　

2009 Odyssey

If it takes several pushes on thebutton to operate the rearentertainment system, have yourdealer replace the batteries as soonas possible.

The rear control panel can bedetached from the ceiling unit andused as a remote control. To removeit from the ceiling unit, press therelease button. The control panel willswing down partway. Pivot it downfurther past the detent until itdetaches from the hinge. To reinstallit, reverse the procedure.

Battery type: BR3032


Remote Control Replacing the Remote ControlBatteries


312

COVER

RELEASE BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：５５：５４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３１７　

2009 Odyssey

Those packages or jackets shouldalso bear the designation of ‘‘1’’ or‘‘ALL’’ region. DVD-ROMs cannot beplayed in this system.

The tips on how to handle andprotect DVDs are basically the sameas those for compact discs. Refer to‘‘Protecting Your CDs’’ on page .

There are various types of DVDsavailable. Some of them are notcompatible with your system.

The DVD player in your rearentertainment system can playDVDs and CDs bearing the abovemarks on their packages or jackets.

272

As required by the FCC: This devicecomplies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interferencereceived, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.


This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210. Operation issubject to the following two conditions:(1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.


Protecting DVDs

Playable DVDs

Features

313

０８／０７／２１　１１：５６：０３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３１８　

2009 Odyssey

MessageThe chart on the right explains theerror messages you may see in thedisplay while playing a disc.


The audio system will try to play thedisc. If there is still a problem, theerror message will reappear. Pressthe eject button, and pull out the disc.

Insert a different disc. If the newdisc plays, there is a problem withthe first disc. If the error messagecycle repeats and you cannot clear it,take your vehicle to a dealer.

Solution

273

ERROR F0ERROR F2Invalid region codeInvalid disc

Parental control active.Change level to view.

Eject the disc and reinsert it.

Use a disc with the regional designation of ‘‘1’’ or ‘‘All’’.The disc is not playable in this unit. Eject the disc, and insert a disccompatible with this system.Reinsert the disc, and increase the parental control level (seepages 308 and 309 ).

DVD Player Error Messages


314

０８／０７／２１　１１：５６：１０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３１９　

2009 Odyssey

Some state and local governmentagencies prohibit the use ofheadphones by the driver of a motorvehicle. Always obey applicable lawsand regulations.

To use the headphones, pivot theearpieces outward. This turns themon. To adjust the volume, turn thedial on the bottom of the rightearpiece. When you remove theheadphones, the earpiecesautomatically pivot inward, and theheadphones turn off. When not inuse, store the headphones in thepocket of either front seat.

The audio for the rear entertainmentsystem is sent to the wirelessheadphones that come with thesystem. When using the headphones,make sure you wear them correctly:L (left) and R (right) are marked onthe sides of the frame. Wearing theheadphones backwards may affectaudio reception, limiting the soundquality and range.

Wireless Headphones


eatures

315

VOLUMEDIAL

０８／０７／２１　１１：５６：１６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３２０　

2009 Odyssey

Auxiliary input jacks and headphoneconnectors for the rearentertainment system are under thethird row seat armrest on the driver’sside. To access these connectors,open the cover by pulling up on thelever.

Remove the battery. Install the newbattery in the earpiece as shown inthe diagram next to the battery slot.Slide the cover back into place on theearpiece, then press down on theback edge to lock it in place.


Each headphone uses one AAAbattery. The battery is under thecover on the left earpiece. Toremove the cover, insert a coin in theslot and twist it slightly to pry thecover away from the earpiece. Pullthe cover outward, and pivot it out ofthe way.


Auxiliary Input JacksReplacing Batteries

316

COVER

BATTERY

LEVERARMREST

COIN

０８／０７／２１　１１：５６：２３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３２１　

2009 Odyssey

There are two headphoneconnectors for the third row seatpassengers. Each connector has itsown volume control.

The system will accept auxiliaryinputs from standard video gamesand video equipment.Some video game power suppliesmay cause poor picture quality.

V = Video jackL = Left audio jackR = Right audio jack


eatures

317

HEADPHONE CONNECTORS

VOLUME DIALSAUXILIARY INPUT JACKS

０８／０７／２１　１１：５６：２９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３２２　

2009 Odyssey

Once the security system is set,opening any door, the tailgate, or thehood without using the key or theremote transmitter, will cause it toalarm. It also alarms if the audio unitis removed from the dashboard orthe wiring is cut.

The alarm will also be activated if apassenger inside the locked vehicleturns the ignition switch on.

The security system will not set ifthe hood, tailgate, or any door is notfully closed. Before you leave thevehicle, make sure the doors,tailgate, and hood are securelyclosed.

To see if the system is setafter you exit the vehicle, press theLOCK button on the remotetransmitter within 5 seconds. If thesystem is set, the horn will beeponce.

Do not attempt to alter this systemor add other devices to it.

The security system automaticallysets 15 seconds after you lock thedoors, hood, and the tailgate. For thesystem to activate, you must lock thedoors and the tailgate from theoutside with the key, driver’s locktab, door lock master switch, orremote transmitter. The securitysystem indicator on the instrumentpanel starts blinking immediately toshow you the system is setting itself.

The security system helps to protectyour vehicle and valuables from theft.The horn sounds and a combinationof headlights, parking lights, sidemarker lights, and taillights flashes ifsomeone attempts to break into yourvehicle or remove the radio. Thisalarm continues for 2 minutes, thenthe system resets. To reset anactivated system before the 2minutes have elapsed, unlock thedriver’s door with the key or theremote transmitter.


Security System

318

NOTE:SECURITY SYSTEM INDICATOR

０８／０７／２１　１１：５６：３６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３２３　

2009 Odyssey

Cruise control allows you to maintaina set speed above 25 mph (40 km/h)without keeping your foot on theaccelerator pedal. It should be usedfor cruising on straight, openhighways. It is not recommended forcity driving, winding roads, slipperyroads, heavy rain, or bad weather.

When climbing a steep hill, theautomatic transmission maydownshift to hold the set speed.

Accelerate to the desired cruisingspeed above 25 mph (40 km/h).

Push the CRUISE button on thesteering wheel. The CRUISEMAIN indicator on the instrumentpanel comes on.

Press and release the SET/DECEL button on the steeringwheel. The CRUISE CONTROLindicator on the instrument panelcomes on to show the system isnow activated.

Cruise control may not hold the setspeed when you are going up anddown hills. If your vehicle speedincreases going down a hill, use thebrakes to slow down. This will cancelthe cruise control. To resume the setspeed, press the RES/ACCEL button.The CRUISE CONTROL indicatoron the instrument panel will comeback on.

1.

2.

3.Using Cruise Control

Cruise ControlF

eatures

319

CANCELBUTTON

RES/ACCELBUTTON

CRUISE BUTTON

SET/DECELBUTTON

Improper use of the cruisecontrol can lead to a crash.

Use the cruise control onlywhen traveling on openhighways in good weather.

０８／０７／２１　１１：５６：４４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３２４　

2009 Odyssey

Resting your foot on the brake pedalcauses cruise control to cancel.

You can increase the set speed inany of these ways:

Press and hold the RES/ACCELbutton. When you reach thedesired speed, release the button.

You can decrease the set speed inany of these ways:

Even with cruise control turned on,you can still use the acceleratorpedal to speed up for passing. Aftercompleting the pass, take your footoff the accelerator pedal. The vehiclewill return to the set speed.

Press and hold the SET/DECELbutton. Release the button whenyou reach the desired speed.

To slow down in very smallamounts, tap the SET/DECELbutton. Each time you do this,your vehicle will slow down about1 mph (1.6 km/h).

Tap the brake pedal lightly withyour foot. The CRUISECONTROL indicator on theinstrument panel will go out.When the vehicle slows to thedesired speed, press the SET/DECEL button.

Push on the accelerator pedal.Accelerate to the desired cruisingspeed, then press the SET/DECEL button.

To increase the speed in verysmall amounts, tap the RES/ACCEL button. Each time you dothis, your vehicle will speed upabout 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

Changing the Set Speed

Cruise Control

320

０８／０７／２１　１１：５６：５３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３２５　

2009 Odyssey

Tap the brake pedal.

Push the CANCEL button on thesteering wheel.

You can cancel cruise control in anyof these ways:

Push the CRUISE button on thesteering wheel.

Pressing the CRUISE button turnsthe system completely off and erasesthe previous set speed.

When you push the CANCEL buttonor tap the brake pedal, the systemremembers the previously set speed.To return to that speed, accelerate toabove 25 mph (40 km/h), then pressand release the RES/ACCEL button.The CRUISE CONTROL indicatorcomes on. The vehicle accelerates tothe same speed as before.

The cruise control will be canceledwhen the vehicle speed reachesabout 25 mph (40 km/h) or less.

Cancelling Cruise Control

Resuming the Set Speed

Cruise ControlF

eatures

321

CANCEL BUTTON

CRUISE BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１１：５７：０１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３２６　

2009 Odyssey

×

－

The HomeLink UniversalTransceiver built into your vehiclecan be programmed to operate up tothree remote controlled devicesaround your home, such as garagedoors, lighting, or home securitysystems.

Before programming yourHomeLink to operate a garage dooropener, confirm that the opener hasan external entrapment protectionsystem, such as an ‘‘electronic eye,’’or other safety and reverse stopfeatures.

If your garage door wasmanufactured before April 1, 1982,you may not be able to programHomeLink to operate it. These unitsdo not have safety features thatcause the motor to stop and reverseit if an obstacle is detected duringclosing, increasing the risk of injury.

Do not use HomeLink with anygarage door opener that lacks safetystop and reverse features.

Units manufactured between April 1,1982 and January 1, 1993 may beequipped with safety stop andreverse features. If your unit doesnot have an external entrapmentprotection system, an easy test toconfirm the function andperformance of the safety stop andreverse feature is to lay a 2 4under the closing door. The doorshould stop and reverse uponcontacting the piece of wood.As an additional safety feature,garage door openers manufacturedafter January 1, 1993 are required tohave external entrapment protectionsystems, such as an electronic eye,which detect an object obstructingthe door.

Refer to the safety information that

came with your garage door openerto test that the safety features arefunctioning properly. If you do nothave this information, contact themanufacturer of the equipment.Before programming HomeLink to agarage door or gate opener, makesure that people and objects are outof the way of the device to preventpotential injury or damage.When programming a garage dooropener, park just outside the garage.

If you justreceived your vehicle and have nottrained any of the buttons inHomeLink before, you should eraseany previously learned codes beforetraining the first button. To do this,press and hold the two outsidebuttons on the HomeLinktransceiver for about 20 seconds,until the red indicator flashes.Release the buttons, then proceed tostep 1.


HomeLink Universal Transceiver

General Information


Training HomeLinkBefore you begin

322

０８／０７／２１　１１：５７：１０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３２７　

2009 Odyssey

If you are training the second or third buttons, go directly to step 1.

HomeLink Universal TransceiverF

eatures

323

０８／０７／２１　１１：５７：２３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３２８　

2009 Odyssey




HomeLink is a registeredtrademark of Johnson Controls, Inc.

HomeLink Universal Transceiver

324

０８／０７／２１　１１：５７：２８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３２９　

2009 Odyssey

Your vehicle is equipped with theBluetooth HandsFreeLink (HFL).HFL uses Bluetooth technology tolink your cell phone to your vehicle.With HFL, you can place and receivecalls through your vehicle’s audiosystem, without the distraction ofhandling your cell phone. To use thisfeature, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone with theHands Free Profile. For moreinformation, and a list of compatiblecell phones, visit

, or call (888) 528-7876. InCanada, visit , or call(888) 9-HONDA-9.

Here are the main features of HFL.Instructions for using HFL begin onpage .

HFL recognizes simple voicecommands, such as phone numbersand names. It uses these commandsto automatically dial, receive, andstore numbers. For moreinformation on voice control, seeUsing Voice Control on page .

The Bluetooth name and logos areregistered trademarks owned byBluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use ofsuch marks by Honda Motor Co.,Ltd. is under license. Othertrademarks and trade namesare those of their respective owners.

Bluetooth is the wireless technologythat links your phone to HFL. HFLuses a Class 2 Bluetooth, whichmeans the maximum range betweenyour phone and vehicle is 30 feet (10meters).

To use HFL, your phone must haveapproved Bluetooth capability alongwith the Hands Free Profile. Thistype of phone is available throughmany phone makers and cellularcarriers. You can also find anapproved phone by visiting

, or by callingthe HandsFreeLink consumersupport at (888) 528-7876. In Canada,visit , or call (888) 9-HONDA-9.The HFL is available in English on

U.S. models, and in both English andFrench on Canadian models. Tochange the language, see page .The voice of HFL is set to female.

359

329

329

handsfreelink.honda.com

www.honda.cahandsfreelink.honda.com

www.honda.ca

Bluetooth HandsFreeLink


Bluetooth Wireless Technology

Voice Control HFL

Features

325

０８／０７／２１　１１：５７：３６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３３０　

2009 Odyssey

With a linked phone, HFL allows youto send and receive calls in yourvehicle without holding the phone.

The HFL system has a help functionto provide instructions for pairing aphone, and give hints on how tooperate HFL properly. If yourresponse or command is not correct,or the system cannot recognize acommand, the HFL system will giveyou an appropriate command or playthe help prompt.

HFL can store up to 50 names andphone numbers in its phonebook.With a linked phone, you can thenautomatically dial any name ornumber in the phonebook.

Your vehicle’s HFL system has thecellular phonebook import function.This allows you to import yourcellular phonebook to HFL. Usingthe navigation system, you can makea call directly and store a desirednumber in HFL from the list shownon the navigation display. Formore information on how to importthe phonebook, see page . Tomake a call, see page .

Your phone may not havephonebook import function. Visit

, or call theHandsFreeLink consumer supportat (888) 528-7876. In Canada, call(888) 9-HONDA-9. You can see yourphone’s owner’s manual forinformation.You can also store the desired

number to the HFL phonebookdirectly from your cell phone usingthe receive contact function in HFL.

340351



Incoming/Outgoing Calls

Help Assistance

Phonebook

326

NOTE:

０８／０７／２２　１３：２３：２８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３３１　

2009 Odyssey

Ensure that you use the HFLbuttons, not the NAVI buttons, togive HFL voice commands.

To operate HFL, use the HFL Talkand Back buttons on the left side ofthe steering wheel.

When HFL is in use, the soundcomes through the vehicle’s frontaudio system speakers. If the audiosystem is in use while operatingeither of the HFL buttons or makinga call, HFL overrides the audiosystem. To change the volume level,use the audio system volume knob orthe steering wheel volume controls.

The HFL microphone is on theceiling, between the front map lightsand the HomeLink buttons. Onmodels with navigation system, themicrophone is shared with thenavigation system.

HFL and the navigation system haveseparate voice recognition systems.When HFL is in use, a voicecommand for the navigation systemwill not be recognized even if youpress the navigation Talk button. Inthis case, you will hear two shortbeeps, and the HFL system has noprompt.


HFL ButtonsAudio SystemMicrophone

Features

327

NOTE:

HFL BACKBUTTON

HFL TALKBUTTON

NAVI VOICE CONTROL BUTTONS

０８／０７／２１　１１：５７：５１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３３２　

2009 Odyssey

When you are operating HFL, dialingor receiving calls with the audiosystem in use, you will see the abovescreen on the navigation display.

You will also see ‘‘HANDS FREELINK’’ on the audio display.

‘‘ ’’ indicator will be displayed onthe audio display if your phone islinked to the Bluetooth compatiblecell phone.

HFL Talk: This button is used beforeyou give a command, and to answerincoming calls.

HFL Back: This button is used toend a call, go back to the previousvoice control command, and tocancel an operation.

The HFL buttons are used asfollows:

Press and release the button, thenwait for a beep before giving acommand.


Information Display

328

BLUETOOTH INDICATOR

０８／０７／２１　１１：５７：５９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３３３　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

HFL is operated by the HFL Talkand Back buttons on the left side ofthe steering wheel. The next fewpages provide instructions for allbasic features of HFL.

Here are some guidelines for usingvoice control:

Adjust the airflow from both thedashboard and side vents so theydo not blow against themicrophone on the ceiling.

To enter a command, press andrelease the HFL Talk button. Afterthe beep, say your command in aclear, natural tone.

Lower the A/C fan speed duringvoice recognition operation.

If the microphone picks up voicesother than yours, the system maynot interpret your voicecommands correctly.

If HFL does not recognize acommand, its response is ‘‘Pardon.’’If it doesn’t recognize thecommand it plays an appropriateHelp prompt. Response time mayvary depending on the voicecommand.

To hear a list of available optionsat any time, press the HFL Talkbutton, wait for the beep, and say‘‘Hands free help’’ or ‘‘Help.’’

When you are at the main menu,you can hear general HFLinformation such as pairing orsetting up the system. Press theHFL Talk button, wait for the beep,and say ‘‘Tutorial.’’

Many commands can be spokentogether. For example, you cansay, ‘‘Dial 123-456-7891.’’

To enter a string of numbers in aCall or Dial command, you can saythem all at once, or you canseparate them in blocks of 3, 4, 7,10, and 11.

To skip a voice prompt, press theHFL Talk button while HFL isspeaking. HFL will then beginlistening for your next command.

Close the windows and themoonroof (if equipped).


How to Use HFL

All phones may notoperate identically, and somemay cause inconsistent operationof HFL.

Using Voice Control

Features

329

NOTE:

０８／０７／２１　１１：５８：１０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３３４　

2009 Odyssey

To go back one step in a commandprocess, say ‘‘Go back,’’ or pressthe HFL Back button.If nothing is said while HFL islistening for a command, HFL willtime out and stop its voicerecognition, then prompt you withavailable options or helpinformation. The next time youpress the HFL Talk button, HFLbegins listening from the point atwhich it timed out.

To end a command sequence atany time, press and hold the HFLBack button, or press and releasethe HFL Talk button, wait for thebeep, and say ‘‘Cancel.’’ The nexttime you press the HFL Talkbutton, HFL begins from the mainmenu.

When you finish a commandsequence, HFL returns to idle. Forexample, when you store the name‘‘Eric,’’ the HFL system responseis ‘‘Eric has been stored.’’ Thenext time you press the HFL Talkbutton, HFL begins from the mainmenu.

Your Bluetooth compatible phonewith Hands Free Profile must bepaired to HFL before you can makeand receive hands-free calls. Toconfirm that your phone isBluetooth compatible, visit

, or call (888)528-7876. In Canada, call (888) 9-HONDA-9. Your phone retailershould also be able to confirm thatyour phone is Bluetooth compatible.

HFL does not allow you to pairyour phone if the vehicle ismoving.

For pairing, your phone must be inits discovery mode (searching fora Bluetooth related device).

Up to six phones can be paired toHFL.

Your phone’s battery may drainfaster when it is paired to HFL.

The following procedure works formost phones. If you cannot pairyour phone to HFL with thisprocedure, refer to your phone’soperating manual, visit

, call theHandsFreeLink consumersupport at (888) 528-7876, or callyour phone retailer. In Canada,call (888) 9-HONDA-9.




Pairing Your Phone

NOTE:

330

０８／０７／２１　１１：５８：１９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３３５　

2009 Odyssey

＜＞＊

＊

CONTINUED

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, if you say ‘‘Yes.’’HFL responds ‘‘Entering phoneset up: pair menu. The pairingprocess requires operation of yourBluetooth phone. For safety, onlyperform this function while thevehicle is stopped.’’HFL responds ‘‘For proper systemfunction a compatible Bluetoothphone is required. Please visit theHandsFreeLink website, listed inthe owner’s manual, for a list ofapproved phones and other systeminformation. HandsFreeLink iswaiting to pair with a Bluetoothphone. From your phone, searchfor Bluetooth devices and selectHandsFreeLink.’’

During the pairing process, turnoff any previously paired phonesbefore pairing a new phone.

Each time a phone is paired withHFL, the system selects a pairingcode randomly or sequentially.You can switch this settingbetween random mode and fixedmode. To select a pairing codesetting between Random andFixed, refer to page .

If after three minutes your phoneis not ready to pair or a phone isnot found, the system will time outand return to idle.

Park your vehicle. With yourphone on and the ignition switch inthe ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II)position, press and release theTalk button.HFL prompts ‘‘Welcome toBluetooth HandsFreeLink. Thissystem enables hands-free usageof a mobile phone. Before usingthis system, a phone needs to bepaired or connected withHandsFreeLink. Would you like topair a phone now? Press theBluetooth HandsFreeLink Talkbutton, and after the beep, say Yes,to begin the pairing process, or No,to continue.’’

HFL responds ‘‘When promptedby your mobile phone, enter thepairing code: 1234 .’’

Go to Step 4.

1.

2.

For example:

336

To pair your first phone, follow theprompts on the HFL system:

Bluetooth HandsFreeLinkF

eatures

331

０８／０７／２２　１３：２３：３９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３３６　

2009 Odyssey

＜＞

Steps 4 and 5 show acommon way to get your phone intoits discovery mode (searching for aBluetooth related device). If thesesteps do not work on your phone,refer to the phone’s operatingmanual.

Follow the prompts on your phoneto get it into its discovery mode.The phone will search for HFL.When it comes up, selectHandsFreeLink from the list ofoptions displayed on your phone.

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, if you say No, HFLresponds ‘‘Would you like to hearthe Bluetooth HandsFreeLinktutorial now? Press the Talkbutton and after the beep, say yesto begin the tutorial, or say No toexit HandsFreeLink.’’

If you say Yes, HFL will begin thetutorial. Follow the prompts onHFL.

When asked by the phone, enterthe four-digit code from step 3 intoyour phone.HFL responds ‘‘HandsFreeLinkhas connected to a new phone. Aname is needed to identify thisphone. Press the Talk button andsay a name. For example, John’sphone.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say the name youwant to use. For example, say‘‘John’s phone.’’HFL responds ‘‘ John’s phonehas been successfully paired.’’HFL responds ‘‘Would you like tohear the BluetoothHandsFreeLink tutorial now?Press the Talk button and afterthe beep, say Yes to begin thetutorial, or say No to exitHandsFreeLink.’’

If you press and release the Talkbutton and say ‘‘Yes,’’ HFL beginsTutorial. If you say ‘‘No,’’ HFLreturns to idle.

3.

6.4.

5.


332

NOTE:

０８／０７／２１　１１：５８：３６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３３７　

2009 Odyssey

＜＞

＜＞

CONTINUED

To pair another phone, do this: To rename a paired phone, do this:With your phone on and theignition switch in theACCESSORY (I) or ON (II)position, press and release theTalk button. After the beep, say‘‘Phone setup.’’HFL responds ‘‘Phone setupoptions are pair, edit, delete, list,status, next phone, and set pairingcode. Press the Talk button andsay a command.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Pair.’’

Repeat steps 2 through 6 on pagesand .

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Phone setup.’’HFL responds ‘‘Phone setupoptions are pair, edit, delete, list,status, next phone, and set pairingcode. Press the Talk button andsay a command.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Edit.’’ HFLresponds ‘‘Which phone would liketo edit? Press the Talk button, andsay a name, or say List, to hear thenames of the paired phones’’

HFL responds ‘‘The name hasbeen changed.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say the new nameof the phone. For example, say‘‘Lisa’s phone.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say the name ofthe phone you want to rename.For example, say ‘‘John’s phone.’’HFL responds ‘‘What is the newname for John’s phone? Press theTalk button and say a name.’’

With only one paired phone, forexample, John’s phone , HFLresponds ‘‘What is the new namefor John’s phone ?’’ Then go tostep 4.

2.

3.

1.

2.

3.1.

4.

331 332


eatures

333

０８／０７／２１　１１：５８：４７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３３８　

2009 Odyssey

＜＞

＜＞

To delete a paired phone, do this: To list all paired phones, do this:Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Phone setup.’’HFL responds ‘‘Phone setupoptions are pair, edit, delete, list,status, next phone, and set pairingcode. Press the Talk button andsay a command.’’


‘‘Go back’’ or ‘‘Cancel’’ does notdelete the phone.

HFL responds ‘‘The phone hasbeen deleted.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, if you say‘‘Continue.’’

HFL responds ‘‘Preparing todelete John’s phone. Press theTalk button and say Continue;otherwise say Go Back or Cancel.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say the name ofthe phone you want to delete. Forexample, say ‘‘John’s phone.’’ HFLresponds ‘‘Would you like to deleteJohn’s phone? Press the Talkbutton and say Yes or No.’’

HFL responds ‘‘Which phonewould like to delete? Press theTalk button and say a name, or saylist, to hear the names of thepaired phone.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Delete.’’

With only one paired phone, forexample, John’s phone , HFLresponds ‘‘Would you like to delete

John’s phone ?’’ Then go tostep 4.

HFL responds by listing the nameof each paired phone. When allphones paired to the system havebeen read, HFL responds ‘‘Theentire list has been read.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘List.’’

1.

4.

5.

2.

3.

2.

1.


334

０８／０７／２１　１１：５８：５９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３３９　

2009 Odyssey

＜＞

CONTINUED

To find out the status of the phone beingused, do this:

To change from the currently linkedphone to another paired phone, do this:



If no other phones are found orpaired, the first phone remainslinked. For example, HFLresponds ‘‘No other paired phoneswere found/have been paired.Returning to John’s phone .’’

Some Phones may not send thestatus information to the HFLsystem.

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Status.’’ Forexample, HFL responds ‘‘John’sphone is linked. Battery strengthis three bars. Signal strength isfive bars, and the phone isroaming.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Next phone.’’HFL responds ‘‘Searching for thenext phone.’’The system then disconnects thelinked phone and searches foranother paired phone. If thesystem finds it, for example, HFLresponds ‘‘Paul’s phone is linked.’’

2.

1. 1.

2.


eatures

335

０８／０７／２１　１１：５９：０９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３４０　

2009 Odyssey

When you pair your phone to HFL,the HFL system will automaticallyselect a pairing code at random or inorder. You can customize this settingmode between Random and Fixed. Ifyou select the fixed mode, the HFLsystem will select a pairing codesequentially.

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Set PairingCode.’’HFL responds ‘‘Each time a phoneis paired with HandsFreeLink, apairing code is used for security.This code can be randomlygenerated by HandsFreeLink, orfixed, which is needed for someBluetooth devices with a presetpairing code. Would you like to setthe pairing code as Random orFixed?’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, to select the fixedmode, say ‘‘Fixed.’’HFL responds ‘‘What is the four-digit number you would like to seeas the pairing code? Press the Talkbutton and say the number.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say a desired four-digit number. For example, say‘‘1000.’’HFL responds ‘‘1000. Is thiscorrect? Press the Talk button andsay Yes or No.’’

HFL responds ‘‘Phone setupoptions are pair, edit, delete, list,status, next phone, and set pairingcode. Press the Talk button andsay a command.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Phone setup.’’

If the number is not correct, say‘‘No.’’ HFL goes back to step 3.

HFL responds ‘‘HandsFreeLinkwill use this code when pairing to aBluetooth device.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, if the number iscorrect, say ‘‘Yes.’’

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

To change the setting mode, do this:


Setting a Pairing Code

336

０８／０７／２１　１１：５９：１９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３４１　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

You can select or change somesettings for the HFL system. Hereare the settings you can select orchange. To do this, make sure yourvehicle is parked safely, with yourphone on and the ignition switch inthe ACCESSORY (I) or ON (II)position.

You can set a four-digit securitypasscode to lock the HFL systemfor security purposes.

If you forget your passcode, youcannot activate HFL. Consult yourdealer to cancel the passcode.

The incoming notification can beset to a ring tone, a prompt, or nonotification. The default setting isa prompt.

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘System setup.’’HFL responds ‘‘System setupoptions are security, changepasscode, call notification, autotransfer, and clear. Press the Talkbutton and say a command.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Security.’’HFL responds ‘‘Security isdisabled. Would you like to enablesecurity? Press the Talk buttonand say Yes or No.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’HFL responds ‘‘What is the four-digit number you would like to setas your security passcode? Pressthe Talk button and say thenumber.’’

If you say ‘‘No,’’ HFL returns toidle.

You can also select a ‘‘SystemClear’’ command to reset HFL(see page ).

You can change the securitypasscode.

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say the four-digitpasscode you want to use. Forexample, say ‘‘1, 2, 3, 4.’’HFL responds ‘‘1, 2, 3, 4. Is thiscorrect? Press the Talk button andsay Yes or No.’’

3.

1.

2.

4.

358

To set a security passcode, do this:


Setting Up the System

Setting a security passcode

Selecting the incomingnotif ication

Changing a security passcode

Features

337

０８／０７／２１　１１：５９：３１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３４２　

2009 Odyssey

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’HFL responds ‘‘Security is on.Each time the vehicle is turned on,the passcode will be required touse the system. If you forget thispasscode, you must either go tothe dealer to have it reset, or clearthe entire system using theSystem Clear command.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, HFL prompts ‘‘Thesystem is locked. What is the four-digit passcode?’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say your four-digitpasscode. For example, say ‘‘1, 2, 3,4.’’

If the passcode is correct, HFLresponds ‘‘System is unlocked.’’


Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Changepasscode.’’HFL responds ‘‘What is the fourdigit number you would like to seeas your security passcode? Pressthe Talk button and say thenumber.’’

If the passcode is not correct, pleasetry again according to the HFL’sguidance.

Once a passcode is set, HFL willprompt you for your passcode eachtime the ignition switch is turned tothe ON (II) position and you pressthe Talk button. You will only beasked for the passcode once perignition cycle.

You can also select a ‘‘System Clear’’command to reset HFL (see page

).Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say your four-digitpasscode, for example, say ‘‘1, 2, 3,4.’’

1.

2.

3.

1.

2.

3.

5.

358

To enter your passcode, do this; To change your security passcode, dothis:


338

０８／０７／２１　１１：５９：４２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３４３　

2009 Odyssey

To set the incoming notification, do this: If you say, ‘‘Prompt.’’ HFL responds‘‘An incoming call prompt will beused.’’ You will hear a ‘‘You have anincoming call.’’ prompt whenreceiving an incoming call.


Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Callnotification.’’HFL responds: ‘‘Would you likethe incoming call notification to bea ring tone, a prompt or off?’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, for example, say‘‘Ring tone.’’HFL responds ‘‘A ring tone will beused.’’ You will hear a ring tonethrough the audio speakers toannounce an incoming call.

If the passcode is correct, HFLresponds ‘‘1, 2, 3, 4. Is this correct?Press the Talk button and say Yesor No.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’HFL responds ‘‘Security passcodehas been changed.’’

If you say, ‘‘Off,’’ no audiblenotification of an incoming call willbe selected. During an incoming call,there is no ring tone or promptplayback. The audio system will stillmute, and the HFL message will bedisplayed.

2.

1.

3.

4.

5.


eatures

339

０８／０７／２１　１１：５９：５１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３４４　

2009 Odyssey

You can make calls using any phonenumber, or by using a name in theHFL phonebook. You can also redialthe last number called. During a call,HFL allows you to talk up to 30minutes after you remove the keyfrom the ignition switch. Continuinga call without running the enginemay discharge and weaken thevehicle’s battery.

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Call’’ or ‘‘Dial.’’HFL responds ‘‘Calling’’ or‘‘Dialing.’’Once connected, you will hear theperson you called through theaudio speakers. To change thevolume, use the audio systemvolume knob or the steering wheelvolume controls.

To end the call, press the Backbutton.

With your phone on and theignition switch in theACCESSORY (I) or ON (II)position, press and release theTalk button. After the beep, say‘‘Call’’ or ‘‘Dial.’’HFL responds ‘‘What name ornumber would you like to call/dial? Press the Talk button and saya name, a number, or say list tohear the phonebook entries.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say the numberyou want to call. For example, say‘‘123 456 7891.’’HFL responds ‘‘123 456 7891.Press the Talk button andcontinue to add numbers, or sayCall or Dial to place a call.’’

4.

2.

1.

3.To make a call using a phone number,do this:


Making a Call

340

０８／０７／２１　１２：００：００　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３４５　

2009 Odyssey

To make a call from the list shown onthe navigation display, do this:

Press the INFO button to showthe information screen, then selecta ‘‘Cellular Phonebook’’ icon.

The screen is changed as shownabove.

Say or select a ‘‘Search ImportedPhonebook’’ icon.

Select a desired phonebook (seepage ).

Select a name from the list on thescreen. The ‘‘Select a number tocall’’ screen is displayed.

Select the desired number fromthe list to store it in HFL.

The ‘‘Select a number to store’’screen is displayed. Select adesired number to call.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.352

CONTINUED


eatures

341

０８／０７／２１　１２：００：１１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３４６　

2009 Odyssey

To redial the last number called by thephone, do this:

To make a call using a name in the HFLphonebook, do this:

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Redial.’’HFL responds ‘‘Redialing.’’Once connected, you will hear theperson you called through the audiospeakers. To change the volume, usethe audio system volume knob or thesteering wheel volume controls.

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say the name youwant to call. For example, say‘‘John.’’HFL responds ‘‘Would you like tocall John? Press the Talk buttonand say Yes or No.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’HFL responds ‘‘Calling’’ or‘‘Dialing.’’Once connected, you will hear theperson you called through theaudio speakers. To change thevolume, use the audio systemvolume knob or the steering wheelvolume controls.


Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Call.’’ HFLresponds ‘‘Dialing the numberreceived from the navigationsystem. To end the call, pleasepress the BluetoothHandsFreeLink Back button onthe steering wheel.’’

HFL responds ‘‘What name ornumber would you like to call/dial? Press the Talk button and saya name, a number, or say list tohear the phonebook entries.’’

With your phone on and theignition switch in theACCESSORY (I) or ON (II)position, press and release theTalk button. After the beep, say‘‘Call’’ or ‘‘Dial.’’

1.

2.

3.

4.

8.


342

０８／０７／２１　１２：００：２１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３４７　

2009 Odyssey

＃

HFL allows you to send numbers ornames during a call. This is usefulwhen you call a menu-driven phonesystem. You can also programaccount numbers into the HFLphonebook for easy retrieval duringmenu-driven calls.

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Send.’’HFL responds ‘‘What name ornumber would you like to send?’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say the numberyou want to send. For example,say ‘‘1, 2, 3.’’HFL responds ‘‘1, 2, 3. Press theTalk button and continue to addnumbers or say send.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Send.’’HFL responds ‘‘What name ornumber would you like to send?’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say the name youwant to send. For example, say‘‘Account number.’’HFL responds ‘‘Would you like tosend account number? Press theTalk button and say Yes or No.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’ The dialtones will be sent, and the call willcontinue.

To send a pound ( ), say‘‘pound.’’ To send a star (*), say‘‘star.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Send.’’ Thedial tones will be sent, and the callwill continue.

2.

3.

1.

2.

3.

1.To send a number during a call, do this: To send a name during a call, do this:


Sending Numbers or NamesDuring a Call

Features

343

NOTE:

０８／０７／２１　１２：００：３３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３４８　

2009 Odyssey

If you receive a call when you are noton the phone, HFL interrupts theaudio system (if it is on), and playsthe incoming call notification, ifactivated. To answer the call, pressthe Talk button and begin speaking.If you don’t want to answer the call,press the Back button.

If your phone has call waiting, andyou receive a call when you are onthe phone, press and release theTalk button to answer it. When youdo this, the original call is placed onhold. To return to the original call,press the Talk button again. If youdon’t want to answer the new call,disregard it, and continue with youroriginal call. If you want to hang upthe original call and answer the newcall, press the Back button.

You can transfer a call from HFL toyour phone, or from your phone toHFL.

To transfer a call from HFL to yourphone, or from your phone to HFL,do this:Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Transfer.’’ Theaudio switches between HFL and thephone.

This function allows you to transfer acall automatically to the HFL system.If you get into the vehicle while youare on the phone, a call will betransferred automatically to the HFLsystem when you turn the ignitionswitch to the ACCESSORY (I)position.

With this function activated, you canalso make a call by dialing with thenumber keys on the phone whichhas been paired to the HFL system.

The automatic transferring functioncan be set to on or off.


Receiving a Call Transferring a Call Automatic Transferring

344

０８／０７／２１　１２：００：４１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３４９　

2009 Odyssey

To activate this function, do this:

To mute your voice, do this:

To unmute your voice, do this:

During a call, you can mute orunmute your voice to the person youare talking to.

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Mute.’’HFL responds ‘‘Mute is active.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Mute.’’HFL responds ‘‘Mute is canceled.’’


If this feature is set to on, HFLresponds ‘‘Auto-transfer is enabled.Calls dialed on the phone will beautomatically transferred toBluetooth HandsFreeLink. Wouldyou like to disable Auto Transfer?

Press the Talk button and say Yesor No.’’

If this feature is set to off, HFLresponds ‘‘Auto transfer isdisabled. Calls dialed on the phonedo not automatically transfer toBluetooth HandsFreeLink. Wouldyou like to enable Auto Transfer?Press the Talk button and say Yesor No.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Auto transfer.’’

If the setting changes from off toon, press and release the Talkbutton. After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’HFL responds ‘‘Auto transfer isenabled.’’

When you make a call directly fromthe phone with the auto transfer on,make sure to stop your vehicle safely.


Never try to dial from yourphone directly if the vehicle ismoving.

If the setting changes from on to off,HFL responds ‘‘Auto transfer isdisabled. Use the Transfer commandat the HandsFree main menu tomanually transfer calls dialed on thephone.’’

1.

2.

3.


Muting a Call

Features

345

NOTE:

０８／０７／２１　１２：００：５５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３５０　

2009 Odyssey

＜＞

＜＞

＜＞

＜＞

The HFL phonebook can store up to50 names with their associatednumbers. These can be any types ofnumbers. For example, you can storea phone number and use it to make acall, or you can store an accountnumber and use it during a call to amenu-driven phone system.

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say the name youwould like to store. For example,say ‘‘ John Smith .’’HFL responds ‘‘What is thenumber for John Smith ? Pressthe Talk button and say thenumber.’’

Avoid using duplicate nameentries.

Avoid using ‘‘home’’ as a nameentry.

HFL will be able to betterrecognize multisyllabic nameentries (‘‘Peter’’ instead of ‘‘Pete’’),or using a longer name (‘‘JohnSmith’’ instead of ‘‘John’’).Press and release the Talk button.

After the beep, say ‘‘Phonebook.’’HFL responds ‘‘Phonebookoptions are store, edit, delete,receive contact, and list. Press theTalk button and say a command.’’

HFL responds ‘‘What name wouldyou like to store? Press the Talkbutton and say a name.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Store.’’

You can also say an accountnumber instead of John Smith .

HFL responds ‘‘123 456 7891.Press the Talk button andcontinue to add numbers or sayEnter.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say the number.For example, say ‘‘123 456 7891.’’ Use a consistent, even tone and

reduce background noise whenstoring names, as the HFL voicerecognition can be sensitive.

HFL responds ‘‘ John Smithhas been stored.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Enter.’’

5.

4.1.

2.

3.

To add a name, do this:


NOTE:Setting Up the Phonebook

346

０８／０７／２１　１２：０１：０８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３５１　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

To delete a name, do this:To edit the number of a name, do this:Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Phonebook.’’HFL responds ‘‘Phonebookoptions are store, edit, delete,receive contact, and list. Press theTalk button and say a command.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say the name youwould like to edit. For example,say ‘‘Eric.’’HFL responds ‘‘What is the newnumber for Eric? Press the Talkbutton and say the number.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Phonebook.’’HFL responds ‘‘Phonebookoptions are store, edit, delete,receive contact, and list. Press theTalk button and say a command.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Edit.’’HFL responds ‘‘What name wouldyou like to edit? Press the Talkbutton and say a name or say listto hear the phonebook entries.’’

If only one number is stored, HFLresponds ‘‘What is the newnumber for Eric?’’ Then go to step4.

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say the newnumber for Eric. For example, say‘‘987 654 3219.’’HFL responds ‘‘987 654 3219.Press the Talk button andcontinue to add numbers or sayenter.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Enter.’’HFL responds ‘‘The number hasbeen changed.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Delete.’’HFL responds ‘‘What name wouldyou like to delete? Press the Talkbutton and say a name or say listto hear the phonebook entries.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say the name youwould like to delete. For example,say ‘‘Eric.’’HFL responds ‘‘Would you like todelete Eric? Press the Talk buttonand say Yes or No.’’

2.

3.

5.

1.

2.

1.

4.

3.


eatures

347

０８／０７／２１　１２：０１：２２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３５２　

2009 Odyssey

＜＞

＜＞

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’HFL responds ‘‘The name hasbeen deleted.’’



Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘List.’’

HFL responds by listing the namesin the phonebook in the order whichthey were stored. After all names arelisted, HFL responds ‘‘The entire listhas been read.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘List.’’HFL responds by listing thenames in the phonebook. When itsays the name you want to call, forexample, Eric , press andrelease the Talk button. After thebeep, say ‘‘Call.’’ HFL responds‘‘Would you like to call Eric ?Press the Talk button and say Yesor No.’’

Once connected, you will hear theperson you called through the audiospeakers. To change the volume, usethe audio system volume knob or thesteering wheel volume controls.

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’ HFLresponds ‘‘Calling.’’

1.

4.

2.

1.

2.

3.

To list all names in the phonebook, dothis:

To call a name from the phonebook list,do this:


348

０８／０７／２１　１２：０１：３３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３５３　

2009 Odyssey

＜＞

＜＞

CONTINUED

You can store the desired number tothe HFL phonebook directly fromyour cell phone.


, or call theHandsFreeLink consumer supportat (888) 528-7876. In Canada, call(888) 9-HONDA-9. You can see yourphone’s owner’s manual forinformation.

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say the name youwould like to store. For example,say ‘‘Neil at work.’’

With your phone on and theignition switch in theACCESSORY (I) or ON (II)position, press and release theTalk button. After the beep, say‘‘Phonebook.’’HFL responds ‘‘Phonebookoptions are store, edit, delete,receive contact, and list. Press theTalk button and say a command.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Receivecontact.’’HFL responds ‘‘The receiveprocess requires operation of yourBluetooth device. For safety, onlyperform this function while thevehicle is stopped. HandsFreeLinkis now waiting to receive a contactfrom a Bluetooth device.’’

Select a desired number from thelist on your phone, and send it viaBluetooth (steps will vary forphone types, follow your phone’soperating manual).HFL responds, for example ‘‘ 2phone numbers have beenreceived for this contact. Whatname would you like to store forthe mobile number

1234567891 ? Press the Talkbutton and say a name or sayDiscard, to discard this number.’’

HFL responds ‘‘Neil at work willbe stored. Is this correct? Pressthe Talk button and say Yes or No.’’

Go to step 6.

If you say, ‘‘No,’’ HFL returns toidle.

HFL responds ‘‘Neil at work hasbeen stored. Would you likeHandsFreeLink to receive anothercontact? Press the Talk button andsay Yes or No.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, if you say ‘‘Yes.’’

2. 4.

1.

3.

5.handsfreelink.honda.com


Storing a Phone Number Directlyfrom Your Phone

Features

349

NOTE:

０８／０７／２１　１２：０１：４４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３５４　

2009 Odyssey

The cellular phonebook optionallows you to store up to 1,000 namesand 10,000 phone numbers in thephonebook of BluetoothHandsFreeLink from your cellularphonebook. The maximum namesand numbers to be stored varies onthe data size. With HFL, you canthen automatically dial any name ornumber in the phonebook.


, or call theHandsFreeLink consumer supportat (888) 528-7876. In Canada, call(888) 9-HONDA-9. You can see yourphone’s owner’s manual forinformation.

To use the cellular phonebook withHFL, say or select a ‘‘CellularPhonebook’’ icon from theinformation screen. The navigationdisplay will change as shown above.

If any phonebook is not stored andyour phone is not linked to HFL,Cellular Phonebook icon is grayedout.

If you want to continue to storeany other numbers, press andrelease the Talk button. After thebeep, say ‘‘Yes.’’HFL responds ‘‘HandsFreeLink isnow waiting to receive a contactfrom a Bluetooth device.’’

Go back to step 3.

6.


Cellular Phonebook Options


350

NOTE:

０８／０７／２１　１２：０１：５２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３５５　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

To import the cellular phonebookSearch Imported Phonebook: Thisoption allows you to search thephone numbers stored in HFL.When you enter a person’s firstname or last name, the system willfind the number you want and letyou make calls.

Import Cellular Phonebook: Thisoption allows you to store thephonebook of your cellular phone inHFL. When you link your phone toHFL and select this option, thesystem will start importing andloading the phonebook.

Delete Imported Phonebook: Thisoption allows you to delete the storedphonebook from HFL. When youlink your phone to HFL and selectthis option, the system willautomatically delete the phonebookof the linked phone from HFL (seepage ).

Before selling or discardingyour vehicle, make sure to delete theimported phonebook data.

PIN Number: This option allows youto add, change, or remove a PINnumber for any phonebook that hasbeen imported.

You can import the phonebook ofyour cellular phone into HFL. Linkyour phone to HFL, and select‘‘Cellular Phonebook’’ from theinformation screen, then select‘‘Import Cellular Phonebook’’ fromthe ‘‘Select an option’’ screen. Whenthe message ‘‘The import wassuccessful’’ is displayed, touch thescreen to select ‘‘OK.’’355


eatures

351

NOTE:

０８／０７／２１　１２：０２：００　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３５６　

2009 Odyssey

To search the imported phonebook

You can search the stored numberby entering keywords to make callsby using HFL.

Select ‘‘Cellular Phonebook’’ fromthe information screen, then select‘‘Search Imported Phonebook’’ fromthe ‘‘Select an option’’ screen. Thedisplay will change as shown above.

Select a phonebook from thedisplayed list. If the phonebook youselect has a PIN icon, you will needthe four-digit PIN number to accessthe phonebook. The following screenwill appear.

HFL does not allow you to importyour phone if your phone is notpaired to HFL.For more information on pairingyour cell phone to HFL, see page

.330


NOTE:

352

IMPORTED PHONEBOOK PIN ICON

IMPORTED DATE

０８／０７／２１　１２：０２：０７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３５７　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

The system will display a list ofperson’s names, with the closestmatch to the name you entered atthe top of the list.

Enter the PIN number. You cannotaccess a PIN protected phonebook ifyou do not use the correct PINnumber.

Enter the person’s first name or lastname, using the ENT button ortouching an appropriate icon. If thesystem does not find an exact match,say or select ‘‘LIST’’ when you finishentering the keyword.


eatures

353

List ICON

０８／０７／２１　１２：０２：１４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３５８　

2009 Odyssey

Select the desired number from thelist to store it in HFL.

The following category icons willappear:

Say or select ‘‘Store inHandsFreeLink’’ from the ‘‘Select anumber to call’’ screen. The screenshown above will appear.

Up to three category icons aredisplayed in the left side of the list.These category icons indicate howmany numbers are stored for theperson. If a name has more thanthree category icons, ‘‘…’’ isdisplayed.

After selecting a person, the systemwill display a list of the person’sphone numbers.

Select the desired number from thelist to make a call.

To store a number in the BluetoothHandsFreeLink


354

Work

Home

Preference

Mobile

Pager

Fax

Car

Voice

Other

０８／０７／２１　１２：０２：２６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３５９　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

To delete the imported phonebook

You can delete the storedphonebook from HFL. Link yourphone to HFL and select ‘‘CellularPhonebook’’ from the informationscreen, then select ‘‘Delete ImportedPhonebook’’ from the ‘‘Select anoption’’ screen. The display willchange as shown above.

Select a phonebook from thedisplayed list. If the phonebook youselect has a PIN icon, you will needthe four-digit PIN number to accessthe phonebook. The following screenwill appear.

Enter the PIN number. You cannotaccess a PIN protected phonebook ifyou do not use the correct PINnumber.

After you enter the correct PINnumber, or if the phonebook youselect is not PIN protected, thefollowing screen appears.

Say or select ‘‘Yes’’, and the message‘‘The imported phonebook has beendeleted.’’ will appear. Select ‘‘OK’’ tocomplete the deletion.


eatures

355

０８／０７／２１　１２：０２：３４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３６０　

2009 Odyssey

To add, change, or remove a PINnumber from any phonebook

To add a PIN number

You can add, change, or remove aPIN number from any phonebook.Select ‘‘Cellular Phonebook’’ fromthe information screen, then select‘‘PIN Number’’ from the ‘‘Select anoption’’ screen. The display willchange as shown above.

Select the phonebook you wish toadd the PIN number to. When youselect the phonebook without aPIN icon, the display will changeas shown above.

Enter the four-digit PIN number.You will be asked to re-enter thePIN to verify.

1. 2.


356

０８／０７／２１　１２：０２：４２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３６１　

2009 Odyssey

To change a PIN number

Enter your new four-digit PINnumber. You will be asked to re-enter the PIN to verify.

Select the phonebook that youwish to change the PIN numberfor. The display will change asshown above.

Enter your current PIN number.

1.

2.

3.


eatures

357

０８／０７／２１　１２：０２：４９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３６２　

2009 Odyssey

This operation clears the HFL ofyour passcode, your paired phones,all names in the HFL phonebook,and all imported phonebooks.Clearing is recommended before yousell your vehicle.

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Yes.’’HFL responds ‘‘Preparing to clearthe system, which may take up totwo minutes to complete. Toproceed, press the Talk button andsay Continue, otherwise say GoBack or Cancel.’’

After saying Continue, HFLresponds ‘‘Please wait while thesystem is cleared.’’ HFL responds‘‘The system has been cleared.’’


Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Clear.’’HFL responds ‘‘This process willclear all paired phones, clear allentries in the phonebook, clear thesecurity passcode, and restore thedefaults in the system setup. Isthis what you would like to do?Press the Talk button and say yesor no.’’

2. 4.

1.3.To clear the system, do this:


Clearing the System

358

０８／０７／２１　１２：０２：５７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３６３　

2009 Odyssey

＜＞Canadian models only

All paired phones missing a Frenchname tag are recorded, the HFLsystem returns to idle.

This process will also be required ifthere are paired phones withoutEnglish tags when changing fromFrench to English. HFL responds‘‘For the system to identify phonesthat were paired while in anotherlanguage, the phone names need tobe re-recorded.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Oui’’ or ‘‘Yes.’’If there are no paired phoneswithout French name tags, HFLresponds ‘‘Veuillez attendre que lesystème change de langue. Pleasewait while the language is changed.’’HFL responds ‘‘La langue a étéchangée.’’

To change language, say a commandwith the current selected language.The following example is changingthe language from English to French.

If there are paired phoneswithout French name tags, thefollowing prompts will continue.

If there are paired phones withoutFrench name tags, HFL responds‘‘La langue a été changée. Pour quele système identifie les téléphonesqui ont été jumelés dans une autrelangue, les noms des téléphonesdoivent etre ré-enregistrés.’’

Example for changing name tags:HFL responds ‘‘Quel est le nomFrançais pour Paul’s phone ?’’Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Téléphone dePaul.’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Changelanguage.’’HFL responds ‘‘English orFrench?’’

Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘French.’’HFL responds ‘‘Vous avezselectionné Français. Les nomsenregistres en mode Anglais neseron pas accessible en modeFrançais. Voulez-vous continuer?You have selected French. Nametags that were stored while inEnglish mode will not beaccessible in french mode. Wouldyou like to continue? Press theTalk button and say Yes or No.’’

2.

4.

1.

3.


Changing Language

Features

359

NOTE:

０８／０７／２１　１２：０３：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３６４　

2009 Odyssey

Canadian models onlyTo select a language quickly, do thefollowing.




Press and release the Talk button.After the beep, say ‘‘Anglais.’’HFL responds ‘‘You have selectedEnglish. Name tags that werestored while in French mode willnot be accessible in English mode.Would you like to continue? Pressthe Talk button and say Yes or No.’’

For example, to change from Frenchto English.

If you want to continue, follow steps3 and 4 on page .

1.

359


Quick Language Selection

360

０８／０７／２１　１２：０３：１５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３６５　

2009 Odyssey

All obstacles may not always besensed. Even when the system is on,you should look for obstacles nearyour vehicle to make sure it is safe topark.

Your vehicle has a parking sensorsystem. The system lets you knowthe approximate distance betweenyour vehicle and most obstacleswhile you are parking. When thesystem is on and your vehicle isnearing an obstacle, you will hear abeeper and see system messages onthe multi-information display.

To activate the system, push theswitch on the dashboard with theignition in the ON (II) position. Theindicator in the switch comes onwhen the system is on. To turn thesystem off, push the switch again.

The system has two front cornersensors, two rear corner sensors,and a rear center sensor.The rear center sensors work whenthe shift lever is in reverse (R), andthe vehicle speed is less than 5 mph(8 km/h).

The corner sensors work only whenthe shift lever is in any position otherthan P and the vehicle speed is lessthan 5 mph (8 km/h).

On Touring models

Parking Sensor SystemF

eatures

361

PARKING SENSOR SYSTEM SWITCH

０８／０７／２１　１２：０３：２１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３６６　

2009 Odyssey

Example shown: Obstacle is at the left front of the vehicle

When you turn the system on, allindicators will appear on the multi-information display, and a beepersounds once.

When the system senses an obstacle,the appropriate indicator comes on,and a beeper sounds as shown in thefollowing tables.

Distance

Beeper

About 16-20 in(40-50 cm)

About 12-16 in(30-40 cm)

Upper leftindicator stays on

Short beeps ContinuousbeepVery short beeps

About 12 in(30 cm) or less



Indicator

Corner Sensor OperationMulti-Information DisplayMessages and Beeper Operation

Parking Sensor System

362

０８／０７／２１　１２：０３：３２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３６７　

2009 Odyssey

If the system develops a problem,you will see a ‘‘CHECK PARKINGSENSOR SYSTEM’’ message on themulti-information display, and abeeper sounds continuously. Veryoften, a sensor covered with mud, ice,snow, etc. is the cause of thismessage. Check the sensors first. Ifthe message stays on or the beeperdoes not stop, have the systemchecked by your dealer.

Distance

Beeper Short beeps ContinuousbeepsVery short beeps

Bottomindicator stays on

About 40-70 in(1-1.8 m)

About 24-40 in(0.6-1 m)

About 24 in(0.6 m) or less



Indicator

CONTINUED

Rear Center Sensor Operation

Parking Sensor SystemF

eatures

363

０８／０７／２１　１２：０３：４１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３６８　

2009 Odyssey

The range of the corner sensors andthe rear center sensor are limited.Each corner sensor is capable ofsensing an obstacle only when yourvehicle is 20 in (50 cm) or closer.The rear center sensor senses anobstacle that is behind your vehicle70 in (1.8 m) or closer.

Do not put any accessories on oraround the sensors.

The system may not functionproperly under these conditions:

The sensors are covered withsnow, ice, mud, etc.

When the vehicle is on a roughroad, on grass, or on a hill.

After the vehicle has been sittingout in hot or cold weather.

When the system is affected bysome electrical equipment ordevices generating an ultrasonicwave.

When operating the vehicle in badweather.

The system may not sense thin orlow objects, or sonic-absorptivematerials such as snow, cotton, orsponge.The system cannot sense objectsdirectly under the bumper.

Canadian Owners:This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210. Operation issubject to the following two conditions:(1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

This ISM device complies with CanadianICES-001.

Parking Sensor System

364

Within about 20 in (50 cm) Within about 70 in (1.8 m)

０８／０７／２１　１２：０３：５３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３６９　

2009 Odyssey

▼▲

When in reverse, the touch screenand navigation system ‘‘hard’’buttons are locked out, except the‘‘ZOOM’’ button. Touching the ‘‘ ’’or ‘‘ ’’ button allows you to adjustthe brightness of the rearviewcamera image.

For the best picture, always keep therearview camera clean, and do notcover the camera lens. To avoidscratching the lens when you clean it,use a moist, soft cloth.

Since the rearview camera displayarea is limited, you should alwaysback up slowly and carefully, andlook behind you for obstacles.

Whenever you shift to reverse (R)with the ignition switch in the ON(II) position, the rear view is shownon the navigation system screen. Onvehicle without navigation system,the rear view is shown on the leftside of the inside mirror.

On EX-L and Touring models On U.S. EX-L with navigation systemand Touring models

Rearview Camera and MonitorF

eatures

365

ZOOM BUTTON

The camera brightness cannot beadjusted by voice control.

０８／０７／２１　１２：０４：００　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３７０　

2009 Odyssey

You can turn the monitor on and offby pressing the monitor off buttonwhen the shift lever is in reverse.The monitor turns on everytime youshift to reverse, even if you turned itoff the last time.

Monitor brightness is adjustedautomatically by sensors. If you usethe monitor continuously at hightemperature, the monitor willgradually dim.

If a bright light (such as sunlight) isshining on the inside mirror, theimage may be difficult to see.

The inside mirror will be hot whenyou use the monitor for an extendedperiod of time.

On U.S. EX-L without navigation systemand Canadian EX-L models

Rearview Camera and Monitor

366

REAR VIEW MONITOR

SENSOR

SENSOR MONITOR OFF BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１２：０４：０５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３７１　

2009 Odyssey

Before you begin driving yourvehicle, you should know whatgasoline to use and how to check thelevels of important fluids. You alsoneed to know how to properly storeluggage or packages. Theinformation in this section will helpyou. If you plan to add anyaccessories to your vehicle, pleaseread the information in this sectionfirst.

..............................Break-in period . 368.................Fuel Recommendation . 368

.........Service Station Procedures . 369....................................Refueling . 369

Opening and Closing the.......................................Hood . 370

...................................Oil Check . 371.............Engine Coolant Check . 372

...............................Fuel Economy . 373...Accessories and Modifications . 376

.............................Carrying Cargo . 378

Before DrivingB

eforeD

riving

367

０８／０７／２１　１２：０４：０９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３７２　

2009 Odyssey

Help assure your vehicle’s futurereliability and performance by payingextra attention to how you driveduring the first 600 miles (1,000 km).During this period:

Avoid full-throttle starts and rapidacceleration.

Avoid hard braking for the first200 miles (300 km).

Do not change the oil until thescheduled maintenance time.

You should also follow theserecommendations with anoverhauled or exchanged engine, orwhen the brakes are replaced.

Do not tow a trailer.

In addition, in order to maintain goodperformance, fuel economy, andemissions control, we stronglyrecommend, in areas where it isavailable, the use of gasoline thatdoes NOT contain manganese-basedfuel additives such as MMT.

Your vehicle is designed to operateon unleaded gasoline with a pumpoctane number of 87 or higher. Useof a lower octane gasoline can causea persistent, heavy, metallic rappingnoise that can lead to engine damage.

Some gasoline today is blended withoxygenates such as ethanol orMTBE. Your vehicle is designed tooperate on oxygenated gasolinecontaining up to 10% ethanol byvolume and up to 15% MTBE byvolume. Do not use gasolinecontaining methanol.

If you notice any undesirableoperating symptoms, try anotherservice station or switch to anotherbrand of gasoline.

For further important fuel-relatedinformation, please refer to your

.

Use of gasoline with these additivesmay adversely affect performance,and cause the Malfunction IndicatorLamp on your instrument panel tocome on. If this happens, contactyour dealer for service.

We recommend using qualitygasolines containing detergentadditives that help prevent fuelsystem and engine deposits.

Break-in Period Fuel Recommendation

Quick Start Guide

Break-in Period, Fuel Recommendation

368

０８／０７／２１　１２：０４：２０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３７３　

2009 Odyssey

Before refueling, make sure the rearsliding door on the driver’s side isclosed.

Park with the driver’s side closestto the service station pump.

Open the fuel fill door by pullingon the handle under the lower leftcorner of the dashboard.

Remove the fuel fill cap slowly.You may hear a hissing sound aspressure inside the tank escapes.The fuel fill cap is attached to thefuel filler with a tether. Insert theattachment on the fuel fill cap intothe slit on the fuel fill door.

1.

2.

3.

CONTINUED

Refueling

Service Station ProceduresB

eforeD

riving

369

FUEL FILL CAP

Pull

FUEL FILL DOOR RELEASE HANDLE

TETHER

Gasoline is highly flammableand explosive. You can beburned or seriously injuredwhen handling fuel.

Stop the engine, and keepheat, sparks, and flame away.Handle fuel only outdoors.Wipe up spills immediately.

０８／０７／２１　１２：０４：２９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３７４　

2009 Odyssey

Park the vehicle, and set theparking brake. Pull the hoodrelease handle located under thelower left corner of the dashboard.The hood will pop up slightly.

Screw the fuel fill cap back onuntil it clicks at least once.

Stop filling the tank after the fuelnozzle automatically clicks off. Donot try to ‘‘top off’’ the tank. Thisleaves some room in the fuel tankfor the fuel to expand withtemperature changes. If you do not properly tighten the

cap, you will see a ‘‘CHECK FUELCAP’’ message on the informationdisplay (see page ).

eventhough the tank is not full, there maybe a problem with your vehicle’s fuelvapor recovery system. The systemhelps keep fuel vapor from goinginto the atmosphere. Try filling atanother pump. If this does not fix theproblem, consult your dealer.

If you do not properly tighten thecap, you will see a ‘‘TIGHTENFUEL CAP’’ message on the multi-information display (see page

).

Push the fuel fill door closed untilit latches.

1.

6.

5.4.

80

92

If the fuel nozzle keeps clicking off


On Touring models

Service Station Procedures

Opening and Closing the Hood

370

HOOD RELEASE HANDLE

Pull

０８／０７／２１　１２：０４：３８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３７５　

2009 Odyssey

Park the vehicle on a level surface.Holding the grip, pull the supportrod out of its clip. Insert the endinto the designated hole in thehood.

To close the hood, lift it up slightly toremove the support rod from thehole. Put the support rod back intoits holding clip. Lower the hood toabout a foot (30 cm) above thefender, then let it drop. Make sure itis securely latched.

Put your fingers under the frontedge of the hood. The hood latchhandle is above the ‘‘H’’ logo. Pullthis handle until it releases thehood, then lift the hood.

If the hood latch handle moves stiffly,or you can open the hood withoutlifting the handle, the mechanismshould be cleaned and lubricated.

Wait a few minutes after turning theengine off before you check the oil.

Remove the dipstick (orange loop).

Wipe off the dipstick with a cleancloth or paper towel.

Insert the dipstick all the way backinto its hole.

1.

3.

2.

3.

2.

CONTINUED


Oil Check

Before

Driving

371

DIPSTICK

SUPPORT ROD

GRIP

LATCH

０８／０７／２１　１２：０４：４９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３７６　

2009 Odyssey

Refer toon page for information

about checking other items on yourvehicle.

Look at the coolant level in theradiator reserve tank. Make sure it isbetween the MAX and MIN lines. Ifit is below the MIN line, see

on page forinformation on adding the propercoolant.

Remove the dipstick again, andcheck the level. It should bebetween the upper and lowermarks.

If it is near or below the lower mark,see on page .

4.

426

430

423


Owner’s MaintenanceChecks

AddingEngine Coolant

Engine Coolant Check

Adding Engine Oil

372

MAX RESERVE TANK

MIN

UPPER MARK

LOWER MARK

０８／０７／２１　１２：０４：５６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３７７　

2009 Odyssey

－

－－

－

Fuel economy is not a fixed number.It varies based on driving conditions,driving habits and vehicle condition.Therefore, it is not possible for oneset of estimates to predict fueleconomy precisely for all drivers inall environments.

Provides an estimated annual fuelcost, based on 15,000 miles (20,000km) per year multiplied by the costper gallon (based on EPA fuel costdata) divided by the combined fueleconomy.

For more information on fueleconomy ratings and factors thataffect fuel economy, visit

(Canada: Visit)

Represents urbandriving in a vehicle in light traffic. Arange of miles per gallon achieved isalso provided.

The EPA fuel economy estimatesshown in the example to the rightare a useful tool for comparisonwhen buying a vehicle. EPAestimates include:

Represents a combination of city andhighway driving. The scalerepresents the range of combinedfuel economy for other vehicles inthe class.

Represents amixture of rural and interstatedriving, in a warmed-up vehicle,typical of longer trips in free-flowingtraffic. A range of miles per gallon

achieved is also provided.

www.fueleconomy.gov www.vehicles.gc.ca

Actual Mileage and EPA FuelEconomy Estimates Comparison.

Estimated Annual Fuel Cost

City MPGCombined Fuel Economy

Highway MPG

Fuel EconomyB

eforeD

riving

373

Combined FuelEconomy

(Sample U.S. EPA label shown)

Estimated AnnualFuel Cost

City MPG Highway MPG

０８／０７／２１　１２：０５：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３７８　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

－－

－

－

－

Aggressive driving (hardacceleration and braking)Excessive idling, accelerating andbraking in stop-and-go trafficCold engine operation (enginesare more efficient when warmedup)Driving with a heavy load or theair conditioner runningImproperly inflated tires

An underinflated tire increases‘‘rolling resistance,’’ which reducesfuel economy.

It puts a heavierload on the engine, increasing fuelconsumption.

Inparticular, a build-up of snow ormud on your vehicle’s undersideadds weight and rolling resistance.Frequent cleaning helps your fueleconomy.

The following factors can lower yourvehicle’s fuel economy:

A properly maintained vehiclemaximizes fuel economy. Poormaintenance can significantly reducefuel economy. Always maintain yourvehicle according to the maintenancemessages displayed on the multi-information display (see

on page ).For example:

Idlingresults in 0 miles per gallon.

If your vehicle has amanual transmission, you canboost your fuel economy by upshifting as early as possible.

Aerodynamic drag has a big effecton fuel mileage at speeds above 45mph (75 km/h). Reduce yourspeed and you reduce the drag.Trailers, car top carriers, roofracks and bike racks are also bigcontributors to increased drag.

Rapidacceleration, abrupt cornering,and hard braking increase fuelconsumption.

423

Fuel Economy Factors Use the recommended viscositymotor oil, displaying the APICertif ication Seal (see page

).Maintain proper tire inflation

Avoid carrying excess weight inyour vehicle

Keep your vehicle clean

Improving Fuel Economy

Owner’sMaintenance Checks

Avoid excessive idling

Always drive in the highest gearpossible

Observe the speed limit

Drive moderately

426

Drive Efficiently

Vehicle Maintenance

Fuel Economy

374

０８／０７／２１　１２：０５：１９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３７９　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

Fill the fuel tank until the nozzle automatically clicks off.Reset trip counter to zero.Record the total gallons (liters) needed to refill.Follow one of the simple calculations above.

Direct calculation is therecommended source of informationabout your actual fuel economy.Using frequency of fill-ups or takingfuel gauge readings are NOTaccurate measures of fuel economy.Fuel economy may improve over thefirst several thousand miles.

The A/Cputs an extra load on the enginewhich makes it use more fuel. Usethe fresh-air ventilation whenpossible.

Combine several short trips intoone. A warmed-up engine is morefuel efficient than a cold one.

1)2)3)4)

Checking Your Fuel Economy

Measuring Techniques

Calculating Fuel Economy

Minimize the use of the airconditioning system

Plan and combine trips

Fuel EconomyB

eforeD

riving

375

Milesdriven

Gallonsof fuel

Miles perGallon

100 KilometersL per

100 kmLiter

０８／０７／２１　１２：０５：２８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３８０　

2009 Odyssey

Your dealer has Honda accessoriesthat allow you to personalize yourvehicle. These accessories havebeen designed and approved for yourvehicle, and are covered by warranty.

Before installing any accessory:

Make sure the accessory does notobscure any lights, or interferewith proper vehicle operation orperformance.

Modifying your vehicle, or installingsome non-Honda accessories, canmake it unsafe. Before you make anymodifications or add any accessories,be sure to read the followinginformation.

Be sure electronic accessories donot overload electrical circuits(see page ) or interfere withthe proper operation of yourvehicle.

Although non-Honda accessoriesmay fit on your vehicle, they may notmeet factory specifications, andcould adversely affect your vehicle’shandling and stability.

Before installing any electronicaccessory, have the installercontact your dealer for assistance.If possible, have your dealerinspect the final installation.

Do not install accessories on theside pillars or across the rearwindows. Accessories installed inthese areas may interfere withproper operation of the sidecurtain airbags.

When properly installed, cellularphones, alarms, two-way radios, andlow-powered audio systems shouldnot interfere with your vehicle’scomputer controlled systems, suchas your airbags, anti-lock brakes, andtire pressure monitoring system.

482

Accessories

Accessories and Modifications

376

Improper accessories ormodifications can affect yourvehicle’s handling, stability, andperformance, and cause acrash in which you can be hurtor killed.

Follow all instructions in thisowner’s manual regardingaccessories and modifications.

０８／０７／２１　１２：０５：３６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３８１　

2009 Odyssey

Removing parts from your vehicle,or replacing components withnon-Honda components couldseriously affect your vehicle’shandling, stability, and reliability.

Larger or smaller wheels and tirescan interfere with the operation ofyour vehicle’s anti-lock brakes andother systems.

Modifying your steering wheel orany other part of your vehicle’ssafety systems could make thesystems ineffective.

Raising your vehicle with anon-Honda suspension kit canaffect the handling and stability.

Here are some examples:

Lowering the vehicle with a non-Honda suspension kit thatsignificantly reduces groundclearance can allow theundercarriage to hit speed bumpsor other raised objects, whichcould cause the airbags to deploy.

Non-Honda wheels, because theyare a universal design, can causeexcessive stress on suspensioncomponents and will not becompatible with the tire pressuremonitoring system (TPMS).

If you plan to modify your vehicle,consult your dealer.

Modifying Your Vehicle

Accessories and ModificationsB

eforeD

riving

377

０８／０７／２１　１２：０５：４４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３８２　

2009 Odyssey

＊

＊

＊

Your vehicle has several convenientstorage areas:

Glove box (upper and lower)In-floor storageFront door and seat-back pocketsRear cargo area, including thesecond row seats when removed,and the third row seat when foldedflatSecond row consoleCenter pocketRear compartmentRoof-rack (if installed)

However, carrying too much cargo,or improperly storing it, can affectyour vehicle’s handling, stability,stopping distance, tires, and make itunsafe. Before carrying any type ofcargo, be sure to read the followingpages.

: If equipped

Carrying Cargo

378

REAR COMPARTMENT FRONT DOOR POCKET

CENTERPOCKET

SEAT-BACK POCKETS

UPPER GLOVE BOX

CARGO AREA LOWER GLOVE BOX

SECOND ROW CONSOLE

IN-FLOOR STORAGE

０８／０７／２１　１２：０５：５４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３８３　

2009 Odyssey

－ ×

－

The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. Forexample, if the ‘‘XXX’’ amountequals 1,400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb. passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacity is650 lbs.(1,400 750 (5 150) = 650 lbs.)

Determine the combined weightof luggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the availablecargo and luggage load capacity ofyour vehicle.

Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

Locate the statement ‘‘Thecombined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs.’’ on your vehicle’splacard.

Steps for Determining Correct LoadLimit

The maximum load for your vehicleis:

This figure includes the total weightof all occupants, cargo, andaccessories, and the tongue load ifyou are towing a trailer.

Label Example

Determine the combined weightof the driver and passengers thatwill be riding in your vehicle.

See Tire And Loading Informationlabel attached to the driver’sdoorjamb.

(1)

(2)

(3)

(6)

(5)

(4)

Canadian LX and EX models:1,388 lbs (630 kg)EX-L and Touring models:1,322 lbs (600 kg)

U.S. LX and Canadian DX models:1,349 lbs (612 kg)

CONTINUED

Load Limits

Carrying CargoB

eforeD

riving

379

Overloading or improperloading can affect handling andstability and cause a crash inwhich you can be hurt or killed.

Follow all load limits and otherloading guidelines in thismanual.

０８／０７／２１　１２：０６：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３８４　

2009 Odyssey

In addition, the total weight of thevehicle, all occupants, accessories,cargo, and trailer tongue load mustnot exceed the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) or the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR). Bothare on a label on the driver’sdoorjamb.

Max load on EX-L and Touring models is used in the Examples.

Example 1

Example 2

Example 3

Carrying Cargo

380

Passenger Weight(150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs)



Max Load (1,322 lbs)



Cargo Weight(1,022 lbs)

Cargo Weight(722 lbs)

Cargo Weight(572 lbs)

０８／０７／２１　１２：０６：１７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３８５　

2009 Odyssey

Store or secure all items that couldbe thrown around and hurtsomeone during a crash.

Be sure items placed on the floorbehind the front seats cannot rollunder the seats and interfere withthe pedals, the seat operation, orthe proper operation of thesensors under the seats.

Keep the glove boxes closed whiledriving. If either are open, apassenger could be injured duringa crash or sudden stop.

If you remove or fold the rear seatsdown, tie down items that could bethrown about the vehicle during acrash or sudden stop. Also, keep allcargo below the bottom of thewindows. If it is higher than thewindows, it could interfere with theproper operation of the side curtainairbags.

Distribute cargo evenly on thefloor of the cargo area, placing theheaviest items on the bottom andas far forward as possible. Tiedown items that could be thrownabout the vehicle during a crash orsudden stop.

If you carry large items thatprevent you from closing thetailgate, exhaust gas can enter thepassenger area. To avoid thepossibility of

, follow the instructionson page .60

Carrying Cargo

Carrying Items in the PassengerCompartment

Carrying Cargo in the Cargo Areaor on a Roof Rack

carbon monoxidepoisoning

Before

Driving

381

０８／０７／２１　１２：０６：２５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３８６　

2009 Odyssey

The grocery bag hooks on the backof the third row seats are designedto hold plastic grocery bagscontaining lightweight items. Heavyobjects may damage the hooks.

If you place items near the rearwindows, be sure they are belowthe bottom of the windows. Ifcargo is higher, it could interferewith proper operation of the sidecurtain airbags.

If you carry any items on a roofrack, be sure the total weight ofthe rack and the items does notexceed 150 lb (68 kg).

If you use an accessory roof rack,the roof rack weight limit may belower. Refer to the information thatcame with your roof rack.

Grocery Bag Hooks

Carrying Cargo

382

GROCERY BAG HOOKS

０８／０７／２１　１２：０６：３０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３８７　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

This section gives you tips onstarting the engine under variousconditions, and how to operate theautomatic transmissions. It alsoincludes important information onparking your vehicle, the brakingsystem, the vehicle stability assist(VSA ) system, the tire pressuremonitoring system (TPMS), andfacts you need if you are planning totow a trailer.

........................Preparing to Drive . 384.......................Starting the Engine . 385

..............Automatic Transmission . 386...........................................Parking . 390

.............................Braking System . 391...............Anti-lock Brakes (ABS) . 392

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA ),aka Electronic Stability

........Control (ESC), System . 394Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS) Except Touring....................................models . 396

Tire Pressure Monitoring System....(TPMS) Touring models . 399

...........................Towing a Trailer . 404...................Towing Your Vehicle . 411

DrivingD

riving

383

０８／０７／２１　１２：０６：３４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３８８　

2009 Odyssey

You should do the following checksand adjustments before you driveyour vehicle.

Make sure all windows, mirrors,and outside lights are clean andunobstructed. Remove frost, snow,or ice.

Check that the hood is fully closed.

Check that any items you may becarrying are stored properly orfastened down securely.

Check the seat adjustment (seepage ).

Check the adjustment of theinside and outside mirrors (seepage ).

Check the steering wheeladjustment (see page ).

Make sure the doors and thetailgate are securely closed andlocked.

Visually check the tires. If a tirelooks low, use a gauge to check itspressure (see page ).

Fasten your seat belt. Check thatyour passengers have fastenedtheir seat belts (see page ).

When you start the engine, checkthe gauges and indicators in theinstrument panel, and themessages on the informationdisplay or multi-informationdisplay (depending on models)(see pages , , , and

).3.

2.

1.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

15

65 66 7787

169

190

141

451

Preparing to Drive

384

０８／０７／２１　１２：０６：４４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３８９　

2009 Odyssey

Apply the parking brake.

In cold weather, turn off allelectrical accessories to reducethe drain on the battery.

Make sure the shift lever is inPark. Press on the brake pedal.

If the engine fails to start, pressthe accelerator pedal all the waydown, and hold it there whilestarting to clear flooding. If theengine still does not start, returnto step 5.

Without touching the acceleratorpedal, turn the ignition key to theSTART (III) position. Do not holdthe key in the START (III)position for more than 15 secondsat a time. If the engine does notstart right away, pause for at least10 seconds before trying again.

If the engine does not start within15 seconds, or starts but stallsright away, repeat step 4 with theaccelerator pedal pressed halfwaydown. If the engine starts, releasepressure on the accelerator pedalso the engine does not race.

5.

6.1.

2.

3.

4.

Starting the EngineD

riving

385

Immobilizer System

The engine is harder to start in coldweather. Also, the thinner air f ound ataltitudes above 8,000 f eet (2,400meters) adds to this problem.

The immobilizer system protects yourvehicle f rom thef t. If an improperly-coded key (or other device) is used, theengine’s f uel system is disabled. See

on page .143

０８／０７／２１　１２：０６：５２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３９０　

2009 Odyssey

These indicators on the instrumentpanel show which position the shiftlever is in.

The ‘‘D’’ indicator comes on for afew seconds when you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position. If it flashes while driving (inany shift position), it indicates apossible problem in the transmission.

If the malfunction indicator lampcomes on along with the ‘‘D’’indicator, there is a problem in theautomatic transmission controlsystem. Avoid rapid acceleration, andhave the transmission checked byyour dealer as soon as possible.

To shift from any position, pressfirmly on the brake pedal and pressthe release button on the side of theshift lever. You cannot shift out ofPark when the ignition switch is inthe LOCK (0) or ACCESSORY (I)position.

When the ‘‘D’’ indicator warns of apossible problem with thetransmission, you will see a ‘‘CHECKTRANSMISSION’’ message on themulti-information display (see page

).88

On Touring models

Automatic Transmission

Shift Lever Position Indicators Shifting

386

SHIFT LEVER

RELEASE BUTTON

D3 BUTTON

０８／０７／２１　１２：０７：００　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３９１　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

－This position mechani-cally locks the transmission. UsePark whenever you are turning off orstarting the engine. To shift out ofPark, you must press on the brakepedal and have your foot off theaccelerator pedal. Press the releasebutton on the side of the shift leverto move it.

If you have done all of the above andstill cannot move the lever out ofPark, see onpage .

Use neutral if youneed to restart a stalled engine, or ifit is necessary to stop briefly withthe engine idling. Shift to the Parkposition if you need to leave yourvehicle for any reason. Press on thebrake pedal when you are movingthe shift lever from neutral toanother gear.

To avoid transmission damage, cometo a complete stop before shiftinginto Park. You must also press therelease button to shift into Park. Theshift lever must be in Park beforeyou can remove the key from theignition switch.

Press the brakepedal and press the release buttonon the side of the shift lever to shiftfrom Park to reverse. To shift fromreverse to neutral, come to acomplete stop and then shift. Pressthe release button before shiftinginto reverse from neutral.

389

CONTINUED

To shift from:P to R

R to PN to RD to 22 to 11 to 22 to DD to NN to DR to ND to DD to D

Do this:Press the brake pedal, andpress the release button.

Press the release button.

Move the lever.

Press the D button.

3

3

3

3

Park (P)

Shift Lock Release

Neutral (N)

Reverse (R)

Automatic TransmissionD

riving

387

０８／０７／２１　１２：０７：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３９２　

2009 Odyssey

－－

－

－

If you exceed the maximum speedfor the gear you are in, the enginespeed will enter into the tachometer’sred zone. If this occurs, you may feelthe engine cut in and out. This iscaused by a limiter in the engine’scomputer controls. The engine willrun normally when you reduce therpm below the red zone.

This position locksthe transmission in second gear. Itdoes not downshift to first gearwhen you come to a stop.

Use second gear:For more power when climbing.To increase engine braking whengoing down steep hills.For starting out on a slipperysurface or in deep snow.When driving downhill with atrailer.

Use this position fornormal driving. The transmissionautomatically selects a suitable gearfor your speed and acceleration.

To use D , press theD button when the shift lever is inthe ‘‘D’’ position. This position is simi-lar to D, except only the first threegears are selected instead of all five.Use D when towing a trailer in hillyterrain, or to provide engine brakingwhen going down a steep hill. D canalso keep the transmission fromcycling between third and fourthgears in stop-and-go driving.

To shift from second tofirst, press the release button on theside of the shift lever. This positionlocks the transmission in first gear.By upshifting and downshiftingthrough 1, 2, D , and D, you canoperate the transmission much like amanual transmission without aclutch pedal.

33

3

3

3


Engine Speed Limiter

Second (2)Drive (D)

Drive (D )

First (1)

3

388

０８／０７／２１　１２：０７：１５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３９３　

2009 Odyssey

This allows you to move the shiftlever out of Park if the normalmethod of pushing on the brakepedal and pressing the releasebutton does not work.

Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.

Set the parking brake.

Put a cloth on the notch of theshift lock release slot cover. Usinga small flat-tipped screwdriver or ametal fingernail file, carefully pryon the notch of the cover toremove it.

Insert the key in the shift lockrelease slot.

Push down on the key while youpress the release button on theshift lever and move the shift leverout of Park to neutral.

Remove the key from the shiftlock release slot, then reinstall thecover. Make sure the notch on thecover is on the left side. Press thebrake pedal, and restart the engine.

If you need to use the shift lockrelease, it means your vehicle isdeveloping a problem. Have itchecked by your dealer.

5.

6.4.

1.

2.

3.


Shift Lock Release

Driving

389

０８／０７／２１　１２：０７：２４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３９４　

2009 Odyssey

Always use the parking brake whenyou park your vehicle. Make surethe parking brake is set firmly, oryour vehicle may roll if it is parkedon an incline.

Set the parking brake before you putthe transmission in Park. This keepsthe vehicle from moving and puttingpressure on the parking mechanismin the transmission.

If the vehicle is facing uphill, turnthe front wheels away from thecurb.

If the vehicle is facing downhill,turn the front wheels toward thecurb.

Make sure the parking brake isfully released before driving away.Driving with the parking brakepartially set can overheat ordamage the rear brakes.

Make sure the moonroof (ifequipped) and the windows areclosed.

Never park over dry leaves, tallgrass, or other flammablematerials. The hot three waycatalytic converter could causethese materials to catch on fire.

Check the indicator on theinstrument panel to verify that thesecurity system is set.

Lock the doors and the tailgate.

Place any packages, valuables, etc.in the cargo area or take themwith you.

Turn off the lights.

Parking Tips

Parking

390

０８／０７／２１　１２：０７：３３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３９５　

2009 Odyssey

Your vehicle is equipped with discbrakes at all four wheels. A powerassist helps reduce the effort neededon the brake pedal. The anti-lockbrake system (ABS) helps you retainsteering control when braking veryhard.

Resting your foot on the pedal keepsthe brakes applied lightly, builds upheat, reduces their effectiveness andreduces brake pad life. In addition,fuel economy can be reduced. It alsokeeps your brake lights on all thetime, confusing drivers behind you.

The hydraulic system that operatesthe brakes has two separate circuits.Each circuit works diagonally acrossthe vehicle (the left-front brake isconnected with the right-rear brake,etc.). If one circuit should develop aproblem, you will still have brakingat two wheels.

All four brakes have audible brakewear indicators.

If the brake pads need replacing, youwill hear a distinctive, metallicscreeching sound when you applythe brake pedal. If you do not havethe brake pads replaced, they willscreech all the time. It is normal forthe brakes to occasionally squeal orsqueak when you apply them.

Constant application of the brakeswhen going down a long hill buildsup heat and reduces their effective-ness. Use the engine to assist thebrakes by taking your foot off theaccelerator and downshifting to alower gear.

Check your brakes after drivingthrough deep water. Apply thebrakes moderately to see if they feelnormal. If not, apply them gently andfrequently until they do. Be extracautious and alert in your driving.

Braking System

Braking System Design

Brake Pad Wear Indicators

Driving

391

０８／０７／２１　１２：０７：４０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３９６　

2009 Odyssey

The anti-lock brake system (ABS)helps prevent the wheels fromlocking up, and helps you retainsteering control by pumping thebrakes rapidly, much faster than aperson can do it.

The electronic brake distribution(EBD) system, which is part of theABS, also balances the front-to-rearbraking distribution according tovehicle loading.

You will feel a pulsation in the brakepedal when the ABS activates, andyou may hear some noise. This isnormal: it is the ABS rapidlypumping the brakes. On drypavement, you will need to press onthe brake pedal very hard before theABS activates. However, you mayfeel the ABS activate immediately ifyou are trying to stop on snow or ice.

If this indicator comes on, the anti-lock function of the braking systemhas shut down. The brakes still worklike a conventional system, butwithout anti-lock. You should haveyour dealer inspect your vehicle assoon as possible.

Let the ABS work for you by alwayskeeping firm, steady pressure on thebrake pedal. This is sometimesreferred to as ‘‘stomp and steer.’’

You will also see a ‘‘CHECK ABSSYSTEM’’ message on the multi-information display (see page ).89You should never pump the brake pedal.

On Touring models

Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)

ABS Indicator

392

０８／０７／２１　１２：０７：４７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３９７　

2009 Odyssey

If the ABS indicator and the brakesystem indicator come on together,and the parking brake is fullyreleased, the EBD system may alsobe shut down.

It only helps with thesteering control during braking.

such as trying to take acorner too fast or making a suddenlane change. Always drive at a safespeed for the road and weatherconditions.

Always steer moderatelywhen you are braking hard. Severeor sharp steering wheel movementcan still cause your vehicle to veerinto oncoming traffic or off the road.

on loose oruneven surfaces, such as gravel orsnow, than a vehicle without anti-lock.

If this happens, you will also see‘‘CHECK ABS SYSTEM’’ and‘‘CHECK BRAKE SYSTEM’’messages on the multi-informationdisplay.

Test your brakes as instructed onpage . If the brakes feel normal,drive slowly and have your vehiclerepaired by your dealer as soon aspossible. Avoid sudden hard brakingwhich could cause the rear wheels tolock up and possibly lead to a loss ofcontrol.

The VSA indicator will come onalong with the ABS indicator.

481

On Touring models

Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)

ABS does not reduce the time ordistance it takes to stop thevehicle.

ABS will not prevent a skid thatresults from changing directionabruptly,

ABS cannot prevent a loss ofstability.

Important Safety Reminders A vehicle with ABS may require alonger distance to stop

Driving

393

０８／０７／２１　１２：０７：５５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３９８　

2009 Odyssey

When VSA activates, you will see theVSA activation indicator blink (seepage ).

The vehicle stability assist (VSA)system helps to stabilize the vehicleduring cornering if the vehicle turnsmore or less than desired. It alsoassists you in maintaining tractionwhile accelerating on loose orslippery road surfaces. It does thisby regulating the engine’s output andby selectively applying the brakes.

When VSA activates, you may noticethat the engine does not respond tothe accelerator in the same way itdoes at other times. There may alsobe some noise from the VSAhydraulic system. You will also seethe VSA activation indicator blink.

The VSA system cannot enhance thevehicle’s driving stability in allsituations and does not control yourvehicle’s entire braking system. It isstill your responsibility to drive andcorner at reasonable speeds and toleave a sufficient margin of safety.

If the low tire pressure indicator orTPMS indicator comes on, seepage .

The VSA system automatically turnson every time you start the engine,even if you turned it off the last timeyou drove the vehicle.

Without VSA, your vehicle still hasnormal braking and cornering ability,but it does not have VSA traction andstability enhancement.

You will also see a ‘‘CHECK VSASYSTEM’’ message on the multi-information display if there is aproblem with the VSA system.

If the indicator does not come onwhen the ignition switch is turned tothe ON (II) position, there may be aproblem with the VSA system. Haveyour dealer inspect your vehicle assoon as possible.

If the VSA system indicator comeson while driving, pull to the side ofthe road when it is safe, and turn offthe engine. Reset the system byrestarting the engine. If the VSAsystem indicator stays on or comesback on while driving, have the VSAsystem inspected by your dealer.

The main function of theVSA system is generally known asElectronic Stability Control (ESC).The system also includes a tractioncontrol function.

70

396


On Touring models

VSA Activation Indicator

VSA System Indicator

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA ), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System

394

NOTE:

０８／０７／２１　１２：０８：０５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０３９９　

2009 Odyssey

Driving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the VSA tomalfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are of the same sizeand type as your original tires (seepage ).

If you install winter tires, make surethey are the same size as those thatwere originally supplied with yourvehicle. Exercise the same cautionduring winter driving as you would ifyour vehicle was not equipped withVSA.

This switch is under the left vent.Press it to turn the VSA system onand off.

When VSA is off, the VSA activationindicator comes on as a reminder.

VSA is turned on every time youstart the engine, even if you turned itoff the last time you drove thevehicle.

Immediately after freeing yourvehicle, be sure to switch the VSA onagain. We do not recommend drivingyour vehicle with the VSA andtraction control systems switched off.

In this case, you cannot turn off theVSA using the OFF switch again.

If the low tire pressure/TPMSindicator comes on, see page .Or, if the multi-information displayshows a ‘‘CHECK TPMSSYSTEM’’ message with theindicator flashing, see page .

In certain unusual conditions whenyour vehicle gets stuck in shallowmud or fresh snow, it may be easierto free it with the VSA temporarilyswitched off. When the VSA systemis off, the traction control system isalso off. You should only attempt tofree your vehicle with the VSA off ifyou are not able to free it when theVSA is on.

88

399

455

Touring models VSA and Tire Sizes

VSA OFF Switch

Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA ), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), SystemD

riving

395

VSA OFFSWITCH

VSA OFF SWITCH

LXand DX models

EX-L, EX and Touring models

０８／０７／２１　１２：０８：１５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４００　

2009 Odyssey

－

When the low tire pressure indicatoris on, one or more of your tires issignificantly underinflated. Youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate them tothe proper pressure as indicated onthe vehicle’s tire information placard.

If you think you can safely drive ashort distance to a service station,proceed slowly, and inflate the tire tothe recommended pressure shownon the driver’s doorjamb.

If the tire is flat, or if the tirepressure is too low to continuedriving, replace the tire with thecompact spare tire (see page ).

If you cannot make the low tirepressure indicator go out afterinflating the tires to the specifiedvalues, have your dealer check thesystem as soon as possible.

Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire tooverheat and can lead to tire failure.Underinflation also reduces fuelefficiency and tire tread life, and mayaffect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Because tire pressure varies bytemperature and other conditions,the low tire pressure indicator maycome on unexpectedly.

Each tire has its own pressuresensor (not including the spare tire).If the air pressure of a tire becomessignificantly low while driving, thesensor in that tire immediately sendsa signal that causes the low tirepressure indicator to come on.

Your vehicle is equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that turns on every time you start theengine and monitors the pressure inyour tires while driving.

465


Low Tire PressureIndicator

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Except Touring models

396

０８／０７／２１　１２：０８：２４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４０１　

2009 Odyssey

－

For example, if you check and fillyour tires in a warm area, then drivein extremely cold weather, the tirepressure will be lower thanmeasured and could be underinflatedand cause the low tire pressureindicator to come on. Or, if youcheck and adjust your tire pressurein cooler conditions, and drive intoextremely hot conditions, the tiremay become overinflated. However,the low tire pressure indicator willnot come on if the tires areoverinflated.

Refer to page for tire inflationguidelines.

When you restart the vehicle withthe compact spare tire, the TPMSindicator may also come on and stayon after driving several miles(kilometers).

Although your tire pressure ismonitored, you must manually checkthe tire pressures monthly.

Each tire, including the spare, shouldbe checked monthly when cold, andset to the recommended inflationpressure as specified on the tire

information label and in the owner’smanual (see page ).

This indicator comes on and stays onif there is a problem with the tirepressure monitoring system.

If this happens, the system will shutoff and no longer monitor tirepressures. Have the system checkedby your dealer as soon as possible.

If the low tire pressure indicator orTPMS indicator comes on, the VSAsystem automatically turns on even ifthe VSA system is turned off bypressing the VSA OFF switch (seepage ). If this happens, youcannot turn the VSA system off bypressing the VSA OFF switch again.

450

451

399

Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) Indicator

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Except Touring modelsD

riving

397

０８／０７／２１　１２：０８：３２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４０２　

2009 Odyssey

－




If you have a flat tire, the low tirepressure indicator will come on.Replace the flat tire with thecompact spare tire (see page ).

Each wheel (except the compactspare tire wheel) is equipped with atire pressure sensor mounted insidethe tire behind the valve stem. Youmust use TPMS specific wheels. It isrecommended that you always haveyour tires serviced by your dealer orqualified technician.

After you replace the flat tire withthe compact spare tire, the low tirepressure indicator stays on. This isnormal; the system is not monitoringthe spare tire pressure. Manuallycheck the spare tire pressure to besure it is correct. After several miles(kilometers) driving with thecompact spare tire, the TPMSindicator comes on and the low tirepressure indicator goes off.

The low tire pressure indicator orthe TPMS indicator will go off, afterseveral miles (kilometers) driving,when you replace the spare tire withthe specified regular tire equippedwith the tire pressure monitor sensor.

Never use a puncture-repairing agentin a flat tire. If used, you will have toreplace the tire pressure sensor.Have the flat tire repaired by yourdealer as soon as possible.

465

Changing a Tire with TPMS

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Except Touring models

398

０８／０７／２１　１２：０８：４０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４０３　

2009 Odyssey

－

Your vehicle is equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that turns on every time you start theengine and monitors the pressure inyour tires while driving.

Each tire has its own pressuresensor. If the air pressure of a tirebecomes significantly low, thesensor in that tire immediately sendsa signal that causes the low tirepressure/TPMS indicator in theinstrumental panel and theappropriate tire position indicator onthe tire pressure monitor on themulti-information display (see page

) to come on.Refer to page for tire inflationguidelines.

If there is a problem with the TPMS,this indicator begins to flash. It stopsflashing after approximately 1minute, then stays on. You will alsosee a ‘‘CHECK TPMS SYSTEM’’message on the multi-informationdisplay (see page ).

For example, if you check and fillyour tires in a warm area, then drivein extremely cold weather, the tirepressure will be lower thanmeasured and could be underinflatedand cause the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on. Or, ifyou check and adjust your tirepressure in cooler conditions, anddrive into extremely hot conditions,the tire may become overinflated.However, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come on ifthe tires are overinflated.

When the low tire pressure/TPMSindicator is on, one or more of yourtires is significantly underinflated.The multi-information display alsoshows a ‘‘CHECK TIRE PRESSURE’’message (see page ). You shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure as indicated on thevehicle’s tire information placard.


Because tire pressure varies bytemperature and other conditions,the low tire pressure/TPMSindicator may come on unexpectedly.

401

401

450

403CONTINUED

Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Touring modelsD

riving

399

０８／０７／２１　１２：０８：４９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４０４　

2009 Odyssey

－

Although your tire pressure ismonitored, you must manually checkthe tire pressures monthly.

Each tire, including the spare, shouldbe checked monthly when thevehicle is cold, and set to therecommended inflation pressure asspecified on the vehicle placard andin the owner’s manual (see page

).

If the tire is flat, or if the tirepressure is too low to continuedriving, replace the tire with thecompact spare tire (see page ).

If you think you can safely drive ashort distance to a service station,proceed slowly to the station, theninflate the tire to the recommendedpressure.

If you have a flat tire, the low tirepressure/TPMS and tire monitorindicators will come on. Replace theindicated flat tire with the compactspare tire (see page ).

After the flat tire is replaced with thespare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator stays on whiledriving. After several miles(kilometers) driving, this indicatorbegins to flash, then stays on again.You will also see a ‘‘CHECK TPMSSYSTEM’’ message on the multi-information display. This is normal;the system cannot monitor the sparetire pressure. Manually check thespare tire pressure to be sure it iscorrect.

This indicator and the warningmessage on the multi-informationdisplay will go off, after several miles(kilometers) driving, when the sparetire is replaced with the specified

regular tire equipped with the tirepressure monitor sensor.

Never use a puncture-repairing agentin a flat tire. If used, you will have toreplace the tire pressure sensor.Have the flat tire repaired by yourdealer as soon as possible.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It isrecommended that you always haveyour tires serviced by your dealer ora qualified technician.

451

465

466


Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Touring models

400

０８／０７／２１　１２：０８：５８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４０５　

2009 Odyssey

－

When any of the tires have lowpressure, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator on the instrumentpanel comes on, and the multi-information display also interruptsthe current display and shows a‘‘CHECK TIRE PRESSURE’’message. You can see one or more ofthe low pressure tire positionshighlighted in the display along withthis message.

To display the tire pressure monitor,press the INFO button until itappears on the multi-informationdisplay.

When all tire pressures are normal,the tire pressure monitor will show a‘‘TIRE PRESS. OK SYSTEM FUNCNORMAL’’ message.

When the TPMS is functioningnormally, you can see the tirepressure readings of each tire in psi(U.S. models) or kPa (Canadianmodels) by pressing the SEL/RESET button while the multi-information display shows the tirepressure monitor.

On Touring modelsTire Pressure Monitor


riving

401

０８／０７／２１　１２：０９：０５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４０６　

2009 Odyssey

－

It is possible that the pressuresshown on the multi-informationdisplay and the pressures youmanually measure are slightlydifferent.If the difference is significant or youcannot make the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and message on themulti-information display go out afterinflating the tires to the specifiedvalues, have your dealer check thesystem as soon as possible.

Because your vehicle is equippedwith the Michelin PAX System,you can continue to drive up to about125 miles (200 km). If you have a flattire, take your vehicle to the nearestHonda dealer or authorizedMichelin PAX System dealer.

The tires on your vehicles are PAXtires, and you cannot replace orrepair a flat tire. Replacement orrepair of tires must be performed bya Honda dealer or an authorizedMichelin PAX System dealer.

For more information on theMichelin PAX System, refer topage .

If a flat tire is causing the low tirepressure indicator to come on, youwill see the above message on themulti-information display.

462

On U.S. models with the MichelinPAX system

Pax System Warning


Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Touring models

402

０８／０７／２１　１２：０９：１３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４０７　

2009 Odyssey

－




If you see this message, the systemmay not be able to detect or signallow tire pressure as intended. Also,the tire pressure readings will not bedisplayed. Have your vehiclechecked by a dealer as soon aspossible.

If the low tire pressure/TPMSindicator comes on, or the multi-information display shows a‘‘CHECK TPMS SYSTEM’’ message,the VSA system automatically turnson even when the VSA system isturned off by pressing the VSA OFFswitch (see page ). If thishappens, you cannot turn the VSAsystem off by pressing the VSA OFFswitch again.

If there is a problem with the TPMS,the multi-information display showsa ‘‘CHECK TPMS SYSTEM’’message.

Also, the low tire pressure/TPMSindicator begins to flash, then stayson (see page ).

When you restart the vehicle withthe compact spare tire, the TPMSsystem message will also bedisplayed on the multi-informationdisplay after several miles(kilometers) driving.

71

395

Check TPMS System Message


riving

403

０８／０７／２１　１２：０９：２１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４０８　

2009 Odyssey

Your vehicle has been designedprimarily to carry passengers andtheir cargo. You can also use it totow a trailer if you carefully observethe load limits, use the properequipment, and follow the guidelinesin this section.

Themaximum allowable weight of thetrailer and everything in or on itdepends on several factors. See page

for the driving limits for yourtowing situation. Towing a load thatis too heavy can seriously affect yourvehicle’s handling and performance.It can also damage the engine anddrivetrain.

The weight that thetongue of a fully-loaded trailer putson the hitch should be approximately10% of the total trailer weight. Toomuch tongue load reduces front-tiretraction and steering control. Toolittle tongue load can make thetrailer unstable and cause it to sway.

405

Load Limits

Total Trailer Weight: Tongue Load:

Towing a Trailer

404

Exceeding any load limit orimproperly loading your vehicleand trailer can cause a crash inwhich you can be seriously hurtor killed.

Check the loading of yourvehicle and trailer carefullybefore starting to drive.

０８／０７／２１　１２：０９：２７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４０９　

2009 Odyssey

＊

＊＊

＊

＊

＊

＊＊＊＊

Maximum Total Trailer WeightEquipped with transmission cooler

and power steering fluid cooler3,500 lbs (1,580 kg)3,350 lbs (1,520 kg)3,200 lbs (1,450 kg)3,050 lbs (1,380 kg)2,900 lbs (1,310 kg)2,750 lbs (1,250 kg)

2,600 lbs (1,180 kg) 1,550 lbs (700 kg)650 lbs (290 kg)

Including driver. Based on 150 lbs (70 kg) per occupant.See page for information about fluid coolers.

Number ofOccupants

12345678

1:2:3:4:

U.S. LX and Canadian DX modelsEX, EX-L, Touring and Canadian LX models

407

2

3 4

1

3

4

The maximum allowable weight ofthe vehicle, all occupants, all cargo,and the tongue load must not exceed2,910 lbs (1,320 kg) on the front axle,and 3,197 lbs (1,450 kg) on the rearaxle.

The maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle and trailer is8,410 lbs (3,815 kg).

To achieve a proper tongue load, start by loading 60% of the load toward thefront of the trailer and 40% toward the rear, then re-adjust the load as needed.

The maximum allowable weight ofthe vehicle, all occupants, all cargo,and the tongue load is 6,019 lbs(2,730 kg).

Towing a Trailer

Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR):

Gross Combined Weight Rating(GCWR):

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR):

Driving

405

０８／０７／２１　１２：０９：３５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４１０　

2009 Odyssey

The best way to confirm that allloads are within limits is to checkthem at a public scale. For publicscales in your area, check your localphone book, or contact your trailerdealer or rental agency forassistance.

If you cannot get to a public scale,you can estimate the total trailerweight by adding the weight of yourtrailer (as quoted by themanufacturer) with everything in oron the trailer.

Towing generally requires a varietyof supplemental equipment,depending on the size of your trailer,how much load you are towing, andwhere you tow. To ensure the bestquality, we recommend that youpurchase Honda equipmentwhenever possible.

Discuss your needs with your trailersales or rental agency, and follow theguidelines in this section. Also makesure that all equipment is properlyinstalled and meets federal, state,province, and local regulations.

If you normally pull the same loadeach time you tow a trailer, you canuse a suitable scale or a specialtongue load gauge to check thetongue load the first time you set upa towing combination (a fully loadedvehicle and trailer), then recheck thetongue load whenever the conditionschange.

Checking Loads Towing Equipment andAccessories

Towing a Trailer

406

０８／０７／２１　１２：０９：４２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４１１　

2009 Odyssey

Any hitch used on your vehicle mustbe properly bolted to the underbody,using the six threaded holesprovided. A hitch and the requiredfluid coolers designed especially foryour Odyssey can be obtained fromyour Honda dealer.

If the total trailer weight is morethan 1,850 lbs (840 kg), you mustalso use a weight distributing hitch.This device transfers weight fromthe vehicle’s rear wheels to the frontwheels, and to the trailer’s wheels.Carefully follow the hitch maker’sinstructions for proper installationand adjustment.

Always use safety chains when youtow a trailer. Make sure the chainsare secured to the trailer and hitch,and that they cross under the tongueand can catch the trailer if itbecomes unhitched. Leave enoughslack to allow the trailer to turncorners easily, but do not let thechains drag on the ground.

If the total trailer weight exceeds2,000 lbs (900 kg), you should installa sway control device to minimizeswaying that can occur in crosswindsand in normal and emergencydriving maneuvers. Your trailermaker can tell you what kind of swaycontrol you need and how to install it.

To help prevent overheating, atransmission fluid cooler and apower steering fluid cooler arerequired for trailer towing. Thesecoolers are available only from yourHonda dealer.

Hitches

Weight Distributing Hitch

Safety Chains Sway Control

Transmission Fluid Cooler andPower Steering Fluid Cooler

Towing a TrailerD

riving

407

０８／０７／２１　１２：０９：５０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４１２　

2009 Odyssey

＋＋

Honda recommends that any trailerhaving a total weight of 1,000 lbs(450 kg) or more be equipped withits own electric or surge-type brakes.

Trailer lights and equipment mustcomply with federal, state, province,and local regulations. Check therequirements for the areas whereyou plan to tow, and use onlyequipment designed for your vehicle.

Your vehicle has a trailer lightingconnector behind the right sidepanel in the cargo area. Refer to thedrawing above for the purpose ofeach pin.

There are two common types oftrailer brakes: surge and electric.Surge brakes are common for boattrailers, since the brakes will get wet.

If you choose electric brakes, besure they are electronically actuated.Do not attempt to tap into yourvehicle’s hydraulic system. Nomatter how successful it may seem,any attempt to attach trailer brakesto your vehicles hydraulic systemwill lower braking effectiveness andcreate a potential hazard.

See your trailer dealer or rentalagency for more information oninstalling electric brakes.

Trailer Brakes Trailer Lights

Towing a Trailer

408

GROUND

SMALL LIGHTS

LEFT TURN SIGNAL

RIGHT TURNSIGNAL

SMALL LIGHTS

B HACB HAZARD

０８／０７／２１　１２：０９：５７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４１３　

2009 Odyssey

Since lighting and wiring vary bytrailer type and brand, you shouldhave a qualified technician install asuitable connector between thevehicle and the trailer. Improperequipment or installation can causedamage to your vehicle’s electricalsystem and affect your vehiclewarranty.

When towing a trailer, werecommend that you carry a full-sizespare wheel and tire for your vehicleand trailer. If you use the compactspare tire that came with yourvehicle, it could adversely affectvehicle handling. See page forproper tire size, page for how tostore a full size wheel and tire, andpage for information onchanging a flat tire.

Remember to unhitch the trailerbefore changing a flat. Ask yourtrailer sales or rental agency whereand how to store the trailer’s sparetire.

Because of the Michelin PAXSystem, you must not change a flattire, or use a compact spare tire onyour vehicle.

Many states and Canadian provincesrequire special outside mirrors whentowing a trailer. Even if they don’t,you should install special mirrors ifyou cannot clearly see behind you, orif the trailer creates a blind spot.

Ask your trailer sales or rentalagency if any other items arerecommended or required for yourtowing situation.

Avoid towing a trailer during yourvehicle’s first 600 miles (1,000 km)(see page ).

458

455476

366

If equipped

Spare Tires Additional Towing Equipment

Break-In Period

Towing a TrailerD

riving

409

０８／０７／２１　１２：１０：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４１４　

2009 Odyssey

When preparing to tow, and beforedriving away, be sure to check thefollowing:

All items in or on the trailer areproperly secured and cannot shiftwhile you drive.

Your vehicle tires and spare areproperly inflated, and the trailertires and spare are inflated asrecommended by the trailermaker.

The added weight, length, andheight of a trailer will affect yourvehicle’s handling and performance,so driving with a trailer requiressome special driving skills andtechniques.

For your safety and the safety ofothers, take time to practice drivingmaneuvers before heading for theopen road, and follow the guidelinesbelow.

Drive slower than normal in alldriving situations, and obey postedspeed limits for vehicles with trailers.Use the D position when towing atrailer on level roads. Do not exceed55 mph (88 km/h). At higher speeds,the trailer may sway or affect vehiclehandling.

The vehicle has been properlyserviced, and the suspension,cooling system, and lights are ingood operating condition.

The trailer has been properlyserviced and is in good condition.

All weights and loads are withinlimits.

The hitch, safety chains, and anyother attachments are secure.

The lights and brakes on yourvehicle and the trailer are workingproperly.

You may want to fill the fuel tankwith premium fuel. Premium fuelprovides improved performance.

Pre-Tow Checklist Driving Safely With a Trailer

Towing Speeds and Gears

Towing a Trailer

410

０８／０７／２１　１２：１０：１６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４１５　

2009 Odyssey

Make turns more slowly and widerthan normal. The trailer tracks asmaller arc than your vehicle, and itcan hit or run over something thevehicle misses. Allow more time anddistance for braking. Do not brake orturn suddenly as this could cause thetrailer to jackknife or turn over.

When climbing hills, closely watchyour temperature gauge. If it nearsthe red mark, turn the airconditioning off, reduce speed and, ifnecessary, pull to the side of theroad to let the engine cool.

If the automatic transmission shiftsfrequently while going up a hill, shiftto D .

Always drive slowly and havesomeone guide you when backing up.Grip the of the steering wheel,then turn the wheel to the left to getthe trailer to move to the left, andturn the wheel right to move thetrailer to the right.

Follow all normal precautions whenparking, including putting thetransmission in Park and firmlysetting the parking brake. Also, placewheel chocks at each of the trailer’stires.

If you must stop when facing uphill,use the foot brake or parking brake.Do not try to hold the vehicle inplace by pressing on the accelerator,as this can cause the automatictransmission to overheat.

When driving down hills, reduceyour speed, and shift down to secondgear. Do not ‘‘ride’’ the brakes, andremember, it will take longer to slowdown and stop when towing a trailer.

Crosswinds and air turbulencecaused by passing trucks can disruptyour steering and cause the trailer tosway. When being passed by a largevehicle, keep a constant speed, andsteer straight ahead. Do not try tomake quick steering or brakingcorrections.

Your vehicle is not designed to betowed behind a motor home. If yourvehicle needs to be towed in anemergency, see page .488

3

bottom

Making Turns and Braking

Driving on Hills

Backing Up

Parking

Handling Crosswinds and Buffeting

Towing a Trailer, Towing Your Vehicle

Towing Your Vehicle

Driving

411

０８／０７／２１　１２：１０：２７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４１６　

2009 Odyssey

412

０８／０７／２１　１２：１０：３０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４１７　

2009 Odyssey

This section explains why it isimportant to keep your vehicle wellmaintained and how to follow basicmaintenance safety precautions.

This section also includesinstructions on how to read themaintenance minder messages onthe information display or multi-information display (depending onmodels), and instructions for simplemaintenance tasks you may want totake care of yourself.

If you have the skills and tools toperform more complex maintenancetasks on your vehicle, you may wantto purchase the service manual. Seepage for information on how toobtain a copy, or see your dealer.

......................Maintenance Safety . 414....................Maintenance Minder . 415

..............................Fluid Locations . 425........................Adding Engine Oil . 426

Changing the Engine Oil and...........................................Filter . 428

..............................Engine Coolant . 430....................Windshield Washers . 432

....Automatic Transmission Fluid . 433....................................Brake Fluid . 435

....................Power Steering Fluid . 436....................................Timing Belt . 436

.............................................Lights . 437................Cleaning the Seat Belts . 444

.....................................Floor Mats . 444..................Dust and Pollen Filter . 444

.................................Wiper Blades . 445...........................................Wheels . 450

...............................................Tires . 450...................Checking the Battery . 458

.............................Vehicle Storage . 459

513

MaintenanceM

aintenance

413

０８／０７／２２　１３：２３：４５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４１８　

2009 Odyssey

To eliminate potential hazards, readthe instructions before you begin,and make sure you have the toolsand skills required.

Donot run the engine unlessinstructed to do so.

Some of the most important safetyprecautions are given here. However,we cannot warn you of everyconceivable hazard that can arise inperforming maintenance. Only youcan decide whether or not youshould perform a given task.

Make sure your vehicle is parkedon level ground, the parking brakeis set, and the engine is off.

To clean parts, use a commerciallyavailable degreaser or partscleaner, not gasoline.

To reduce the possibility of fire orexplosion, keep cigarettes, sparks,and flames away from the batteryand all fuel-related parts.

Wear eye protection andprotective clothing when workingwith the battery or compressed air.

All service items not detailed in thissection should be performed by acertified technician or other qualifiedmechanic.

Let theengine and exhaust system cooldown before touching any parts.

Be sure there isadequate ventilation whenever youoperate the engine.

Maintenance Safety


Injury from moving parts.

Burns from hot parts.

Carbon Monoxide poison fromengine exhaust.

Potential Vehicle Hazards

414

Failure to properly followmaintenance instructions andprecautions can cause you tobe seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the proceduresand precautions in this owner’smanual.

Improperly maintaining thisvehicle, or failing to correct aproblem before driving cancause a crash in which you canbe seriously hurt or killed.

Always follow the inspectionand maintenancerecommendations andschedules in this owner’smanual.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１０：４５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４１９　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

If the oil life is 15 percent or less,you will see the oil life indicatorevery time you turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position. Thisindicator stays on until you cancel itby pressing the select/reset knob.The maintenance minder indicatorwill also come on, and themaintenance item code(s) for otherscheduled maintenance itemsneeding service will be displayednext to the engine oil life indicator.

To see the current engine oil life,turn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position, and push and releasethe select/reset knob on theinstrument panel repeatedly, untilthe engine oil life is displayed.

Your vehicle displays engine oil lifeand maintenance service items onthe information display (LX, EX,EX-L and Canadian DX models), oron the multi-information display(Touring models), to show you whenyou should have your dealer performengine oil replacement and indicatedmaintenance service.

Based on the engine operatingconditions and accumulated enginerevolutions, the onboard computer inyour vehicle calculates the remainingengine oil life and displays it as apercentage.


Maintenance Minder

Engine Oil Life Indicator

Maintenance

415

MAINTENANCE ITEM CODE

ENGINE OIL LIFEINDICATOR

MAINTENANCE MINDERINDICATOR

０８／０７／２１　１２：１０：５３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４２０　

2009 Odyssey

You can change the display to theodometer, the trip meter, or theoutside temperature by pushing theselect/reset knob on the instrumentpanel.

When the remaining engine oil life isless than 5 percent, you will see a‘‘CHANGE OIL’’ message on theinformation display, along with thesame maintenance item code(s),every time you turn the ignitionswitch to the ON (II) position.

When the remaining engine oil life is0 percent, you will see the abovedisplay. In this display, the remainingoil life indicator will be blinking. Thisdisplay comes on and stays on everytime you turn the ignition switch tothe ON (II) position. When you seethis message, have the indicatedmaintenance performed by yourdealer as soon as possible.

Maintenance Minder

416

０８／０７／２１　１２：１０：５８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４２１　

2009 Odyssey

－

CONTINUED

If you still do not perform theindicated maintenance, you will see anegative mileage, for example‘‘ 543,’’ blinking in the display. Thisnegative mileage means that youshould have performed the indicatedmaintenance 543 miles ago.Immediately have the indicatedmaintenance done by your dealer.

When the remaining engine oil life is15 percent or less, the display showsa ‘‘SERVICE DUE SOON’’ messagealong with the maintenance itemcode(s) for other scheduledmaintenance items needing service.

To see the current engine oil life,turn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position, then push and releasethe SEL/RESET button on thesteering wheel repeatedly, until theengine oil life is displayed.

When you turn the ignition switch tothe ON (II) position, the systemmessage indicator will also come on.

On Touring models

Maintenance MinderM

aintenance

417

SYSTEM MESSAGE INDICATOR

０８／０７／２１　１２：１１：０５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４２２　

2009 Odyssey

These messages will come on everytime you turn the ignition switch tothe ON (II) position.

Immediately have the serviceperformed, and make sure to resetthe display as described on page .

You can change the display to theodometer, the trip meter, or theoutside temperature by pushing theSEL/RESET button on the steeringwheel.

When the remaining engine oil life isless than 5 percent, you will see theabove display. The display thenchanges to ‘‘SERVICE DUE NOW.’’Have the indicated maintenancedone as soon as possible.

When the remaining engine oil life isless than 0 percent and you have notdone the required maintenance, youwill see the above display for severalseconds. In this display, ‘‘0’’ will beblinking.

The display then changes to‘‘SERVICE PAST DUE.’’

421

Maintenance Minder

418

０８／０７／２１　１５：０２：２７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４２３　

2009 Odyssey

－All the maintenance items displayedon the information display or themulti-information display are in code.

For an explanation of themaintenance codes, see page .

If you still do not get the indicatedmaintenance done, you will see anegative mileage, for example ‘‘ 15’’blinking. This negative mileagedisplay means you should have donethe indicated maintenance 15 milesago. Immediately have the indicatedmaintenance done by your dealer.

424

Maintenance Minder

Maintenance Main Items and SubItems

Maintenance

419

MAINTENANCE SUB ITEM

MAINTENANCEMAIN ITEM

MAINTENANCEMAIN ITEM

MAINTENANCESUB ITEMS

MAINTENANCESUB ITEMS

MAINTENANCE MAIN ITEM

Except Touring models On Touring models

０８／０７／２１　１２：１１：２３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４２４　

2009 Odyssey

Press the select/reset knob forabout 10 seconds. The engine oillife indicator and the maintenanceitem code(s) will blink.

Press the select/reset knob formore than 5 seconds. Themaintenance items code(s) willdisappear, and the engine oil lifeindicator will reset to ‘‘100.’’

Press the select/reset knob untilthe engine oil life indicator isdisplayed.


If maintenance service is done bysomeone other than your dealer,reset the maintenance minder asfollows:

Your dealer will reset the displayafter completing the requiredmaintenance service. You will see‘‘OIL LIFE 100%’’ on the informationdisplay the next time you turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position.

3. 4.

1.

2.


Maintenance Minder

Resetting the Engine Oil LifeIndicator

420

０８／０７／２１　１２：１１：３１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４２５　

2009 Odyssey

Press the SEL/RESET button onthe steering wheel. Themaintenance item code(s) willdisappear, and the engine oil lifewill reset to ‘‘100.’’

If you want to cancel resetting,press the INFO button on thesteering wheel. The displaychanges as shown. Press the SEL/RESET button. This cancels theresetting procedure, and thescreen returns to the normaldisplay mode.

Press the SEL/RESET button onthe steering wheel for about 10seconds. The display will changeto the ‘‘CUSTOM SETUP’’ mode.


Press the SEL/RESET button onthe steering wheel until you seethe engine oil life display.

3.

1.

2.

4.

5.

CONTINUED

On Touring models

Maintenance MinderM

aintenance

421

０８／０７／２１　１２：１１：３９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４２６　

2009 Odyssey

If you have the required servicedone but do not reset the display, orreset the display without doing theservice, the system will not show theproper maintenance intervals. Thiscan lead to serious mechanicalproblems because you will no longerhave an accurate record of whenmaintenance is needed.

Your authorized Honda dealerknows your vehicle best and canprovide competent, efficient service.

When you select ‘‘RESET’’ andpress the SEL/RESET button, themulti-information display resets asshown above.

However, service at a dealer is notmandatory to keep your warrantiesin effect. Maintenance may be doneby any qualified service facility orperson who is skilled in this type ofautomotive service. Make sure tohave the service facility or personreset the display as previouslydescribed. Keep all receipts as proofof completion, and have the personwho does the work fill out yourHonda Service History or CanadianMaintenance Log. Check yourwarranty booklet for moreinformation.

We recommend the use of Hondaparts and fluids whenever you havemaintenance done. These aremanufactured to the same high-quality standards as the originalcomponents, so you can be confidentof their performance and durability.

6.

Maintenance Minder

Important MaintenancePrecautions

422

０８／０７／２１　１２：１１：４６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４２７　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

－

－

－

－

＃

U.S. Vehicles:You should check the followingitems at the specified intervals. Ifyou are unsure of how to performany check, turn to the appropriatepage listed.

Lights Check the operation ofthe headlights, parking lights,taillights, high-mount brake light,and license plate lights monthly.See page .

Engine coolant level Check theradiator reserve tank every timeyou fill the fuel tank. See page .

Engine oil level Check everytime you fill the fuel tank. Seepage .

Automatic transmission Checkthe fluid level monthly. See page

.

Brakes Check the fluid levelmonthly. See page .

Tires Check the tire pressuremonthly. Examine the tread forwear and foreign objects. See page

.

According to state and federalregulations, failure to performmaintenance on the items markedwith will not void your emissionswarranties. However, allmaintenance services should beperformed in accordance with theintervals indicated by the odometer/trip meter display or the multi-information display.

371

372

433

435

437

451 CONTINUED

Maintenance, replacement, orrepair of emissions controldevices and systems may be doneby any automotive repairestablishment or individual usingparts that are ‘‘certif ied’’ to EPAstandards.

Owner’s Maintenance Checks

Maintenance MinderM

aintenance

423

０８／０７／２２　１３：２３：５５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４２８　

2009 Odyssey

－－

＃

＊

＊

＃

＃

＊

Maintenance Minder

424

:

If the message ‘‘SERVICE DUE NOW’’ does not appear more than 12 monthsafter the display is reset, change the engine oil every year.

See information on maintenance and emissions warranty on page .

Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000 km).Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 only if they are noisy.

Independent of the maintenance messages in the information display,replace the brake fluid every 3 years.

NOTE:

1 :

423

Maintenance Sub ItemsRotate tiresReplace air cleaner element

If you drive in dusty conditions, replaceevery 15,000 miles (24,000 km).

Replace dust and pollen filterIf you drive primarily in urban areas that have highconcentrations of soot in the air from industry andfrom diesel-powered vehicles, replace every 15,000miles (24,000 km).

Inspect drive beltReplace transmission fluidReplace spark plugsReplace timing belt and inspect water pump

If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over110°F, 43°C), in very low temperatures (under 20°F,

29°C), replace every 60,000 miles (U.S.)/100,000 km(Canada).

Inspect valve clearanceReplace engine coolant

Maintenance Main ItemsReplace engine oilReplace engine oil and oil filterInspect front and rear brakesCheck parking brake adjustmentInspect these items:

Tie rod ends, steering gear box, and bootsSuspension componentsDriveshaft bootsBrake hoses and lines (including VSA)All fluid levels and condition of fluidsExhaust systemFuel lines and connections

AB

Symbol Symbol12

34

5

1

1

Main

tenance

Min

der

０８／０７／２１　１２：１２：０３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４２９　

2009 Odyssey

Fluid LocationsM

aintenance

425

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK(Orange loop)

WASHER FLUID(Blue cap)

BRAKE FLUID(Black cap)

ENGINE COOLANT RESERVOIR

AUTOMATICTRANSMISSIONFLUID DIPSTICK(Yellow loop)

POWER STEERING FLUID(Red cap)

ENGINE OIL FILL CAPRADIATOR CAP

０８／０７／２１　１２：１２：０７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４３０　

2009 Odyssey

Unscrew and remove the engine oilfill cap on top of the valve cover.Pour in the oil slowly and carefully soyou do not spill. Clean up any spillsimmediately. Spilled oil coulddamage components in the enginecompartment.

Oil is a major contributor to yourengine’s performance and longevity.Always use a premium-grade 5W-20detergent oil displaying the APICertification Seal. This seal indicatesthe oil is energy conserving, and thatit meets the American PetroleumInstitute’s latest requirements.

Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, andtighten it securely. Wait a fewminutes, and recheck the oil level onthe engine oil dipstick. Do not fillabove the upper mark; you coulddamage the engine.

Adding Engine Oil

Recommended Engine Oil

426

ENGINE OIL FILL CAP

API CERTIFICATION SEAL

０８／０７／２１　１２：１２：１４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４３１　

2009 Odyssey

Honda Motor Oil is the preferred5W-20 lubricant for your vehicle. It ishighly recommended that you useHonda Motor Oil in your vehicle foroptimum engine protection. Makesure the API Certification Seal says‘‘For Gasoline Engines.’’

You may use a synthetic motor oil ifit meets the same requirementsgiven for a conventional motor oil: itdisplays the API Certification Seal,and it is the proper weight. You mustfollow the oil and filter changeintervals shown on the odometer/trip meter display or on the multi-information display.

Your vehicle’s engine does notrequire any oil additives. Additivesmay adversely affect engine ortransmission performance anddurability.

The oil viscosity or weight isprovided on the container’s label.5W-20 oil is formulated for year-round protection of your vehicle toimprove cold weather starting andfuel economy.

Adding Engine Oil

Synthetic Oil

Engine Oil Additives

Maintenance

427

Ambient Temperature

０８／０７／２１　１２：１２：２０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４３２　

2009 Odyssey

Always change the oil and filteraccording to the maintenancemessages shown on the odometer/trip meter display or on the multi-information display. The oil and filtercollect contaminants that can dam-age your engine if they are notremoved regularly.

Changing the oil and filter requiresspecial tools and access fromunderneath the vehicle. The vehicleshould be raised on a service station-type hydraulic lift for this service.Unless you have the knowledge andproper equipment, you should havethis maintenance done by a skilledtechnician.

Run the engine until it reachesnormal operating temperature,then shut it off.

Open the hood, and remove theengine oil fill cap. Remove the oildrain bolt and washer from thebottom of the engine. Drain the oilinto an appropriate container.

Remove the oil filter, and let theremaining oil drain. A specialwrench (available from yourdealer) is required.

Make sure the oil filter gasket isnot stuck to the engine block. If itis, remove it before installing anew oil filter.

1.

2.

3.

Changing the Engine Oil and Filter

428

WASHER

DRAIN BOLTOIL FILTER

０８／０７／２１　１２：１２：２７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４３３　

2009 Odyssey

Install a new oil filter according tothe instructions that come with it.

Put a new washer on the drain bolt,then reinstall the drain bolt.Tighten the drain bolt to:

Refill the engine with therecommended oil.

Engine oil change capacity(including filter):

Replace the engine oil fill cap.Start the engine. The oil pressureindicator should go out within 5seconds. If it does not, turn off theengine, and check your work.

Let the engine run for severalminutes, then check the drain boltand oil filter for leaks.

Turn off the engine and let it sitfor several minutes, then checkthe oil level on the dipstick. Ifnecessary, add more oil.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Changing the Engine Oil and FilterM

aintenance

429

29 lbf·ft (39 N·m , 4.0 kgf·m)

4.5 US qt (4.3 )

Improper disposal of engine oil can beharmf ul to the environment. If youchange your own oil, please dispose ofthe used oil properly. Put it in a sealedcontainer, and take it to a recyclingcenter. Do not discard it in a trash binor dump it on the ground.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１２：３６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４３４　

2009 Odyssey

If Honda antifreeze/coolant is notavailable, you may use anothermajor-brand non-silicate coolant as atemporary replacement. Make sure itis a high-quality coolantrecommended for aluminum engines.Continued use of any non-Hondacoolant can result in corrosion,causing the cooling system tomalfunction or fail. Have the coolingsystem flushed and refilled withHonda antifreeze/coolant as soon aspossible.

If the reserve tank is completelyempty, you should also check thecoolant level in the radiator.

Always use Honda Long-life Anti-freeze/Coolant Type 2. This coolantis pre-mixed with 50 percentantifreeze and 50 percent distilledwater. Never add straight antifreezeor plain water.

If the coolant level in the reservetank is at or below the MIN line, addcoolant to bring it up to the MAX line.Inspect the cooling system for leaks.

Adding Engine Coolant

Engine Coolant

430

RESERVE TANKMAX

MIN

Removing the radiator capwhile the engine is hot cancause the coolant to spray out,seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine andradiator cool down beforeremoving the radiator cap.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１２：４３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４３５　

2009 Odyssey

When the radiator and engine arecool, relieve any pressure in thecooling system by turning theradiator cap counterclockwise,without pressing down.

Remove the radiator cap bypushing down and turningcounterclockwise.

The coolant level should be up tothe base of the filler neck. Addcoolant if it is low.

Pour coolant into the reserve tank.Fill it to halfway between the MAXand MIN marks. Put the cap backon the reserve tank.

Do not add any rust inhibitors orother additives to your vehicle’scooling system. They may not becompatible with the coolant orengine components.

Put the radiator cap back on, andtighten it fully.

Pour the coolant slowly andcarefully so you do not spill. Cleanup any spill immediately; it coulddamage components in the enginecompartment.

3.

4.

5.

1.

2.

Engine CoolantM

aintenance

431

RADIATOR CAP FILLER NECK

Fill up to here

０８／０７／２１　１２：１２：５１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４３６　

2009 Odyssey

Check the fluid level in thewindshield washer reservoir at leastmonthly during normal use. Thisreservoir supplies the windshield andrear window washers.

Check the fluid level by removingthe cap and looking at the levelgauge attached to the cap.

The low washerlevel indicator comes on when thelevel is low (see page ).

You will also see a ‘‘WASHERFLUID LOW’’ message on the multi-information display (see page ).

Fill the reservoir with a good-qualitywindshield washer fluid. Thisincreases the cleaning capability andprevents freezing in cold weather.

When you refill the reservoir, cleanthe edges of the windshield wiperblades with windshield washer fluidon a clean cloth. This will help tocondition the blade edges.

89

74

On Canadian models:

On Canadian Touring model:

Windshield Washers

432

LEVEL GAUGE

Do not use engine antif reeze or avinegar/water solution in thewindshield washer reservoir. Antif reezecan damage your vehicle’s paint, whilea vinegar/water solution can damagethe windshield washer pump. Use onlycommercially-available windshieldwasher f luid.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１２：５８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４３７　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

Insert the dipstick all the way intothe transmission securely asshown in the illustration.

Remove the dipstick, and checkthe fluid level. It should bebetween the upper and lowermarks.

Remove the dipstick (yellow loop)from the transmission, and wipe itwith a clean cloth.

Check the fluid level with the engineat normal operating temperature.

Park the vehicle on level ground.Start the engine, let it run until theradiator fan comes on, then shutoff the engine. For accurateresults, wait about 60 seconds (butno longer than 90 seconds) beforedoing step 2.

1.

2. 3.

4.

Automatic Transmission FluidM

aintenance

433

DIPSTICK

HOTMARK

UPPER MARK

LOWER MARK

０８／０７／２１　１２：１３：０５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４３８　

2009 Odyssey

Pour the fluid slowly and carefully soyou do not spill any. Clean up anyspill immediately; it could damagecomponents in the enginecompartment.

If the level is below the lowermark, add fluid into the dipsticktube to bring it to the levelbetween the upper and lowermarks on the dipstick.

Always use Honda Genuine ATF-Z1(automatic transmission fluid).

Insert the dipstick all the way backinto the transmission securely asshown in the illustration.

Make sure the rubber cap on thedipstick fits in the dipstick guideand that you push the dipstick inall the way.

The transmission should be drainedand refilled with new fluid when thisservice is indicated on a maintenancemessage on the information displayor on the multi-information display(depending on models).

If you are not sure how to add fluid,contact your dealer.

5. 6.

Automatic Transmission Fluid

434

Use only Honda Genuine ATF-Z1(Automatic Transmission Fluid). Donot mix with other transmission f luids.Using transmission f luid other thanHonda Genuine ATF-Z1 may causedeterioration in transmission operationand durability, and could result indamage to the transmission.Damage resulting f rom the use oftransmission f luid other than HondaGenuine ATF-Z1 is not covered by theHonda new vehicle warranty.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１３：１４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４３９　

2009 Odyssey

Check the brake fluid level in thereservoirs monthly.

Always use Honda Heavy DutyBrake Fluid DOT 3. If it is notavailable, you should use only DOT 3or DOT 4 fluid, from a sealedcontainer, as a temporaryreplacement.

Using any non-Honda brake fluid cancause corrosion and decrease the lifeof the system. Have the brakesystem flushed and refilled withHonda Heavy Duty Brake FluidDOT 3 as soon as possible.

Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is notcompatible with your vehicle’sbraking system and can causeextensive damage.

The fluid level should be betweenthe MIN and MAX marks on the sideof the reservoir. If the level is at orbelow the MIN mark, your brakesystem needs attention. Have thebrake system inspected for leaks orworn brake pads.

Replace the brake fluid every 3 years,independent of mileage.

Brake FluidM

aintenance

435

MAX

MIN

０８／０７／２１　１２：１３：２０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４４０　

2009 Odyssey

－－

Always use Honda Power SteeringFluid. You may use another powersteering fluid as an emergencyreplacement, but have the powersteering system flushed and refilledwith Honda PSF as soon as possible.

A low power steering fluid level canindicate a leak in the system. Checkthe fluid level frequently, and havethe system inspected as soon aspossible.

Replace the belt at 60,000 miles(100,000 km) if you regularly driveyour vehicle in one or more of theseconditions:

In very high temperatures(over 110°F, 43°C).In very low temperatures(under 20°F, 29°C).

Check the level on the side of thereservoir when the engine is cold.The fluid should be between theUPPER LEVEL and LOWER LEVEL.If not, add power steering fluid to theUPPER LEVEL mark.

The timing belt should be replacedat the intervals shown in themaintenance minder schedule.

Pour the fluid slowly and carefully soyou do not spill. Clean up any spillimmediately; it could damagecomponents in the enginecompartment.

If you are not sure how to add fluid,contact your dealer.

Power Steering Fluid Timing Belt

Power Steering Fluid, Timing Belt

436

UPPER LEVEL

LOWER LEVEL

Turning the steering wheel to f ull lef tor right lock and holding it there candamage the power steering pump.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１３：２９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４４１　

2009 Odyssey

Your vehicle has halogen headlightbulbs, two on each side. Whenreplacing a bulb, handle it by its baseand protect the glass from contactwith your skin or hard objects. If youtouch the glass, clean it withdenatured alcohol and a clean cloth.

The high beam headlight bulb andthe low beam headlight bulb arereplaced the same way.

Open the hood. To change thehigh beam headlight bulb on thepassenger’s side, remove thepower steering fluid reservoirfrom its holder by pulling itstraight up.

The headlights were properly aimedwhen your vehicle was new. If youregularly carry heavy items in thecargo area or pull a trailer,readjustment may be required.Adjustments should be done by yourdealer or other qualified technician.

1.

CONTINUED

Lights

Headlight Aiming Replacing a Headlight Bulb

Maintenance

437

POWERSTEERINGFLUIDRESERVOIR

Passenger’s side

Halogen headlight bulbs get very hotwhen lit. Oil, perspiration, or a scratchon the glass can cause the bulb tooverheat and shatter.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１３：３７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４４２　

2009 Odyssey

Remove the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pushing on thetab and pulling the connectordown.

Remove the bulb by turning it one-quarter turn counterclockwise.

Open the hood. Remove thesocket from the headlightassembly by turning it one-quarterturn counterclockwise.

Pull the burned out bulb straightout of its socket.Push the new bulb straight intothe socket until it bottoms.

Push the electrical connector backonto the bulb. Make sure it is onall the way.

Turn on the headlights to test thenew bulb.

If you replaced the high beamheadlight bulb on the passenger’sside, reinstall the power steeringfluid reservoir.

Insert the new bulb into the hole,and turn it one-quarter turn clock-wise to lock it in place.

5.

6.

7.

2.

3.

4.2.

1.

Lights

Replacing a Front Turn SignalBulb

438

TAB

BULB

CONNECTOR

BULB SOCKET

Driver’s side

０８／０７／２１　１２：１３：４６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４４３　

2009 Odyssey

Insert the socket back into theheadlight assembly. Turn itclockwise to lock it in place.

Turn on the lights to make surethe new bulb is working.

Open the hood. Remove thesocket from the headlightassembly by turning it one-quarterturn counterclockwise.

Pull the bulb straight out of itssocket. Push the new bulb straightinto the socket until it bottoms.

Insert the socket back into theheadlight assembly. Turn itclockwise to lock it in place.


3.

4.

1.

2.

3.

4.

Lights

Replacing a Front Parking/SideMarker Bulb

Maintenance

439

BULB SOCKET

０８／０７／２１　１２：１３：５４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４４４　

2009 Odyssey

Push the electrical connector ontothe new bulb.

Turn on the fog lights to test thenew bulb.

Insert the new bulb into theassembly and turn it one-quarterturn clockwise to lock it in place.

Reinstall the fog light assembly,then tighten the screw.

Use a Phillips-head screwdriver toremove the screw.

Remove the fog light assemblyfrom the bumper by pulling itsinner edge first, then the wholeassembly out of the bumper.

Remove the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pushing on thetab and pulling the connectordown.

Remove the bulb from the foglight assembly by turning it one-quarter turn counterclockwise.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Touring models only

Lights

Replacing a Fog Light Bulb

440

TABBULB

CONNECTOR

SCREW

Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil,perspiration, or a scratch on the glasscan cause the bulb to overheat andshatter.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１４：０４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４４５　

2009 Odyssey

Open the tailgate.

Install the rear light assembly inthe rear pillar. Tighten the twobolts. Snap the bolt covers intoposition.

Put the socket back into the lightassembly, and turn it clockwise tolock it in place.

Test the lights to make sure thenew bulb is working.

Remove the two bolt covers on therear pillar by prying on the bottomedge with a flat-tip screwdriver.Remove the bolts with a Phillips-head screwdriver, and remove thelight assembly from the rear pillar.

Push the new bulb straight intothe socket until it bottoms.

Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out of its socket.

Remove the socket by turning itone-quarter turn counterclockwise.

Determine which of the two bulbsis burned out: turn signal orbrake/taillight.2.

3.

5.

6.

1.

4.

7.

8.

Lights

Replacing Rear Bulbs (in RearPillar)

Maintenance

441

COVER

BOLTS

BULBS

SOCKETS

０８／０７／２１　１２：１４：１４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４４６　

2009 Odyssey

Open the tailgate. Place a cloth onthe edge of the light assemblycover. Remove the cover bycarefully prying in the notch on itsmiddle edge with a flat-tipscrewdriver.

Determine which of the two bulbsis burned out: taillight or back-uplight.

Remove the socket by turning itone-quarter turn counterclockwise.



Reinstall the socket into the lightassembly by turning it clockwiseuntil it locks.

Reinstall the light assembly cover.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

7.

6.

Lights

Replacing Rear Bulbs(in Tailgate)

442

COVER

BULBS

SOCKETS

０８／０７／２１　１２：１４：２４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４４７　

2009 Odyssey

Remove the socket from the lightassembly by turning it one-quarterturn counterclockwise.

Remove the two screw covers onthe light assembly by prying onthe side edge with a flat-tipscrewdriver.

Remove the screws with a Phillips-head screwdriver, then removethe light assembly from thetailgate.


Press the brake pedal to makesure the new bulb is working.

Put the socket back into the lightassembly, and turn it clockwise tolock it in place.

Reinstall the high-mount brakelight assembly into the tailgate.Tighten the two screws andreinstall the covers.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Lights

Replacing a High-mount BrakeLight Bulb

Maintenance

443

SCREWS

BULB

SOCKETCOVER

０８／０７／２１　１２：１４：３２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４４８　

2009 Odyssey

If your seat belts get dirty, use a softbrush with a mixture of mild soapand warm water to clean them. Donot use bleach, dye, or cleaningsolvents. Let the belts air dry beforeyou use the vehicle.Dirt build-up in the loops of the seatbelt anchors can cause the belts toretract slowly. Wipe the insides ofthe loops with a clean clothdampened in mild soap and warmwater or isopropyl alcohol.

If you remove the driver’s floor mat,make sure to re-anchor it when youput it back in your vehicle.

The driver’s floor mat that camewith your vehicle hooks over thefloor mat anchors. This keeps thefloor mat from sliding forward andpossibly interfering with the pedals.

If you use a non-Honda floor mat,make sure it fits properly and that itcan be used with the floor matanchors. Do not put additional floormats on top of the anchored mat.

This filter removes the dust andpollen that is brought in from theoutside through the climate controlsystem.

Have your dealer replace the filterwhen this service is indicated by amaintenance message on theodometer/trip meter display or onthe multi-information display. Itshould be replaced every 15,000miles (24,000 km) if you driveprimarily in urban areas that havehigh concentrations of soot in the air,or if the flow from the climatecontrol system becomes less thanusual.

On EX, EX-L, Touring models

Floor MatsCleaning the Seat Belts

Dust and Pollen Filter

Cleaning the Seat Belts, Floor Mats, Dust and Pollen Filter

444

LOOP

０８／０７／２１　１２：１４：４２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４４９　

2009 Odyssey

Check the condition of the wiperblades at least every 6 months.Replace them if you find signs ofcracking in the rubber, and areasthat are getting hard or if they leavestreaks and unwiped areas whenused.

Raise the wiper arm off thewindshield. Raise the driver’s sidefirst, then the passenger’s side.

Disconnect the blade assemblyfrom the wiper arm:

Put a cloth on the edge of the locktab, then push up on the lock tabcarefully with a flat-tip screwdriver.

To replace a front wiper blade: 2.

1.

CONTINUED

Wiper BladesM

aintenance

445

WIPER ARMS

LOCK TAB

Do not open the hood when the wiperarms are raised, or you will damage thehood and the arms.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１４：５０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４５０　

2009 Odyssey

Pivot the blade assembly towardthe wiper arm until it releasesfrom the wiper arm.

When replacing a wiper blade,make sure not to drop the wiperblade or wiper arm down on thewindshield.

Examine the new wiper blades. Ifthey have no plastic or metalreinforcement along the backedge, remove the metalreinforcement strips from the oldwiper blade, and install them inthe slots along the edge of the newblade.

Remove the blade from its holderby grabbing the tabbed end of theblade. Pull firmly until the tabscome out of the holder.

3.

4.

Wiper Blades

446

BLADEWIPER ARM

０８／０７／２１　１２：１４：５６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４５１　

2009 Odyssey

Slide the wiper blade assemblyonto the wiper arm. Push downthe lock tab. Make sure the wiperblade assembly locks in place.

Lower the wiper arm down againstthe windshield, the passenger’sside first, then the driver’s side.

Place the top of the wiper blade onthe end of the blade assembly, andslide the blade onto the assemblyin the direction pointed to by thearrow.Make sure the tab on the bladeassembly fits in the indent of thewiper blade and the blade iscompletely installed.

Make sure the three rubber tabsinside the blade fit to each notch ofthe reinforcement, as shown.

5.

6.

7.

CONTINUED

Wiper BladesM

aintenance

447

REINFORCEMENT

BLADETOP

０８／０７／２１　１２：１５：０４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４５２　

2009 Odyssey

Pull one end of the blade out fromthe holder.Slide the blade out of the holder.

To replace a rear wiper blade:Disconnect the blade assemblyfrom the wiper arm by pivoting theblade assembly upward.

Examine the new wiper blades. Ifthey have no plastic or metalreinforcement along the backedge, remove the metalreinforcement strips from the oldwiper blade, and install them inthe slots along the edge of the newblade.

1.2. 3.

Wiper Blades

448

BLADE

REINFORCEMENT

０８／０７／２１　１２：１５：１２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４５３　

2009 Odyssey

Slide the new blade into the wiperarm. Make sure it is engaged inthe slot along its full length.

Insert both ends of the blade intothe holder. Make sure they aresecure.

Install the wiper blade assemblyonto the wiper arm. Make sure itlocks in place.

Lower the wiper arm against thewindshield.

4.

5.

6.

Wiper BladesM

aintenance

449

０８／０７／２１　１２：１５：１７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４５４　

2009 Odyssey

Keeping the tires properly inflatedprovides the best combination ofhandling, tread life, and ridingcomfort.

Underinflated tires wear unevenly,adversely affect handling and fueleconomy, and are more likely tofail from being overheated.

Overinflated tires can make yourvehicle ride more harshly, aremore prone to damage from roadhazards, and wear unevenly.

The tire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) will warn you when a tirepressure is low. See page forinformation on the TPMS.

To safely operate your vehicle, yourtires must be the proper type andsize, in good condition with adequatetread, and correctly inflated.

The following pages give moredetailed information on how to takecare of your tires and what to dowhen they need to be replaced.

Clean the wheels as you would therest of the exterior. Wash them withthe same solution, and rinse themthoroughly.

Aluminum alloy wheels have aprotective clear-coat that keeps thealuminum from corroding andtarnishing. Cleaning the wheels withharsh chemicals (including somecommercial wheel cleaners) or a stiffbrush can damage the clear-coat. Toclean the wheels, use a milddetergent and a soft brush or sponge.

396

If equipped

Inflation GuidelinesTiresWheels

Wheels, Tires

450

Using tires that are excessivelyworn or improperly inflated cancause a crash in which you canbe seriously hurt or killed.

Follow all instructions in thisowner’s manual regarding tireinflation and maintenance.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１５：２６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４５５　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

Even though your vehicle isequipped with TPMS, werecommend that you visually checkyour tires every day. If you think atire might be low, check itimmediately with a tire gauge.

Use a gauge to measure the airpressure in each tire at least once amonth. Even tires that are in goodcondition may lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm ) permonth. Remember to check thespare tire at the same time.

Check the air pressures when thetires are cold. This means thevehicle has been parked for at least 3hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km). Add or release air, if needed, tomatch the recommended cold tirepressures.

If you check air pressures when thetires are hot [driven for several miles(kilometers)], you will see readings 4to 6 psi (30 to 40 kPa, 0.3 to 0.4kgf/cm ) higher than the coldreadings. This is normal. Do not letair out to match the recommendedcold air pressure. The tire will beunderinflated.

You should use your own tirepressure gauge whenever you checkyour tire pressures. This will make iteasier for you to tell if a pressureloss is due to a tire problem and notdue to a variation between gauges.

While tubeless tires have someability to self-seal if they arepunctured, you should look closelyfor punctures if a tire starts losingpressure.

The following chart shows therecommended cold tire pressures formost normal and high-speed drivingconditions.

Tire Size

Tire Size

Cold Tire Pressure forNormal Driving

Front:

Rear:

Front:

Rear:


EX-L models

LX, EX and Canadian DX models

Tires

Recommended Tire Pressures

Maintenance

451

235/65R16 103T35 psi (240 kPa ,2.4 kgf/cm )

33 psi (230 kPa ,2.3 kgf/cm )

235/65R16 103T35 psi (240 kPa ,2.4 kgf/cm )35 psi (240 kPa ,2.4 kgf/cm )

０８／０７／２１　１２：１５：３７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４５６　

2009 Odyssey

Every time you check inflation, youshould also examine the tires fordamage, foreign objects, and wear.

You should look for:

Bumps or bulges in the tread orside of the tire. Replace the tire ifyou find either of these conditions.

Cuts, splits, or cracks in the sideof the tire. Replace the tire if youcan see fabric or cord.

Excessive tread wear.

A tire this worn gives very littletraction on wet roads. You shouldreplace the tire if you can see threeor more tread wear indicators.

The compact spare tire pressure is:

For convenience, the recommendedtire sizes and cold tire pressures areon a label on the driver’s doorjamb.For additional information aboutyour tires, see page .

Your tires have wear indicatorsmolded into the tread. When thetread wears down, you will see a 1/2inch (12.7 mm) wide band across thetread. This shows there is less than1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left onthe tire.

498

Tire Size

Tire Size Cold Tire Pressure forNormal Driving

Front:

Rear:


Front:

Rear:

Touring model without the MichelinPAX system

U.S. Touring model with the MichelinPAX system

Tires

Tire Inspection

452

INDICATORLOCATIONMARKS

TREAD WEARINDICATORS

60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )

235-710R460A104T 35 psi (240 kPa ,

2.4 kgf/cm )

33 psi (230 kPa ,2.3 kgf/cm )

235/60R17 102T33 psi (230 kPa ,2.3 kgf/cm )35 psi (240 kPa ,2.4 kgf/cm )

０８／０７／２１　１２：１５：５５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４５７　

2009 Odyssey

To help increase tire life anddistribute wear more evenly, rotatethe tires according to themaintenance messages displayed onthe information display or multi-information display (depending onmodels). Move the tires to thepositions shown in the diagram eachtime they are rotated. If youpurchase directional tires, rotateonly front-to-back.

In addition to proper inflation,correct wheel alignment helps todecrease tire wear. If you find a tireis worn unevenly, have your dealercheck the wheel alignment.

Have your dealer check the tires ifyou feel a consistent vibration whiledriving. A tire should always berebalanced if it is removed from thewheel. When you have new tiresinstalled, make sure they arebalanced. This increases ridingcomfort and tire life. For best results,have the installer perform a dynamicbalance.

The service life of your tires isdependent on many factors,including, but not limited to, drivinghabits, road conditions, vehicleloading, inflation pressure,maintenance history, speed, andenvironmental conditions (evenwhen the tires are not in use).

The last four digits of the TIN (tireidentification number) are found onthe sidewall of the tire and indicatethe date of manufacture (See

on page ).

In addition to your regularinspections and inflation pressuremaintenance, it is recommended thatyou have annual inspectionsperformed once the tires reach fiveyears old. It is also recommendedthat all tires, including the spare, beremoved from service after 10 yearsfrom the date of manufacture,regardless of their condition or stateof wear.

498

If equipped

Tires

Tire RotationTire MaintenanceTire Service Life

TireLabeling

Maintenance

453

Front Front

(For Non-directionalTires and Wheels)

(For DirectionalTires and Wheels)

Improper wheel weights can damageyour vehicle’s aluminum wheels. Useonly genuine Honda wheel weights f orbalancing.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１６：０４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４５８　

2009 Odyssey

Replace your tires with radial tires ofthe same size, load range, speedrating, and maximum cold tirepressure rating (as shown on thetire’s sidewall).

Mixing radial and bias-ply tires onyour vehicle can reduce brakingability, traction, and steeringaccuracy. Using tires of a differentsize or construction can cause theABS and vehicle stability assistsystem (VSA) to work inconsistently.

The ABS and VSA system work bycomparing the speed of each wheel.When replacing tires, use the samesize originally supplied with thevehicle. Tire size and constructioncan affect wheel speed and maycause the system to activate.

Your vehicle is not designed forMichelin PAX system wheels or tires.Use only the wheels and tiresdesignated in this owner’s manual.Never mix conventional wheels ortires with PAX system wheels ortires.

It is best to replace all four tires atthe same time. If that is not possibleor necessary, replace the two fronttires or two rear tires as a pair.Replacing just one tire can seriouslyaffect your vehicle’s handling.

If you ever replace a wheel, makesure that the wheel’s specificationsmatch those of the original wheels.

Also be sure you use only TPMSspecific wheels. If you do not, thetire pressure monitoring system willnot work.

Replacement wheels are available atyour dealer.

Vehicles without the Michelin PAXsystem

Tires

Replacing Tires and Wheels

454

Installing improper tires on yourvehicle can affect handling andstability. This can cause a crashin which you can be seriouslyhurt or killed.

Always use the size and type oftires recommended in thisowner’s manual.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１６：１２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４５９　

2009 Odyssey

＋

＃

Wheels: Tires marked ‘‘M S’’ or ‘‘AllSeason’’ on the sidewall have an all-weather tread design suitable formost winter driving conditions.

For the best performance in snowyor icy conditions, you should installsnow tires or tire chains. They maybe required by local laws undercertain conditions.

If you mount snow tires on yourvehicle, make sure they are radialtires of the same size and load rangeas the original tires. Mount snowtires on all four wheels. The tractionprovided by snow tires on dry roadsmay be lower than your original tires.Check with the tire dealer formaximum speed recommendations.

There are no snow tires compatiblewith the PAX system.

Tires:

Mount tire chains on your tires whenrequired by driving conditions orlocal laws. Install them only on thefront tires.

Because your vehicle has limited tireclearance, Honda stronglyrecommends using the chains listedbelow.

See page for information aboutDOT Tire Quality Grading, and page

for tire size and labelinginformation.

Link-type: SCC Quick Grip QG1142Cable-type: SCC SC Cable SC1042

Link-type: SCC Quick Grip QG1138Cable-type: SCC SC Cable SC1038

Link-type: Laclede 1142Cable-type: SCC SC Cable SC1042496

498

CONTINUED

All models except Touring models

All models except Touring modelsAll except Touring models

On Touring models

Touring models without the MichelinPAX system

On models with the Michelin PAXsystem

Touring models without the MichelinPAX system

On models with the Michelin PAXsystem

On models with Michelin PAX system

Tires

Wheel and Tire Specifications Winter Driving

Snow Tires

Tire Chains

Maintenance

455

16 x 7J

225 x 460A

235/65R16 103T

235-710R460A 104T

17 x 7J

235/60R17 102T

(TPMS)

(TPMS)

(TPMS&PAX)

(PAX)

０８／０７／２１　１２：１６：２６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４６０　

2009 Odyssey

Tire chains cannot be used with aflat front tire. If a front tire goes flatwhen a tire chain is installed on it,remove the chain, and follow theprecautions described underMichelin PAX System (see page

).

The previously listed chains are theonly ones that have been approvedby Honda for use on your vehicle.Since Honda cannot test all chains,you must be personally responsiblefor proper selection, installation, anduse of tire chains.

These chains are available at manyauto supply stores. For a completelist of stores, visit the SCC website atwww.scc-chain.com. When installingchains, follow the manufacturer’sinstructions, and mount them astightly as you can. Drive slowly withchains installed.

When installing cables, follow themanufacturer’s instructions, andmount them as tight as you can.Make sure they are not contactingthe brake lines or suspension. Driveslowly with them installed. If youhear them coming into contact withthe body or chassis, stop andinvestigate. Remove them as soon asyou begin driving on cleared roads.

462

Tires

456

Using the wrong chains, or notproperly installing chains, candamage the brake lines andcause a crash in which you canbe seriously injured or killed.

Follow all instructions in thisowner’s manual regarding theselection and use of tire chains.

Traction devices that are the wrongsize or improperly installed candamage your vehicle’s brake lines,suspension, body, and wheels. Stopdriving if they are hitting any part ofthe vehicle.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１６：３２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４６１　

2009 Odyssey

Your vehicle is equipped with theMichelin PAX system which,together with the tire pressuremonitoring system (TPMS), enablesyou to continue driving even if one ormore of your tires loses its pressure.

The tires and wheels on your vehicleare specially designed for the PAXsystem, and the PAX system isspecifically designed and fine-tunedfor your vehicle.

Because of these reasons, use onlythe wheels and tires designated inthis owner’s manual. Never mix PAXsystem wheels or tires withconventional wheels or tires.

There are no snow tires compatiblewith the PAX system, and not all tirechains are suitable for use on thePAX system tires.

If you mount snow chains on yourtires, use the chains recommendedby Honda (see page ).

Do not replace the PAX system tiresand wheels with conventional tiresand wheels. Doing so would disablethe PAX system and the tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS),and may void your new vehiclewarranty.

Never use a tire repair agent in aPAX system tire, and never repaira PAX system tire by yourself.Repair or replacement must bedone by a Honda dealer or anauthorized Michelin PAX systemdealer.

If you must continue driving with aflat tire, follow all the proceduresand precautions described on page

.

455

464

If equipped

Tires

Michelin PAX System Important Precautions

Maintenance

457

０８／０７／２１　１２：１６：４１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４６２　

2009 Odyssey

－

Check the condition of the batterymonthly by looking at the testindicator window. The label on thebattery explains the test indicator’scolors.

Check the terminals for corrosion (awhite or yellowish powder). Toremove it, cover the terminals with asolution of baking soda and water. Itwill bubble up and turn brown. Whenthis stops, wash it off with plainwater. Dry off the battery with acloth or paper towel. Coat theterminals with grease to help preventfuture corrosion.

If additional battery maintenance isneeded, see your dealer or aqualified technician.

Battery posts,terminals, and related accessoriescontain lead and lead compounds.

If you need to connect the battery toa charger, disconnect both cables toprevent damaging your vehicle’selectrical system. Always disconnectthe negative ( ) cable first, andreconnect it last.

WARNING:

Wash your hands after handling.

Checking the Battery

458

TEST INDICATOR WINDOW

The battery gives off explosivehydrogen gas during normaloperation.

A spark or flame can cause thebattery to explode with enoughforce to kill or seriously hurt you.

Wear protective clothing and aface shield, or have a skilledtechnician do the batterymaintenance.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１６：４８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４６３　

2009 Odyssey

If you need to park your vehicle foran extended period (more than 1month), there are several things youshould do to prepare it for storage.Proper preparation helps preventdeterioration and makes it easier toget your vehicle back on the road. Ifpossible, store your vehicle indoors.

Fill the fuel tank.

Block the rear wheels.

If the vehicle is to be stored for alonger period, it should besupported on jackstands so thetires are off the ground.

Leave one window open slightly (ifthe vehicle is being storedindoors).

Disconnect the battery.

Support the front and rear wiperblade arms with a folded towel orrag so they do not touch thewindshield.

To minimize sticking, apply asilicone spray lubricant to all doorand tailgate seals. Also, apply avehicle body wax to the paintedsurfaces that mate with the doorand tailgate seals.

Cover the vehicle with a‘‘breathable’’ cover, one madefrom a porous material such ascotton. Non-porous materials, suchas plastic sheeting, trap moisture,which can damage the paint.

If possible, periodically run theengine until it reaches fulloperating temperature (thecooling fans cycle twice).Preferably, do this once a month.Wash and dry the exterior

completely.

Clean the interior. Make sure thecarpeting, floor mats, etc., arecompletely dry.

Leave the parking brake off. Putthe transmission in Park.

Vehicle StorageM

aintenance

459

０８／０７／２１　１２：１６：５７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４６４　

2009 Odyssey

460

０８／０７／２１　１２：１７：００　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４６５　

2009 Odyssey

This section covers the morecommon problems that motoristsexperience with their vehicles. Itgives you information about how tosafely evaluate the problem and whatto do to correct it. If the problem hasstranded you on the side of the road,you may be able to get going again.If not, you will also find instructionson getting your vehicle towed.

...............Driving with a Flat Tire . 462..........Michelin PAX System . 462

......................Compact Spare Tire . 465....................Changing a Flat Tire . 466

.............If the Engine Won’t Start . 473................................Jump Starting . 475

..............If the Engine Overheats . 477.........Low Oil Pressure Indicator . 479..........Charging System Indicator . 479

.......Malfunction Indicator Lamp . 480...........................Readiness Codes . 480

...............Brake System Indicator . 481..............................................Fuses . 482

..............................Fuse Locations . 485......................Emergency Towing . 488

Taking Care of the UnexpectedTaking

Care

ofthe

Unexpected

461

０８／０７／２１　１２：１７：０４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４６６　

2009 Odyssey

Your vehicle is equipped with theMichelin PAX system. Since eachMichelin PAX system tire has aninner support ring that allows it tocontinue running without air, it maybe difficult to immediately judgefrom its appearance if a tire ispunctured. Your vehicle is alsoequipped with a tire pressuremonitoring system (TPMS), and thissystem may be your first detection ofa flat tire. The TPMS monitors the air pressure

of all four tires whenever the ignitionswitch is in the ON (II) position. Itwill immediately sense if a tire startsto lose its pressure, and give youwarning with the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator in the instrumentpanel and a ‘‘CHECK TIREPRESSURE’’ message on the multi-information display. If the indicatorand the warning message do notcome on again after you inflate thetire to its correct air pressure (see

page ), it was probably a naturalloss of the air pressure and you cancontinue driving as before.

If the indicator and the messagecome on again, you probably have aflat tire. In this case, you will see a‘‘PAX SYSTEM WARNING’’message on the multi-informationdisplay.

452

If equipped

Driving With a Flat Tire

Michelin PAX System

462

０８／０７／２１　１２：１７：１０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４６７　

2009 Odyssey

With the PAX system tires, you candrive up to about 125 miles (200 km)even if one or more of your tires arepunctured. This allows you to driveto the nearest Honda dealer orauthorized Michelin PAX systemdealer to have the tire(s) repaired.

If you get a flat tire, never try torepair it yourself, and never replace aflat tire with a compact spare tire.

The above message shows that youare driving your vehicle on a flat tire,and should observe the ‘‘RUN FLATDRIVING’’ speed limit of 50 mph(80 km/h). Drive to your nearestHonda dealer or authorized MichelinPAX system dealer, or call the PAXhelp hotline at 1-877-PAXTIRE(1-877-729-8473).

If the display changes to the abovemessage, it means that ‘‘RUN FLATDRIVING’’ is nearing the limit, andyou have to stop driving soon. Takeyour vehicle to the nearest Hondadealer or authorized Michelin PAXsystem dealer as soon as possible.

Follow the instructions shown on themulti-information display, and drivevery carefully.

CONTINUED

Driving With a Flat TireTaking

Care

ofthe

Unexpected

463

０８／０７／２１　１２：１７：１８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４６８　

2009 Odyssey

If you see the above message on themulti-information display, you havereached the limit of run flat driving,and you should stop drivingimmediately. Be aware that if youcontinue to drive, the noise andvibration level from the tire willincrease significantly, and the tiremay no longer be repairable.

Stop driving immediately whenyou see a ‘‘RUN FLAT LIMITSTOP DRIVING’’ message on themulti-information display.Continuous driving after thismessage will make it impossible torepair the tire.

If you cannot find a Honda dealer oran authorized Michelin PAX systemdealer where you are driving, call thePAX help hotline at 1-877-PAXTIRE(1-877-729-8473).

Call a professional towing servicewho can transport your vehicle onflat-bed equipment. Never tow your

vehicle behind another vehicle with arope or chain. Flat-bed equipment isthe best way to transport yourvehicle. Your vehicle can also betowed by wheel-lift equipment withthe wheels off the ground (see page

).

Although your vehicle is capable ofrun flat driving, you should alwaysobserve the following:

Do not drive faster than 50 mph(80 km/h).

Drive carefully. Your vehicle mayhandle differently from when thetires are properly inflated,especially when cornering.

In its run flat mode, a PAX systemtire is somewhat noisier than whenit is fully inflated. This is normal.

488

Driving With a Flat Tire


464

０８／０７／２１　１２：１７：２７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４６９　

2009 Odyssey

Replace the tire when you can seethe tread wear indicator bars. Thereplacement should be the same sizeand design tire, mounted on thesame wheel. The spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularwheel, and the spare wheel is notdesigned for mounting a regular tire.

Use the compact spare tire as atemporary replacement only. Getyour regular tire repaired or replaced,and put it back on your vehicle assoon as you can.Check the inflation pressure of thecompact spare tire every time youcheck the other tires. It should beinflated to:

Follow these precautions:Never exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).

This tire gives a harsher ride andless traction on some roadsurfaces. Use greater cautionwhile driving.

Do not mount snow chains on thecompact spare tire.

Do not use your compact sparetire on another vehicle unless it isthe same make and model.

The low tire pressure indicatorcomes on and stays on after youreplace the flat tire with thecompact spare tire. After severalmiles (kilometers) driving with thecompact spare tire, the TPMSindicator comes on and the lowtire pressure indicator goes off.

After the flat tire is replaced withthe spare tire, the low tirepressure/TPMS indicator stays on.After several miles (kilometers)driving with the spare, thisindicator begins to flash, thenstays on again. You will also see a‘‘CHECK TPMS SYSTEM’’message on the multi-informationdisplay (see page ).403

Models without Michelin PAX System


Touring models

Compact Spare TireTaking

Care

ofthe

Unexpected

465

INDICATOR LOCATION MARK

TREAD WEAR INDICATOR BAR

60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )

０８／０７／２１　１２：１７：３６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４７０　

2009 Odyssey

The jack is behind a cover in thecargo area on the driver’s side,and tools are on the back of thecover. Remove the cover bypushing the tabs down and pullingthe cover out.

Open the tailgate.

If you have a flat tire while driving,stop in a safe place to change it.Drive slowly along the shoulder untilyou get to an exit or an area that isfar away from the traffic lanes.

Park the vehicle on firm, level, andnon-slippery ground. Put thetransmission in Park. Apply theparking brake.If you are towing a trailer, unhitchit.

Turn on the hazard warning lights,and turn the ignition switch to theLOCK (0) position. Have allpassengers get out of the vehiclewhile you change the tire.

2.

1. 3.

Models without Michelin PAX System

Changing a Flat Tire

466

JACK

SPARE TIRE

TOOLS

The vehicle can easily roll offthe jack, seriously injuringanyone underneath.

Follow the directions forchanging a tire exactly, andnever get under the vehiclewhen it is supported only by thejack.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１７：４３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４７１　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

Loosen the jack from its holder byturning the end counterclockwise.

Remove the bracket from the jackstorage area by unscrewing thebracket mounting wing bolt.Remove the vinyl storage bag.

Move the seat belt out of the wayby hanging the latch plate on theholder.

Fold down the third row seat (seepage ).

6.

7.

5.4.

181

Changing a Flat TireTaking

Care

ofthe

Unexpected

467

VINYL BAGJACK COVER

BRACKET MOUNTINGWING BOLT

HOLDER

BRACKET

０８／０７／２１　１２：１７：５１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４７２　

2009 Odyssey

The spare tire is stored behind sparetire cover on the sidewall of thecargo area on the driver’s side.

Place the jack under the jackingpoint nearest the tire you need tochange. Turn the end bracketclockwise until the top of the jackcontacts the jacking point. Makesure the jacking point tab isresting in the jack notch.

Remove the cover by holding thetwo handles on the spare tirecover and pulling the cover out.

If you are changing a rear tire,close the sliding door.

Unscrew the tire mounting wingbolt, and take the spare tire out ofits holder.

Make sure you also turn off thesliding door main switch.

Loosen each wheel nut 1/2 turnwith the wheel nut wrench.

8.

9.

10. 12.

11.

On EX, EX-L, Touring models


468

SEAT BELT

COVERTIRE MOUNTINGWING BOLT

SPACER CONE

WHEEL NUT WRENCH

WHEEL NUTS

０８／０７／２１　１２：１８：０１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４７３　

2009 Odyssey

Use the extension and the wheelnut wrench as shown to raise thevehicle until the flat tire is off theground.

Before mounting the spare tire,wipe any dirt off the mountingsurface of the wheel and hub witha clean cloth. Wipe the hubcarefully; it may be hot fromdriving.

Do not attempt to forcibly pry thewheel cover off with a screwdriver orother tool. The wheel cover cannotbe removed without first removingthe wheel nuts.

Remove the wheel nuts, thenremove the flat tire. Handle thewheel nuts carefully; they may behot from driving. Place the flat tireon the ground with the outsidesurface facing up.

13. 14. 15.

CONTINUED



Care

ofthe

Unexpected

469

EXTENSION WHEEL COVER

HUBWHEEL NUTWRENCH

０８／０７／２１　１２：１８：０９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４７４　

2009 Odyssey

Tighten the wheel nuts securely ina crisscross pattern. Have thewheel nut torque checked at thenearest automotive service facility.Tighten the wheel nuts to:

Put the flat tire in the suppliedvinyl storage bag.

Put on the spare tire. Put thewheel nuts back on finger-tight,then tighten them in a crisscrosspattern with the wheel nut wrenchuntil the wheel is firmly againstthe hub. Do not try to tighten thewheel nuts fully.

Lower the vehicle to the ground,and remove the jack.

16.

17.

18. 19.


470

94 lbf·ft (127 N·m , 13 kgf·m)

０８／０７／２１　１２：１８：１５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４７５　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

Install the bracket and the bracketmounting wing bolt on theattachment point as shown, andtighten the bolt. Make sure thebracket is securely tightened.

Install the flat tire on the bracketwith the inside of the wheel facingtoward you. Install the tiremounting wing bolt to the bracketthrough one of the five wheel nutholes as shown. Poke a hole in thevinyl bag as needed. Secure theflat tire by tightening the tiremounting wing bolt.

Store the jack in its holder. Tostore the jack, align the locatorstud in the holder with the hole inthe jack base. Turn the jack’s endbracket clockwise to lock it inplace. Store the tools in theholders on the back of the jackstorage cover.

Return the third row seat to anupright position.

You will find a U-shaped carpetpiece behind the seat bottom ofthe third row seat. Pull up the U-shaped carpet piece, fold it, andtack the end under the carpet.Remove the spacer, and unfastenthe plastic screw with a coin.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.


Care

ofthe

Unexpected

471

BRACKET

TIRE MOUNTING WING BOLTSPACER

PLASTIC SCREWBRACKET MOUNTING WING BOLT

ATTACHMENTPOINT

０８／０７／２１　１２：１８：２４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４７６　

2009 Odyssey

You can store the flat tire on the topof the folded third row seat.

Pull up the U-shaped carpet piece,fold it, and tack the end under thecarpet.

Remove the spacer, and unfastenthe plastic screw with a coin.

Place the flat tire face down on theattachment point. Put the spacercone on the flat tire as shown.Poke holes in the vinyl bag. Securethe flat tire into the attachmentpoint by tightening the tiremounting wing bolt through thecenter cap hole of the flat tirewheel.

Follow step 22 through 26 onpages and .

Store the spacer and the plasticscrew in a noticeable place.

Make sure to reinstall the plasticscrew after the flat tire is repairedand installed on the vehicle.

Store the wheel cover in the sparetire storage area.

Install the spare tire storage cover.

Remove the center cap beforestoring the flat tire.

Store the spacer, plastic screw andcenter cap in a noticeable place.

1.

2.

3.4.

5.

25.

26.

27.

471 472



Storing a Flat Tire on the FoldedThird Row Seat


472

TIRE MOUNTINGWING BOLT

ATTACHING POINT

SPACER

PLASTIC SCREW

SPACER CONE

Loose items can fly around theinterior in a crash and couldseriously injure the occupants.

Store the wheel, jack, and toolssecurely before driving.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１８：３６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４７７　

2009 Odyssey

Diagnosing why the engine won’tstart falls into two areas, dependingon what you hear when you turn theignition switch to the START (III)position:

You can hear the starter motoroperating normally, or the startermotor sounds like it is spinningfaster than normal, but the enginedoes not start up and run.

You hear nothing, or almostnothing. The engine’s startermotor does not operate at all, oroperates very slowly.

Turn the ignition switch to theSTART (III) position. If theheadlights do not dim, check thecondition of the fuses. If the fusesare OK, there is probablysomething wrong with theelectrical circuit for the ignitionswitch or starter motor. You willneed a qualified technician todetermine the problem. See

on page .

If the headlights dim noticeably orgo out when you try to start theengine, either the battery isdischarged or the connections arecorroded. Check the condition of thebattery and terminal connections(see page ). You can then tryjump starting the vehicle from abooster battery (see page ).

When you turn the ignition switch tothe START (III) position, you do nothear the normal noise of the enginetrying to start. You may hear aclicking sound, a series of clicks, ornothing at all.Check these things:

Check the transmission interlock.The transmission must be in Parkor neutral or the starter will notoperate.

Turn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position. Turn on theheadlights, and check theirbrightness. If the headlights arevery dim or do not come on at all,the battery is discharged. See

on page .475

488

458

475

Emergency Towing

Nothing Happens or the StarterMotor Operates Very Slowly

Jump Starting

If the Engine Won’t StartTaking

Care

ofthe

Unexpected

473

０８／０７／２１　１２：１８：４４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４７８　

2009 Odyssey

If you find nothing wrong, you willneed a qualified technician to findthe problem. See

on page .

Are you using a properly codedkey? An improperly coded key willcause the immobilizer systemindicator in the instrument panelto blink rapidly (see page ).

There may be an electricalproblem, such as no power to thefuel pump. Check all the fuses(see page ).

In this case, the starter motor’sspeed sounds normal, or even fasterthan normal, when you turn theignition switch to the START (III)position, but the engine does not run.

Do you have fuel? Check the fuelgauge; the low fuel indicator maynot be working.

Are you using the proper startingprocedure? Refer to

on page .

143

385

483

488Emergency

Towing

The Starter Operates Normally

Starting theEngine

If the Engine Won’t Start

474

０８／０７／２１　１２：１８：５１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４７９　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

Although this seems like a simpleprocedure, you should take severalprecautions.

You cannot start your vehicle bypushing or pulling it.

The numbers in the illustrationshow you the order to connect thejumper cables.

Open the hood, and check thephysical condition of the battery.In very cold weather, check thecondition of the electrolyte. If itseems slushy or frozen, do not tryjump starting until it thaws.

Turn off all the electricalaccessories: heater, A/C, climatecontrol, audio system, lights, etc.Put the transmission in neutral orPark, and set the parking brake.

1.

2.

To Jump Start Your Vehicle:

Jump StartingTaking

Care

ofthe

Unexpected

475

BOOSTERBATTERY

A battery can explode if you donot follow the correct procedure,seriously injuring anyonenearby.

Keep all sparks, open flames,and smoking materials awayfrom the battery.

If a battery sits in extreme cold, theelectrolyte inside can f reeze.Attempting to jump start with a f rozenbattery can cause it to rupture.

０８／０７／２１　１５：０２：３５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４８０　

2009 Odyssey

－＋

＋

If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, have an assistant startthat vehicle and run it at a fast idle.

Start the vehicle. If the startermotor still operates slowly, checkthat the jumper cables have goodmetal-to-metal contact.

Once the vehicle is running,disconnect the negative cable fromyour vehicle, then from thebooster battery. Disconnect thepositive cable from your vehicle,and then from the booster battery.

Keep the ends of the jumper cablesaway from each other and any metalon the vehicle until everything isdisconnected. Otherwise, you maycause an electrical short.

Connect the second jumper cableto the negative ( ) terminal onthe booster battery. Connect theother end to the grounding strapas shown. Do not connect thisjumper cable to any other part ofthe engine.

Connect one jumper cable to thepositive ( ) terminal on yourvehicle’s battery. Connect theother end to the positive ( )terminal on the booster battery.

4.

6.

7.

5.

3.

Jump Starting

476

０８／０７／２１　１２：１９：０７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４８１　

2009 Odyssey

The pointer of the vehicle’stemperature gauge should stay inthe midrange. If it climbs to the redmark, you should determine thereason (hot day, driving up a steephill, etc.).

If your vehicle overheats, you shouldtake immediate action. The onlyindication may be the temperaturegauge climbing to or above the redmark. Or you may see steam orspray coming from under the hood.

If you see steam and/or spraycoming from under the hood, turnoff the engine. Wait until you seeno more signs of steam or spray,then open the hood.

If the temperature gauge stays atthe red mark, turn off the engine.

Safely pull to the side of the road.Put the transmission in Park, andset the parking brake. Turn off allaccessories, and turn on thehazard warning lights.

If you do not see steam or spray,leave the engine running andwatch the temperature gauge. Ifthe high heat is due to overloading,the engine should start to cooldown almost immediately. If itdoes, wait until the temperaturegauge comes down to the midpoint,then continue driving.

Look for any obvious coolant leaks,such as a split radiator hose.Everything is still extremely hot,so use caution. If you find a leak, itmust be repaired before youcontinue driving (see

on page ).

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

488

CONTINUED

If the Engine Overheats

EmergencyTowing

Taking

Care

ofthe

Unexpected

477

Steam and spray from anoverheated engine canseriously scald you.

Do not open the hood if steamis coming out.

Driving with the temperature gaugepointer at the red mark can causeserious damage to the engine.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１９：１５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４８２　

2009 Odyssey

If you do not find an obvious leak,check the coolant level in theradiator reserve tank. Add coolantif the level is below the MIN mark.

If there was no coolant in thereserve tank, you may need to addcoolant to the radiator. Let theengine cool down until the pointerreaches the middle of the tempera-ture gauge, or lower, before check-ing the radiator.

Using gloves or a large heavycloth, turn the radiator capcounterclockwise, without pushingdown, to the first stop. After thepressure releases, push down onthe cap, and turn it until it comesoff.

Start the engine, and set thetemperature control dial tomaximum heat (climate control toAUTO at ‘‘ ’’). Add coolantto the radiator up to the base ofthe filler neck. If you do not havethe proper coolant mixtureavailable, you can add plain water.Remember to have the coolingsystem drained and refilled withthe proper mixture as soon as youcan.

Put the radiator cap back ontightly. Run the engine, and checkthe temperature gauge. If it goesback to the red mark, the engineneeds repair (see

on page ).

If the temperature stays normal,check the coolant level in theradiator reserve tank. If it hasgone down, add coolant to theMAX mark. Put the cap back ontightly.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

488

If the Engine Overheats

EmergencyTowing

478

Removing the radiator capwhile the engine is hot cancause the coolant to spray out,seriously scalding you.

Always let the engine andradiator cool down beforeremoving the radiator cap.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１９：２３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４８３　

2009 Odyssey

Let the vehicle sit for a minute.Open the hood, and check the oillevel (see page ). An enginevery low on oil can lose pressureduring cornering and other drivingmaneuvers.

If necessary, add oil to bring thelevel back to the full mark on thedipstick (see page ).

Start the engine, and watch the oilpressure indicator. If it does not goout within 10 seconds, turn off theengine. There is a mechanicalproblem that needs to be repairedbefore you can continue driving(see on page

).

This indicator should never come onwhen the engine is running. If itstarts flashing or stays on, the oilpressure has dropped very low orlost pressure. Serious enginedamage is possible, and you shouldtake immediate action.

You will also see a ‘‘CHECKENGINE OIL LEVEL’’ message onthe multi-information display (seepage ).

If the charging system indicatorcomes on brightly when the engineis running, the battery is not beingcharged.

You will also see a ‘‘CHECKCHARGING SYSTEM’’ message onthe multi-information display (seepage ).

Immediately turn off all electricalaccessories. Try not to use otherelectrically operated controls such asthe power windows. Keep the enginerunning; starting the engine willdischarge the battery rapidly.

Go to a service station or garagewhere you can get technicalassistance.

Safely pull off the road and shutoff the engine. Turn on the hazardwarning lights.

1.

2.

3.

4.

88

88

371

426

488

On Touring models

On Touring models

Emergency Towing

Low Oil PressureIndicator

Charging SystemIndicator

Low Oil Pressure Indicator, Charging System IndicatorTaking

Care

ofthe

Unexpected

479

Running the engine with low oilpressure can cause serious mechanicaldamage almost immediately. Turn of fthe engine as soon as you can saf ely getthe vehicle stopped.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１９：３４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４８４　

2009 Odyssey

If the indicator comes on repeatedly,even though it may turn off as youcontinue driving, have your vehiclechecked by your dealer as soon aspossible.

The indicator may also come on withthe ‘‘D’’ indicator.

You will also see a ‘‘CHECKEMISSION SYSTEM’’ message onthe multi-information display (seepage ).

Your vehicle has certain ‘‘readinesscodes’’ that are part of the on-boarddiagnostics for the emissionssystems. In some states, part of theemissions testing is to make surethese codes are set. If they are notset, the test cannot be completed.

To check if they are set, turn theignition switch to the ON (II)position without starting the engine.The malfunction indicator lamp willcome on for 20 seconds. If it thengoes off, the readiness codes are set.If it blinks 5 times, the readinesscodes are not set. If possible, do nottake your vehicle for a stateemissions test until the readinesscodes are set. Refer to

for more information (seepage ).

If your vehicle’s battery has beendisconnected or gone dead, thesecodes are erased. It can take severaldays of driving under variousconditions to set the codes again.

If this indicator comes on whiledriving, it means one of the engine’semissions control systems may havea problem. Even though you mayfeel no difference in your vehicle’sperformance, continued operationmay cause serious damage.

88

506

On Touring models

Malfunction Indicator Lamp, Readiness Codes

Readiness CodesEmissions

Testing

Malfunction IndicatorLamp

480

If you keep driving with themalf unction indicator lamp on, you candamage your vehicle’s emissionscontrols and engine. Those repairs maynot be covered by your vehicle’swarranties.

０８／０７／２１　１２：１９：４３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４８５　

2009 Odyssey

The brake systemindicator normallycomes on when you

turn the ignition switch to the ON(II) position, and as a reminder tocheck the parking brake. It will stayon if you do not fully release theparking brake.

If the brake system indicator comeson while driving, the brake fluid levelis probably low. Press lightly on thebrake pedal to see if it feels normal.If it does, check the brake fluid levelthe next time you stop at a servicestation (see page ).

Slow down by shifting to a lowergear, and pull to the side of the roadwhen it is safe. Because of the longdistance needed to stop, it ishazardous to drive the vehicle. Youshould have it towed and repaired assoon as possible (see

on page ).

If the fluid level is low, take yourvehicle to a dealer, and have thebrake system inspected for leaks orworn brake pads.

However, if the brake pedal does notfeel normal, you should takeimmediate action. A problem in onepart of the system’s dual circuitdesign will still give you braking attwo wheels. You will feel the brakepedal go down much farther beforethe vehicle begins to slow down, andyou will have to press harder on thepedal.

If the ABS indicator and the VSAindicator come on with the brakesystem indicator, have the vehicleinspected by your dealerimmediately.

If you must drive the vehicle a shortdistance in this condition, driveslowly and carefully.

You will also see a ‘‘CHECK BRAKESYSTEM’’ message on the multi-information display (see page ).

You will also see a ‘‘BRAKE FLUIDLOW’’ message on the multi-information display (see page ).88

88

435

488


Brake System Indicator

EmergencyTowing

Taking

Care

ofthe

Unexpected

481

U.S. Canada

０８／０７／２１　１２：１９：５１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４８６　

2009 Odyssey

The vehicle’s fuses are contained infour fuse boxes (three, if the vehicledoes not have a rear entertainmentsystem).

To open the passenger’s fuse box,pull the right edge of the cover.

The interior fuse boxes are locatedunder the dashboard on the driver’sand passenger’s side.

The primary under-hood fuse box ison the passenger’s side. To open it,push the tabs as shown.

The secondary under-hood fuse boxis behind the primary fuse box.

Fuses

482

DRIVER’S SIDE INTERIOR FUSE BOX PASSENGER’S SIDE INTERIORFUSE BOX

PRIMARY UNDER-HOOD FUSE BOX

SECONDARY UNDER-HOOD FUSE BOX

０８／０７／２１　１２：１９：５９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４８７　

2009 Odyssey

Check the smaller fuses in theunder-hood fuse box and all thefuses in the interior fuse boxes bypulling out each fuse with the fusepuller provided in the primaryunder-hood fuse box.

Turn the ignition switch to theLOCK (0) position. Make sure theheadlights and all otheraccessories are off.

Check each of the large fuses inthe primary under-hood fuse boxby looking through the top at thewire inside. Removing these fusesrequires a Phillips-headscrewdriver.

If something electrical in yourvehicle stops working, the first thingyou should check for is a blown fuse.Determine from the chart on pages

through , or the diagram onthe fuse box lid, which fuse or fusescontrol that device. The diagram forthe interior driver’s side fuse box ison the kick panel below the fuse box.Check those fuses first, but check allthe fuses before deciding that ablown fuse is the cause. Replace anyblown fuses, and check if the deviceworks.

Remove the cover from the fusebox.

1.

2.

3. 4.

485 487

CONTINUED

Checking and Replacing Fuses

FusesTaking

Care

ofthe

Unexpected

483

FUSE

BLOWNFUSE PULLER

０８／０７／２１　１２：２０：０７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４８８　

2009 Odyssey

If the replacement fuse of thesame rating blows in a short time,there is probably a seriouselectrical problem with yourvehicle. Leave the blown fuse inthat circuit, and have your vehiclechecked by a qualified technician.

If you cannot drive the vehiclewithout fixing the problem, and youdo not have a spare fuse, take a fuseof the same rating or a lower ratingfrom one of the other circuits. Makesure you can do without that circuittemporarily (such as the accessorypower socket or radio).

If you replace the blown fuse with aspare fuse that has a lower rating, itmight blow out again. This does notindicate anything wrong. Replace thefuse with one of the correct rating assoon as you can.

Look for a blown wire inside thefuse. If it is blown, replace the fusewith one of the spare fuses of thesame rating or lower.

If the driver’s power window fuse isremoved, the AUTO function of thedriver’s window will be disabled. Youshould reset the AUTO feature, (seepage ).

If the radio fuse is removed, theaudio system will disable itself. Thenext time you turn on the radio youwill see ‘‘CODE’’ in the frequencydisplay. Use the preset buttons toenter the five-digit code (see page

).

5.

6.

187

284


Fuses

484

BLOWN

Replacing a f use with one that has ahigher rating greatly increases thechances of damaging the electricalsystem. If you do not have areplacement f use with the properrating f or the circuit, install one witha lower rating.

０８／０７／２１　１２：２０：１４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４８９　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

No. Circuits Protected

No. Amps. Circuits Protected

No.

No.

CONTINUED

Circuits Protected

Circuits Protected

Amps. Amps.

Amps.

123456789

101112

Left Headlight LowRear Defroster CoilLeft Headlight HighSmall LightsRight Headlight HighRight Headlight LowBack UpFI ECU (PCM)Condenser FanNot usedCooling FanMG Clutch

123456

40 A40 A40 A20 A20 A

Not UsedLeft Power Sliding DoorRight Power Sliding DoorPower TailgatePremiumAC Inverter

13141516171819202122

23

789

1011

Horn, StopRear DefrosterBack Up, ACCHazardVSA MotorVSAOption 1Option 2Heater MotorPassenger’s Fuse BoxBatteryIG1 MainPower Window Main

Fog LightACMAS power Seat SlideAS power Seat ReclineRear Entertainment System

10 A30 A10 A15 A10 A10 A

7.5 A15 A30 A

30 A7.5 A

20 A30 A40 A15 A30 A30 A30 A40 A40 A70 A

120 A50 A50 A40 A

20 A10 A20 A20 A

7.5 A

For some types:

Fuse LocationsTaking

Care

ofthe

Unexpected

485

PRIMARY UNDER-HOOD FUSE BOX

SECONDARY UNDER-HOOD FUSE BOX

０８／０７／２１　１２：２０：２５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４９０　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

No.No. Amps. Amps.Circuits Protected Circuits Protected

18192021222324252627282930313233

123456789

10111213

14151617

7.5 A15 A10 A15 A10 A

7.5 A7.5 A

15 A7.5 A30 A15 A20 A

20 A20 A20 A20 A

15 A15 A10 A

7.5 A10 A

7.5 A20 A20 A20 A20 A20 A

10 A15 A10 A

7.5 A

TPMSIG CoilDaytime Running LightLAFRadioInterior LightsBack UpNot UsedFront Accessory SocketOPDSIG WiperRear Accessory SocketLeft Power Sliding DoorCloserDriver Power Seat SlidePedal Position AdjustmentDr Power Seat ReclinePower Tailgate Closer

IG ACGIG Fuel PumpIG WasherIG MeterIG SRSIGPLeft Rear Power WindowRight Rear Power WindowPassenger’s Power WindowDriver’s Power WindowMoonroofNot UsedIG HACIG SOLACCHAC OP

For some types:

Fuse Locations

486

Front

INTERIOR FUSE BOX

Driver’s Side

０８／０７／２１　１２：２０：３１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４９１　

2009 Odyssey

＊

＊

－

－

－

＊



Amps.

Amps.

1 STS

12345678

9

Rear BlowerNot UsedDBWDoor LockNot UsedHeated SeatInstrument PanelRight Power Sliding DoorCloserNot Used

7.5 A

30 A

15 A20 A

15 A7.5 A20 A

: For some types

Fuse LocationsTaking

Care

ofthe

Unexpected

487

INTERIOR FUSE BOX UPPER AREA

Driver’s Side

INTERIOR FUSE BOX

Passenger’s Side

０８／０７／２１　１２：２０：３９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４９２　

2009 Odyssey

－

－If your vehicle needs to be towed,call a professional towing service ororganization. Never tow your vehiclewith just a rope or chain. It is verydangerous.

There are two ways to tow yourvehicle:

With the front wheels on the ground,it is best to tow the vehicle no fartherthan 50 miles (80 km), and keep thespeed below 35 mph (55 km/h).

The operatorloads your vehicle on the back of atruck.

The towtruck uses two pivoting arms that gounder the tires and lift them off theground. The flat tire side (front orrear) should be lifted by the wheel-lift equipment. The other two tiresremain on the ground.

If, due to damage, your vehicle mustbe towed with the front wheels onthe ground, do this:

Start the engine.Press on the brake pedal. Movethe shift lever through all itspositions.Shift to D position for 5 seconds,then to N.Turn off the engine.Release the parking brake.Leave the ignition switch in theACCESSORY (I) position so thesteering wheel does not lock.

Flat-bed Equipment

Wheel-lif t Equipment

This is the best way totransport your vehicle.

This is anacceptable way to tow yourvehicle.

Emergency Towing

488

Improper towing preparation willdamage the transmission. Follow theabove procedure exactly. If you cannotshif t the transmission or start theengine, your vehicle must betransported with the f ront wheels of fthe ground.

０８／０７／２１　１２：２０：４８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４９３　

2009 Odyssey

Emergency TowingTaking

Care

ofthe

Unexpected

489

Trying to lif t or tow your vehicle by thebumpers will cause serious damage.The bumpers are not designed tosupport the vehicle’s weight.

The steering system can be damaged ifthe steering wheel is locked. Leave theignition switch in the ACCESSORY (I)position, and make sure the steeringwheel turns f reely bef ore you begintowing.

０８／０７／２１　１２：２０：５２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４９４　

2009 Odyssey

490

０８／０７／２１　１２：２０：５４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４９５　

2009 Odyssey

－

The diagrams in this section giveyou the dimensions and capacities ofyour vehicle and the locations of theidentification numbers. It alsoincludes information you shouldknow about your vehicle’s tires andemissions control systems.

................Identification Numbers . 492................................Specifications . 494

DOT Tire Quality Grading.......................(U.S Vehicles) . 496

Uniform Tire Quality..................................Grading . 496.................................Treadwear . 496

......................................Traction . 496.............................Temperature . 497

.................................Tire Labeling . 498Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS) Required Federal............................Explanation . 500

.......................Emissions Controls . 503.....................The Clean Air Act . 503

Crankcase Emissions Control....................................System . 503

Evaporative Emissions Control....................................System . 503

Onboard Refueling Vapor................................Recovery . 503

...Exhaust Emissions Controls . 504....................PGM-FI System . 504

Ignition Timing Control................................System . 504

Exhaust Gas Recirculation...................(EGR) System . 504

Three Way Catalytic...........................Converter . 504

....................Replacement Parts . 504..Three Way Catalytic Converter . 505

........................Emissions Testing . 506....Testing of Readiness Codes . 506

Technical InformationTechnicalInform

ation

491

０８／０７／２１　１２：２０：５８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４９６　

2009 Odyssey

Your vehicle has several identifyingnumbers in various places.

The vehicle identification number(VIN) is the 17-digit number yourdealer uses to register your vehiclefor warranty purposes. It is alsonecessary for licensing and insuringyour vehicle. The easiest place tofind the VIN is on a plate fastened tothe top of the dashboard. You cansee it by looking through thewindshield on the driver’s side. It isalso on the certification labelattached to the driver’s doorjamb,and is stamped on the enginecompartment bulkhead. The VIN isalso provided in bar code on thecertification label.

Identif ication Numbers

492

CERTIFICATION LABEL

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

０８／０７／２１　１２：２１：０３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４９７　

2009 Odyssey

The engine number is stamped intothe engine block. It is on the front.

The transmission number is on alabel on the side of the transmission.

Identif ication NumbersTechnicalInform

ation

493

TRANSMISSION NUMBER

ENGINE NUMBER

０８／０７／２１　１２：２１：０７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４９８　

2009 Odyssey

－－

＊

＊

＊＊

＊＊

＊＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

Specifications

494

Dimensions

Capacities

Air Conditioning

Weights

Engine

202.0 in (5,132 mm)77.1 in (1,958 mm)

66.8 in (1,697 mm)66.7 in (1,694 mm)118.1 in (3,000 mm)

68.8 in (1,748 mm)70.0 in (1,778 mm)

LengthWidthHeight

WheelbaseTrack

Excluding the oil remaining in the engine0.190 US gal (0.72 )

Including the coolant in the reserve tank and that remaining in theengineReserve tank capacity:

Fuel tank

EnginecoolantEngine oil

AutomatictransmissionfluidWindshieldwasherreservoir

2.6 US qt (2.5 )

8.0 US qt (7.6 )3.3 US qt (3.1 )5.3 US qt (5.0 )

4.2 US qt (4.0 )

4.5 US qt (4.3 )

2.56 US gal (9.7 )1.85 US gal (7.0 )

Refrigerant typeCharge quantityLubricant type

24.7 26.5 oz (700 750 g)ND-OIL8

HFC-134a (R-134a)

4.8 US qt (4.5 )

Gross vehicle weight rating

Gross combined weightrating (GCWR)

See the tire information label atta-ched to the driver’s doorjamb.

8,410 lbs (3,815 kg)

3.50 x 3.66 in (89.0 x 93.0 mm)212 cu-in (3,471 cm )

10.0 : 1

Water cooled 4-stroke SOHCVTEC or i-VTEC · VCM ,

6-cylinder (V6), gasoline engine

Type

Bore x StrokeDisplacementCompression ratio

Spark plugs10.5 : 1

SKJ16DR-M11IZFR5K11

ILZKR7B11SXU22HCR11

FrontRear

1 :

2 :

Approx.21 US gal (80 )

ChangeTotalChange

IncludingfilterWithoutfilter

TotalChangeTotal

U.S. VehiclesCanada Vehicles

NGK:DENSO:NGK:DENSO:

1 : LX, EX and Canadian DX models2 : EX-L and Touring models

1 : U.S. LX and Canadian DX models2 : EX, EX-L, Touring amd Canadian LX models

1 2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

1

2

2

０８／０７／２１　１２：２１：２６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０４９９　

2009 Odyssey

－

－－

－－－－－

－－－－－－－－－－－

＊

＊＊＊＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

＊

SpecificationsTechnicalInform

ation

495

Battery

Lights Alignment

Tires

Fuses

Seating Capacities

60 W (HB3)12 V

12 V12 V

12 V12 V12 V

12 V12 V12 V

21 W21/5 W

21 W5 W16 W

2 W8 W3.8 W (2 CP)

Capacity 12 V12 V

60 AH/5 HR72 AH/20 HR

Headlights

Fog lightsFront turn signal lightsFront parking/side markerlightsRear turn signal lightsStop/TaillightsTaillightsBack-up lightsLicense plate lightsHigh-mount brake lightIndividual map lights

Vanity mirror lightsCargo area lightDoor courtesy light

Toe-in

Camber

Caster

0.00 in (0.0 mm)0.08 in (2.0 mm)

0°0°30’

2°32’

235/65R16 103T

235-710R460A 104TT135/80D17 103M

33 psi (230 kPa , 2.3 kgf/cm )35 psi (240 kPa , 2.4 kgf/cm )35 psi (240 kPa , 2.4 kgf/cm )60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )

Size

Pressure

Interior

Under-hood

TotalFrontRear

12 V 51 W12 V 55 W12 V 21 W12 V 3 CP

12 V 2 CP

12 V 8 W12 V 5 W

235/60R17 102T

8/72

3/23

See page 485 and 487 or the fuselabel attached to the dashboard.See page 487 or the fuse labelattached to the inside of the fusebox door under the dashboard.See page 485 or the fuse boxcover.

FrontRearFrontRearFront

(Amber)

Driver’s side

Passenger’s side

FrontRear

HighLow

:

1 :2 :3 :4 :

Second rowThird row

Front/Rear

SpareFront

RearSpare

(H11)(HB4)

(Amber)

EX-L models

Except U.S.Touring models (With PAX)Touring models (Without PAX)U.S. Touring models (With PAX)

U.S. LX and Canadian DX models

1

2

3

1

4

1

０８／０７／２１　１２：２１：５３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５００　

2009 Odyssey

The tires on your car meet all U.S.Federal Safety Requirements. Alltires are also graded for treadwear,traction, and temperature perform-ance according toDepartment of Transportation(DOT) standards. The followingexplains these gradings.

Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder andmaximum section width. Forexample:

All passenger car tires must conformto Federal Safety Requirements inaddition to these grades.

The treadwear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified governmenttest course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded100. The relative performance oftires depends upon the actual condi-tions of their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions onspecified government test surfacesof asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor tractionperformance.

Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peaktraction characteristics.

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

Uniform Tire Quality Grading

Treadwear 200Traction AATemperature A

Treadwear Traction

496

０８／０７／２１　１２：２２：０２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５０１　

2009 Odyssey

Warning: The temperature grade forthis tire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessive loading,either separately or in combination,can cause heat buildup and possibletire failure.

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B, and C, representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained hightemperature can cause the materialof the tire to degenerate and reducetire life, and excessive temperaturecan lead to sudden tire failure. Thegrade C corresponds to a level ofperformance which all passenger cartires must meet under the FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on thelaboratory test wheel than theminimum required by law.

DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)

Temperature

TechnicalInform

ation

497

０８／０７／２１　１２：２２：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５０２　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

The tires that came on your vehiclehave a number of markings. Thoseyou should be aware of are describedbelow.

Load index (a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry).

Speed symbol (analphabetical code indicatingthe maximum speed rating).

The tire identification number (TIN)is a group of numbers and lettersthat look like the following example.TIN is located on the sidewall of thetire.

This indicates that the tiremeets all requirements ofthe U.S. Department ofTransportation.

Whenever tires are replaced, theyshould be replaced with tires of thesame size. Following is an exampleof tire size with an explanation ofwhat each component means.

Tire width in millimeters.

Aspect ratio (the tire’s sectionheight as a percentage of itswidth).

Tire construction code (Rindicates radial).

Rim diameter in inches.

Manufacturer’sidentification mark.

R

DOT

B97R

235

T

60

17

102

Tire Labeling

Tire Identif ication Number (TIN)

Tire Size

498

TIRE LABELING EXAMPLE

(1)

(1)

(4) (2)(3)

(1)(2)(3)(4)

Tire SizeTire Identification Number (TIN)Maximum Tire PressureMaximum Tire Load

DOT B97R FX6X 2202

235/60R17 102T

０８／０７／２１　１２：２２：１９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５０３　

2009 Odyssey

－

－－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

Load index (a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry).

Speed symbol (analphabetical code indicatingthe maximum speed rating).

Outside diameter of the tire inmillimeters.

Tire construction code (Rindicates radial)

Nominal diameter at the rimseat in millimeters.

Symmetric

Tire width in millimeters.

The PAX system tires have differentmarkings from conventional tiremarkings. Following is an example ofPAX system tire size with anexplanation of what each componentmeans.Max Press

Max Load

The maximum airpressure the tire canhold.

The maximum load thetire can carry atmaximum air pressure.

Tire type code.

Date of manufacture.

A

235

710

R

460

104

T

FX6X

2202YearWeek

If equipped

Tire Labeling (PAX System Tires)

PAX System Tire Labeling

Maximum Tire Pressure

Maximum Tire Load

TechnicalInform

ation

499

235-710R460A 104T

０８／０７／２１　１２：２２：３３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５０４　

2009 Odyssey

－

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale

when one or more of your tires issignificantly under-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate them tothe proper pressure.


Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver’sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

(If your vehicle has tires of adifferent size than the size indicatedon the vehicle placard or tireinflation pressure label, you shoulddetermine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label.

All models

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation

500

０８／０７／２１　１２：２２：３９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５０５　

2009 Odyssey

－

Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

TPMS malfunctions may occur for avariety of reasons, including theinstallation of replacement oralternate tires or wheels on thevehicle that prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated,

the system may not be able to detector signal low tire pressure asintended.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicatorto indicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMSmalfunction indicator is provided bya separate telltale, which displays thesymbol ‘‘TPMS’’ when illuminated.


Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal ExplanationTechnicalInform

ation

501

０８／０７／２１　１２：２２：４４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５０６　

2009 Odyssey

－

TPMS malfunctions may occur for avariety of reasons, including theinstallation of replacement oralternate tires or wheels on thevehicle that prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly.

Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicatorto indicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMSmalfunction indicator is combinedwith the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as longas the malfunction exists.

Touring model

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation

502

０８／０７／２１　１２：２２：４９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５０７　

2009 Odyssey

＊

＊

The burning of gasoline in yourvehicle’s engine produces several by-products. Some of these are carbonmonoxide (CO), oxides of nitrogen(NOx), and hydrocarbons (HC).Gasoline evaporating from the tankalso produces hydrocarbons. Con-trolling the production of NOx, CO,and HC is important to the environ-ment. Under certain conditions ofsunlight and climate, NOx and HCreact to form photochemical ‘‘smog.’’Carbon monoxide does not contri-bute to smog creation, but it is apoisonous gas.

The United States Clean Air Actsets standards for automobileemissions. It also requires thatautomobile manufacturers explain toowners how their emissions controlswork and what to do to maintainthem. This section summarizes howthe emissions controls work.Scheduled maintenance is on page

.

Your vehicle has a positivecrankcase ventilation system. Thiskeeps gasses that build up in theengine’s crankcase from going intothe atmosphere. The positive

crankcase ventilation valve routesthem from the crankcase back to theintake manifold. They are thendrawn into the engine and burned.

In Canada, Honda vehicles complywith the Canadian emissionrequirements, as specified in anagreement with EnvironmentCanada, at the time they aremanufactured.

The onboard refueling vaporrecovery (ORVR) system capturesthe fuel vapors during refueling. Thevapors are adsorbed in a canisterfilled with activated carbon. Whiledriving, the fuel vapors are drawninto the engine and burned off.

As gasoline evaporates in the fueltank, an evaporative emissionscontrol canister filled with charcoaladsorbs the vapor. It is stored in thiscanister while the engine is off. Afterthe engine is started and warmed up,the vapor is drawn into the engineand burned during driving.

424

The Clean Air Act

Crankcase Emissions ControlSystem

Onboard Refueling VaporRecovery

Evaporative Emissions ControlSystem

Emissions ControlsTechnicalInform

ation

503

０８／０７／２１　１２：２２：５７　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５０８　

2009 Odyssey

The exhaust emissions controlsinclude four systems: PGM-FI,ignition timing control, exhaust gasrecirculation, and three way catalyticconverter. These four systems worktogether to control the engine’scombustion and minimize theamount of HC, CO, and NOx thatcome out the tailpipe. The exhaustemissions control systems areseparate from the crankcase andevaporative emissions controlsystems.

The PGM-FI system uses sequentialmultiport fuel injection.It has three subsystems: air intake,engine control, and fuel control. Thepowertrain control module (PCM)uses various sensors to determinehow much air is going into theengine. It then controls how muchfuel to inject under all operatingconditions.

This system constantly adjusts theignition timing, reducing the amountof HC, CO, and NOx produced.

The exhaust gas recirculation (EGR)system takes some of the exhaustgas and routes it back into the intakemanifold. Adding exhaust gas to theair/fuel mixture reduces the amountof NOx produced when the fuel isburned.

The three way catalytic converter isin the exhaust system. Throughchemical reactions, it converts HC,CO, and NOx in the engine’s exhaustto carbon dioxide (CO ), nitrogen(N ), and water vapor.

The emissions control systems aredesigned and certified to work to-gether in reducing emissions tolevels that comply with the Clean AirAct. To make sure the emissionsremain low, you should use only newHonda replacement parts or theirequivalent for repairs. Using lowerquality parts may increase theemissions from your vehicle.

The emissions control systems arecovered by warranties separate fromthe rest of your vehicle. Read yourwarranty manual for more informa-tion.

2

2

Exhaust Emissions Controls Replacement Parts

PGM-FI System

Ignition Timing Control System

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)System

Three Way Catalytic Converter

Emissions Controls

504

０８／０７／２１　１２：２３：０６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５０９　

2009 Odyssey

The three way catalytic convertermust operate at a high temperaturefor the chemical reactions to takeplace. It can set on fire anycombustible materials that comenear it. Park your vehicle away fromhigh grass, dry leaves, or otherflammables.

Keep the engine well maintained.

Have your vehicle diagnosed andrepaired if it is misfiring, back-firing, stalling, or otherwise notrunning properly.

The three way catalytic converterscontain precious metals that serve ascatalysts, promoting chemicalreactions to convert the exhaustgasses without affecting the metals.The catalytic converters are referredto as three-way catalysts, since theyact on HC, CO, and NOx.Replacement units must be originalHonda parts or their equivalent.

A defective three way catalyticconverter contributes to air pollution,and can impair your engine’s per-formance. Follow these guidelines toprotect your vehicle’s three waycatalytic converter.

Always use unleaded gasoline.Even a small amount of leadedgasoline can contaminate thecatalyst metals, making the threeway catalytic converter ineffective.

Three Way Catalytic ConverterTechnicalInform

ation

505

THREE WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER

WARM UP THREE WAY CATALYTICCONVERTERS

０８／０７／２１　１２：２３：１４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５１０　

2009 Odyssey

If you take your vehicle for anemissions test shortly after thebattery has been disconnected orgone dead, it may not pass the test.This is because of certain ‘‘readinesscodes’’ that must be set in the on-board diagnostics for the emissionssystems. These codes are erasedwhen the battery is disconnected,and set again only after several daysof driving under a variety ofconditions.

If the testing facility determines thatthe readiness codes are not set, youwill be requested to return at a laterdate to complete the test. If you mustget the vehicle retested within thenext two or three days, you cancondition the vehicle for retesting bydoing the following.

Make sure the gas tank is nearly,but not completely, full (around3/4).

Without touching the acceleratorpedal, start the engine, and let itidle for 20 seconds.

Make sure the vehicle has beenparked with the engine off for 6hours or more.

Make sure the ambienttemperature is between 40° and95°F (4° and 35°C).

Keep the vehicle in Park. Increasethe engine speed to 2,000 rpm, andhold it there until the temperaturegauge rises to at least 1/4 of thescale (about 3 minutes).

Without touching the acceleratorpedal, let the engine idle for 20seconds.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Testing of Readiness Codes

Emissions Testing

506

０８／０７／２１　１２：２３：２１　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５１１　

2009 Odyssey

Then drive in city/suburbantraffic for at least 10 minutes.When traffic conditions allow, letthe vehicle coast for severalseconds without using theaccelerator pedal or the brakepedal.

Select a nearby lightly traveledmajor highway where you canmaintain a speed of 50 to 60 mphfor at least 20 minutes. Drive onthe highway in D (A/T). Do notuse the cruise control. Whentraffic allows, drive for 90 secondswithout moving the acceleratorpedal. (Vehicle speed may varyslightly; this is okay.) If you cannotdo this for a continuous 90seconds because of trafficconditions, drive for at least 30seconds, then repeat it two moretimes (for a total of 90 seconds).

If the testing facility determines thereadiness codes are still not set, seeyour dealer.

Make sure the vehicle has beenparked with the engine off for 30minutes.

7. 8.

9.

Emissions TestingTechnicalInform

ation

507

０８／０７／２１　１２：２３：２６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５１２　

2009 Odyssey

508

０８／０７／２１　１２：２３：２８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５１３　

2009 Odyssey

....Customer Service Information . 510....................Warranty Coverages . 511

Reporting Safety Defects..........................(U.S. Vehicles) . 512

.....................Authorized Manuals . 513

Warranty and Customer RelationsW

arrantyand

Custom

erR

elations

509

０８／０７／２１　１２：２３：３２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５１４　

2009 Odyssey

Honda dealership personnel aretrained professionals. They shouldbe able to answer all your questions.If you encounter a problem that yourdealership does not solve to yoursatisfaction, please discuss it withthe dealership’s management. Theservice manager or general managercan help. Almost all problems aresolved in this way.

If you are dissatisfied with thedecision made by the dealership’smanagement, contact HondaCustomer Service.

U.S. Owners:

Canadian Owners: When you call or write, please giveus this information:

Vehicle Identification Number(see page )

Name and address of the dealerwho services your vehicle

Date of purchase

Mileage on your vehicle

Your name, address, and tele-phone number

A detailed description of theproblem

Name of the dealer who sold thevehicle to you

In Puerto Rico and the U.S. VirginIslands:

492

Customer Service Information

510

American Honda Motor Co., Inc.Automobile Customer ServiceMail Stop 500-2N-7A1919 Torrance BoulevardTorrance, California 90501-2746

Tel: (800) 999-1009

Honda Canada Inc.715 Milner AvenueToronto, ONM1B 2K8

Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9Fax: Toll-free 1-877-939-0909

Toronto (416) 287-4776

Vortex Motor Corp.Bella InternationalP.O. Box 190816San Juan, PR 00919-0816

Tel: (787) 620-7546

Customer Relations

０８／０７／２１　１２：２３：３９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５１５　

2009 Odyssey

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

－

Your new vehicle is covered by thesewarranties:

covers your new vehicle, except forthe battery, emissions controlsystems, and accessories, againstdefects in materials andworkmanship.

these twowarranties cover your vehicle’semissions control systems. Time,mileage, and coverage areconditional. Please read yourwarranty booklet for exactinformation.

providescoverage for as long as the pur-chaser of the muffler owns thevehicle.

provides proratedcoverage for a replacement batterypurchased from your dealer.

this warranty gives upto 100% credit toward a replacementbattery.

a seatbelt that fails to function properly iscovered by a limited warranty.Please read your warranty bookletfor details.

covers all Hondareplacement parts against defects inmaterials and workmanship.

Honda accessories are coveredunder this warranty. Time andmileage limits depend on the type ofaccessory and other factors. Pleaseread your warranty booklet fordetails.

all exterior body panels arecovered for rust-through from theinside for the specified time periodwith no mileage limit.

Restrictions and exclusions apply toall these warranties. Please read the2009 Honda warranty informationbooklet that came with your vehiclefor precise information on warrantycoverages. Your vehicle’s originaltires are covered by theirmanufacturer. Tire warrantyinformation is in a separate booklet.

Please refer to the 2009 warrantymanual that came with your vehicle.

Warranty Coverages

U.S. Owners

Canadian Owners

New Vehicle Limited Warranty

Emissions Control Systems DefectsWarranty and EmissionsPerformance Warranty

Replacement Muffler LifetimeLimited Warranty

Replacement Battery LimitedWarranty

Original Equipment Battery LimitedWarranty

Seat Belt Limited Warranty

Replacement Parts LimitedWarranty

Accessory Limited Warranty

Rust Perforation Limited Warranty

Warranty

andC

ustomer

Relations

511

０８／０７／２１　１２：２３：４９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５１６　

2009 Odyssey

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform theNational Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in additionto notifying American Honda MotorCo., Inc.

If NHTSA receives similar com-plaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defectexists in a group of vehicles, it mayorder a recall and remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannot becomeinvolved in individual problemsbetween you, your dealer, orAmerican Honda Motor Co., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to

; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 NewJersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC20590.You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from .

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Vehicles)

512

http://www.saf ercar.gov

http://www.saf ercar.gov

０８／０７／２１　１２：２３：５４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５１７　

2009 Odyssey

The publications shown below can be purchased from HelmIncorporated. You can order by phone or online:

If you are interested in other years or models, contact Helm Inc.at 1-800-782-4356.

Call Helm Inc. at 1-800-782-4356 (credit card orders only)Go online at

Covers maintenance and recommended procedures forrepair to engine and chassis components. It is writtenfor the journeyman mechanic, but it is simple enoughfor most mechanically inclined owners to understand.

Complements the Service Manual by providing in-depthtroubleshooting information for each electrical circuitin your vehicle.

Describes the procedures involved in the replacementof damaged body parts.

Authorized Manuals

Purchasing Factory Authorized Manuals Service Manual:

Electrical Troubleshooting Manual:

Body Repair Manual:

(U.S. only)

Authorized

Manuals

513

Publication Form Number

61SHJ04

61SHJ04EL

61SHJ40

31SHJ640

31SHJ820

31SHJM40

31SHJQ40

HON-R

Form Description

2007-09 Honda Odyssey Service Manual

2005-09 Honda Odyssey

Electrical Troubleshooting Manual

2005 Model Series Honda Odyssey

Body Repair Manual

2009 Honda Odyssey Owner’s Manual

2009 Honda Odyssey

Navigation System Manual

2009 Honda Odyssey

Honda Service History

2009 Honda Odyssey Quick Start Guide

Order Form for Previous Years-Indicate

Year and Model Desired

www. helminc. com

０８／０７／２１　１２：２４：０２　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５１８　

2009 Odyssey

514

０８／０７／２１　１２：２４：０５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５１９　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

....................................Accessories . 376ACCESSORY (Ignition Key

.....................................Position) . 144.............Accessory Power Socket . 203

...........................AC Power Outlet . 203....................Additives, Engine Oil . 427

...............Advanced Airbag System . 30...............................Airbag (SRS) . 9, 25

..............Air Conditioning System . 210.....................Rear A/C Control . 216

...............Air Outlets (Vents) . 213, 220

.......................Air Pressure, Tires . 451......................................Antifreeze . 431

Anti-lock Brakes (ABS)...............................Indicator . 69, 392

...................................Operation . 392..............Anti-theft, Audio System . 284

Anti-theft Steering Column............................................Lock . 144

........................................Armrests . 171...............Audio Controls, Remote . 282

................................Audio System . 221...Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners . 23.Automatic Lighting Off Feature . 138

.............Automatic Speed Control . 319..............Automatic Transmission . 386

..........................Capacity, Fluid . 494...............Checking Fluid Level . 433

.......................................Shifting . 386Shift Lever Position

...............................Indicators . 386................Shift Lever Positions . 387

....................Shift Lock Release . 389......................Auxiliary Input Jack . 283

BatteryCharging System

...........................Indicator . 67, 479............................Jump Starting . 475

..............................Maintenance . 458............................Specifications . 494

..............................Before Driving . 367....................................Belts, Seat . 8, 21

.........................Beverage Holders . 195.......Bluetooth HandsFreeLink . 325

..................................Booster Seats . 57Brakes

...........Anti-lock System (ABS) . 392

.............Break-in, New Linings . 368............Bulb Replacement . 441, 443

...........................................Fluid . 435.................Pad Wear Indicators . 391

.......................................Parking . 192.................System Indicator . 69, 481

.............................Braking System . 391.................Break-in, New Vehicle . 368

Brightness Control,...............................Instruments . 139

Bulb Replacement..........................Back-up Lights . 442

..............................Brake Lights . 443................Front Parking Lights . 439

........Front Side Marker Lights . 439...........Front Turn Signal Light . 438

.................................Headlights . 437

.........................Rear Bulbs . 441, 442............Rear Turn Signal Light . 441

............................Specifications . 495..............................Bulbs, Halogen . 437

Index

A

B

IND

EX

I

０８／０７／２１　１２：２４：０９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５２０　

2009 Odyssey

................DANGER, Explanation of . ii...................................Dashboard . 3, 64

..............Daytime Running Lights . 138Daytime Running Lights

.......................................Indicator . 73.................................Dead Battery . 475

............Defects, Reporting Safety . 512..............Defogger, Rear Window . 140..............Defrosting the Windows . 214

....................................Dimensions . 494.............Dimming the Headlights . 136

Dipstick..........Automatic Transmission . 433

..................................Engine Oil . 371........................Directional Signals . 136

................................Cancel Button . 321............................Capacities Chart . 494

.............Carbon Monoxide Hazard . 60..........................Cargo Area Light . 207

....................Cargo, How to Carry . 378..............CAUTION, Explanation of . ii

.........................................CD Care . 272..........................CD Changer . 244, 263

CD Changer Error...........................Messages . 251, 271

.......................................CD Player . 226...............................Center Pocket . 202

...................................Center Tray . 195........................Certification Label . 492

.................................Chains, Tires . 455Changing Oil

........................................How to . 428......................................When to . 415

....................Changing a Flat Tire . 466...Charging System Indicator . 67, 479

............Checklist, Before Driving . 384................Childproof Door Locks . 157

.....................................Child Safety . 38..............................Booster Seats . 57

...................................Child Seats . 46.....Important Safety Reminders . 41

..........................................Infants . 43..........................Larger Children . 47

.........................................LATCH . 48......................Risks with Airbags . 39

.............................Small Children . 44.........................................Tethers . 53

........Where Should A Child Sit? . 39.......................................Child Seats . 43

......LATCH Anchorage System . 48..........Tether Anchorage Points . 54

Cleaning...................................Seat Belts . 444

...............Climate Control System . 215..............................................Clock . 281

.....................Code, Audio System . 284........................CO in the Exhaust . 503

............Cold Weather, Starting in . 385......................Compact Spare Tire . 465

.................Consumer Information . 510.............Controls, Instruments and . 63

....................Conversation Mirror . 198Coolant

........................................Adding . 430....................................Checking . 372

.........................Proper Solution . 430...................Temperature Gauge . 77

Crankcase Emissions Control........................................System . 503

................Cruise Control Indicator . 75............Cruise Control Operation . 319

...................................Cup Holders . 195.........................Customer Service . 510

Index

C

D

II

０８／０７／２１　１５：０２：４０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５２１　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

Disc Brake Pad Wear...................................Indicators . 391

.....................Disposal of Used Oil . 429Doors

Auto Door Locking/..............................Unlocking . 152

............Locking and Unlocking . 151..................Lockout Prevention . 151

..............Manual Sliding Doors . 161........................Open monitor . 75, 91

....................Power Door Locks . 151.................Power Sliding Doors . 161

..........DOT Tire Quality Grading . 496...........Driver and Passenger Safety . 5

...........................................Driving . 383....................................Economy . 373

Driving Position Memory........................................System . 184

..................Dust and Pollen Filter . 444....................DVD Error Message . 314

...................................DVD Player . 285

..............................Economy, Fuel . 373

..................................Emergencies . 461.............Battery, Jump Starting . 475...........Brake System Indicator . 481

................Changing a Flat Tire . 466.....Charging System Indicator . 479

..................Checking the Fuses . 483...........Driving with a Flat Tire . 457

.......Hazard Warning Flashers . 140............................Jump Starting . 475

.....Low Oil Pressure Indicator . 479...Malfunction Indicator Lamp . 480

..................Overheated Engine . 477.......................................Towing . 488

.........................Emergency Brake . 192....................Emergency Flashers . 140

......................Emergency Towing . 488.......................Emissions Controls . 503

.............Emissions Testing, State . 506Engine

....Coolant Temperature Gauge . 77..............Engine Speed Limiter . 388

.........................If It Won’t Start . 473Malfunction Indicator

................................Lamp . 67, 480........Oil Pressure Indicator . 67, 479..............Oil, What Kind to Use . 426

...............................Overheating . 477............................Specifications . 494

.......................................Starting . 385.Evaporative Emissions Controls . 503

...............................Exhaust Fumes . 60Exhaust Gas Recirculation

........................................System . 504Expectant Mothers, Use of Seat

........................................Belts by . 19

...................................Fan, Interior . 211Features, Comfort and

..............................Convenience . 209....................Filling the Fuel Tank . 369

Filters..............Dust and Pollen Filter . 444

...............................................Oil . 428...........Flashers, Hazard Warning . 140

...................Flat Tire, Changing a . 466.............................Floor Mats . 176, 444

.......................Floor Storage Area . 200

Index

E

F

IND

EX

III

０８／０７／２１　１５：０２：４５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５２２　

2009 Odyssey

Fluids..........Automatic Transmission . 433

..........................................Brake . 435..........................Power Steering . 436

................Windshield Washers . 432FM Stereo Radio

...................................Reception . 275........Folding the Third Row Seat . 181

........................Four-way Flashers . 140..............................Front Airbags . 9, 25

......................................Front Seat . 168...................Adjusting . 168, 169, 170

.......................................Heaters . 183

.....................................Airbags . 9, 25.................................................Fuel . 368

......................Fill Door and Cap . 369...........................................Gauge . 77

................Octane Requirement . 368....................................Refueling . 369

........................Reserve Indicator . 74.....................Fuses, Checking the . 483

...............Gas Mileage, Improving . 374

.........................................Gasoline . 368...............Fuel Reserve Indicator . 74

...........................................Gauge . 77................Octane Requirement . 368

....................................Refueling . 369................Gas Station Procedures . 369

Gauges...Engine Coolant Temperature . 77

...............................................Fuel . 77...............................Speedometer . 77

.................................Tachometer . 77GAWR (Gross Axle Weight

.......................................Rating) . 405GCWR (Gross Combined Weight

.......................................Rating) . 405...................................Glove Boxes . 201

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight.......................................Rating) . 405

.............Halogen Headlight Bulbs . 429...........................HandsFreeLink . 325

............Hazard Warning Flashers . 140.....................................Headlights . 136

........................................Aiming . 437

............Automatic Lighting Off . 138.........Daytime Running Lights . 138

..................High Beam Indicator . 73.......................Reminder Chime . 136

........Replacing Halogen Bulbs . 437.................................Turning on . 136

...................................Headphones . 315............................Head Restraints . 171

...............................Heated Mirror . 192...................................Heater, Seat . 183

.....................Heating and Cooling . 210.............High Altitude, Starting at . 385

...............High-Low Beam Switch . 135HomeLink Universal

................................Transceiver . 322.......................Hood, Opening the . 370

...........................................Horn . 4, 133

...Identification Number, Vehicle . 492Ignition

............................................Keys . 142.........................................Switch . 144

............Timing Control System . 504......................Immobilizer System . 143

Index

HI

G

IV

０８／０７／２１　１２：２４：２４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５２３　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

................................................Keys . 142

.........Important Safety Precautions . 6...................................Indicators . 65, 66

......ABS (Anti-lock Brake) . 69, 392Brake (Parking and Brake

...........................System) . 69, 481................Charging System . 67, 478

.............................Cruise Control . 75DRL (Daytime Running

.....................................Lights) . 73Indicators

.....................................Fog Light . 73.............................Fuel Economy . 75

...................................High Beam . 73.......Key (Immobilizer System) . 70

.....................................Lights On . 73......................................Low Fuel . 74

................Low Oil Pressure . 67, 479......Low Tire Pressure . 71, 396, 399

..................Maintenance Minder . 76.....................Side Airbag Off . 35, 68

.........................................SRS . 34, 67.........................System Message . 76

...........................TPMS . 72, 397, 400Turn Signal and Hazard

...................................Warning . 72

Vehicle Stability Assist...............(VSA ) System . 70, 394

............................VSA Activation . 70..............................Washer Level . 74

..................Individual Map Lights . 206...............................Infant Restraint . 43

......................................Infant Seats . 45......LATCH Anchorage System . 48

...........................Lower Anchors . 48..........Tether Anchorage Points . 54

...................Inflation, Proper Tire . 451

...................In-Floor Storage Area . 200.................................Inside Mirror . 190

.............................Inspection, Tire . 452......................Instrument Panel . 4, 133

......Instrument Panel Brightness . 139....................Integrated Sunshade . 197

...............................Interior Lights . 205........................................Introduction . i

.................Jacking up the Vehicle . 468.......................................Jack, Tire . 467

................................Jump Starting . 475

.......................Label, Certification . 492...............Lane Change, Signaling . 136

..................Lap/Shoulder Belts . 15, 22...........LATCH Anchorage System . 48

....................Light Control Switch . 205Lights

....................Bulb Replacement . 437.......................................Indicator . 73

.......................................Interior . 205

.......................................Parking . 135................................Turn Signal . 136

............................Load Limits . 378, 404....LOCK (Ignition Key Position) . 144

Index

J

K

L

IND

EX

V

０８／０７／２１　１２：２４：３０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５２４　

2009 Odyssey

Locks.....Anti-theft Steering Column . 144

............................Fuel Fill Door . 369..................................Glove Box . 201

..................Lockout Prevention . 151...............................Power Door . 151.............................Sliding Doors . 161

......................................Tailgate . 157........................Low Coolant Level . 372.........................Low Fuel Indicator . 74

...Low Oil Pressure Indicator . 67, 479.........................Lower Anchors . 48, 50

..........................Lower Glove Box . 201...Lubricant Specifications Chart . 494

...........Luggage, Storing (Cargo) . 378

..................................Maintenance . 413................................Minder . 415-424

.........................Minder Indicator . 76...Owner Maintenance Checks . 423

..........................................Safety . 414.Malfunction Indicator Lamp . 67, 480

...................Manual Sliding Doors . 161...............................Meters, Gauges . 77

..............Michelin PAX System . 462........................Mirrors, Adjusting . 190

.................................Modifications . 377...............Modifying Your Vehicle . 376

.......................................Moonroof . 189Moving the Second Row Bucket

.............................................Seat . 175.............Multi-Information Display . 81

...................Neutral Gear Position . 387..................New Vehicle Break-in . 368

...................NOTICE, Explanation of . i...............Numbers, Identification . 492

...Octane Requirement, Gasoline . 368...................................Odometer . 78, 85

.........................Odometer, Trip . 78, 86Oil

........................Change, How to . 428......................Change, When to . 415......................Checking Engine . 371..............Pressure Indicator . 67, 479

Selecting Proper Viscosity......................................Chart . 427

.........ON (Ignition Key Position) . 144Onboard Refueling Vapor

....................................Recovery . 503............................Outside Mirrors . 191

....................Overheating, Engine . 477.......Owner Maintenance Checks . 423

.........................Oxygenated Fuels . 368

............Panel Brightness Control . 139........................Park Gear Position . 387

...........................................Parking . 390...............................Parking Brake . 192

Parking Brake and Brake.................System Indicator . 69, 481

...............................Parking Lights . 136................Parking Sensor System . 361

..Parking Over Things that Burn . 390

....Passenger Airbag Off Indicator . 35.................................PAX System . 462

.............................PGM-FI System . 504........................Power Door Locks . 151

Index

M

NP

O

VI

０８／０７／２１　１２：２４：３５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５２５　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

Power Sliding Doors.......................................Indicator . 75...................................Operation . 161

.....................................Switches . 162...............Power Socket Locations . 194

..............................Power Tailgate . 158............................Power Windows . 186

.........Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . 19

.........Protecting Adults and Teens . 11...Additional Safety Precautions . 19

.....Advice for Pregnant Women . 19........................Protecting Children . 38.......................Protecting Infants . 43

.......Protecting Larger Children . 56.........Protecting Small Children . 44

Using Child Seats with.....................................Tethers . 53

.............................Using LATCH . 48

...................Radiator Overheating . 477.............Radio/CD Sound System . 221

...........................Readiness Codes . 480............Rear Audio Control Panel . 290

...............................Rear A/C Unit . 216

........Rear Entertainment System . 285Rear Lights, Bulb

......................Replacement . 441, 442...Rearview Camera and Monitor . 365

..........................Rear View Mirror . 190...............Rear Window Defogger . 140

Rear Window Wiper and.......................................Washer . 135

.....Reclining the Seat Backs . 168, 170.Reclining the Second Row Seats . 168

.....Reclining the Third Row Seat . 169.................Reminder Indicators . 65, 66

................Remote Audio Controls . 282

................Remote Control (RES) . 312.....................Remote Transmitter . 145

Removing the Second Row...........................................Seats . 177

Replacement Information................Engine Oil and Filter . 428

..........................................Fuses . 482................................Light Bulbs . 437................................Timing Belt . 436

...........................................Tires . 454.............................Wiper Blades . 445

Replacing Seat Belts After a............................................Crash . 24

.............Reporting Safety Defects . 512Reserve Tank,

.................Engine Coolant . 372, 430..............Retractable Center Tray . 195

..................Reverse Gear Position . 387......................................Roof Rack . 381

................................Rotation, Tire . 453

..................................Safety Belts . 8, 21............Safety Defects, Reporting . 512

.................................Safety Features . 7...........................................Airbags . 9

.......................................Seat Belts . 8.............Safety Labels, Location of . 61

...............................Safety Messages . ii

Index

S

R

IND

EX

VII

０８／０７／２１　１２：２４：４０　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５２６　

2009 Odyssey

.....................................Seat Belts . 8, 21...............Additional Information . 21

Automatic Seat Belt...............................Tensioners . 23

.....................................Cleaning . 444......................Lap/Shoulder Belt . 22

................................Maintenance . 24Reminder Indicator and

................................Beeper . 21, 68................................Replacement . 24

...................System Components . 21...............Use During Pregnancy . 19

...Wearing a Lap/Shoulder Belt . 15..................................Seat Heaters . 183

...............................................Seats . 167..............Adjustments . 168, 169, 170

..........Drivers Lumbar Support . 170....Folding the Third Row Seat . 181

........................Head Restraints . 171.....Manual Height Adjustment . 169

....................Passenger Seating . 167.Reclining the Third Row Seat . 169

Removing the Second Row.......................................Seats . 177

Removing the Second Row........................Plus-One Seat . 178

............Third Row Seat Access . 174............................Security System . 318

SensorsFront Passenger’s Weight

.....................................Sensors . 30....Driver’s Seat Position Sensor . 30

...............................Serial Number . 492...........................Service Intervals . 415

.............................Service Manual . 513...........Service Station Procedure . 369

..........................Setting the Clock . 281...Shift Lever Position Indicators . 386

........................Shift Lock Release . 389................................Side Airbags . 9, 31

..........................Off Indicator . 35, 68Side Marker Lights, Bulb

..............................Replacement . 439.............................Signaling Turns . 136

.................................Sliding Doors . 161.....................................Snow Tires . 455

................................Sound System . 221Spare Tire

......................................Inflating . 465............................Specifications . 495

....................Specifications Charts . 494................................Speed Control . 319

...................................Speedometer . 77..........SRS, Additional Information . 25

...Additional Safety Precautions . 37.............................Airbag Service . 36

..How the SRS Indicator Works . 34How Your Airbags

............................Work . 27, 31, 33........................SRS Components . 25

.............................SRS Indicator . 34, 67..START (Ignition Key Position) . 144

.......................Starting the Engine . 385In Cold Weather at High

..................................Altitude . 385................With a Dead Battery . 475..............State Emissions Testing . 506

........Steam Coming from Engine . 477Steering Wheel

................................Adjustment . 141...........Anti-theft Column Lock . 144

.........................Buttons . 82, 282, 319...................Stereo Sound System . 221....................Storing Your Vehicle . 459

..........Second Row Plus-One Seat . 178........................Sunglasses Holder . 197

........................................Sun Visor . 198

Index

VIII

０８／０７／２１　１２：２４：４４　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５２７　

2009 Odyssey

CONTINUED

................................Vanity Mirror . 199

Supplemental Restraint System......................................Servicing . 36

.........................SRS Indicator . 34, 67...................System Components . 25

..................................Synthetic Oil . 427

.....................................Tachometer . 77..........................................Tailgate . 157

.......................Opening the . 157, 158.......Open Monitor Indicator . 75, 91..Taillights, Changing Bulbs . 441, 442

.Taking Care of the Unexpected . 461Technical Descriptions

.....Emissions Control Systems . 503Three Way Catalytic

.......................Converter . 504, 505.......................Temperature Gauge . 77

........Temperature, Inside Sensor . 220...................Tensioners, Seat Belts . 23

..............Tether Anchorage Points . 54............................Theft Protection . 284

..Three Way Catalytic Converter . 505Tilt and Telescoping the

.........................Steering Wheel . 141

..........................Time, Setting the . 281....................................Timing Belt . 436....................................Tire Chains . 455

.........Tire, How to Change a Flat . 466...............................................Tires . 450

..............................Air Pressure . 451...................................Balancing . 453

.........................Checking Wear . 452..........................Compact Spare . 465

......DOT Tire Quality Grading . 496......................................Inflation . 450

..................................Inspection . 452.....................................Labeling . 498...................................Replacing . 454

......................................Rotating . 453................................Service Life . 453

...........................................Snow . 455............................Specifications . 495

................................Tire Chains . 455Tire Pressure Monitoring

............System (TPMS) . 396, 399...................Tools, Tire Changing . 466

Towing.....................................A Trailer . 404

................Emergency Wrecker . 488....Equipment and Accessories . 406

.............................Weight Limit . 404

.............................Trailer Loading . 404......................Trailer Towing Tips . 410

Transmission...............Checking Fluid Level . 433

...........................Fluid Selection . 434..............Identification Number . 493.............Shifting the Automatic . 386

.....................................Treadwear . 496

.................................Trip Meter . 78, 86..................................Turn Signals . 135

Unexpected, Taking Care..........................................of the . 461

....Uniform Tire Quality Grading . 496........................Unleaded Gasoline . 368

...........................Upper Glove Box . 201.......Used Oil, How to Dispose of . 429

Index

U

V

T

IND

EX

IX

０８／０７／２１　１２：２４：４９　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５２８　

2009 Odyssey

.........Vehicle Capacity Load . 379, 404......................Vehicle Dimensions . 494

....Vehicle Identification Number . 492Vehicle Stability Assist

.................................(VSA ) . 70, 394.............................Vehicle Storage . 459

.....................................Ventilation . 213.................................................VIN . 492

..................................Viscosity, Oil . 427

.............WARNING, Explanation of . ii.........Warning Labels, Location of . 61

....................Warranty Coverages . 511Washer, Windshield

........Checking the Fluid Level . 432............................Level Indicator . 74

...................................Operation . 134Wheels

.............Adjusting the Steering . 141............Alignment and Balance . 453

..........................Compact Spare . 465......................................Wrench . 469

Windows.............................Auto Reverse . 186

................Operating the Power . 186.........................Rear, Defogger . 140

Windshield.....................................Cleaning . 134...................................Defroster . 214

.....................................Washers . 134Wipers, Windshield

.......................Changing Blades . 445...................................Operation . 134

Rear Windshield Wiper and...................................Washer . 135

..................Wireless Headphones . 315....................................Worn Tires . 452

.....Wrecker, Emergency Towing . 488

.....................................XM Radio . 238

Index

W

X

X

０８／０７／２１　１２：２４：５３　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５２９　

2009 Odyssey

０８／０７／２１　１２：２４：５６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５３０　

2009 Odyssey

０８／０７／２１　１２：２４：５８　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５３１　

2009 Odyssey

０８／０７／２１　１２：２５：００　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５３２　

2009 Odyssey

Service Information Summary

Gasoline:

Fuel Tank Capacity:

Recommended Engine Oil:

Automatic Transmission Fluid:

Power Steering Fluid:

Brake Fluid:

Tire Pressure (measured cold):Unleaded gasoline, pump octanenumber of 87 or higher.

API Premium grade 5W-20detergent oil (see page ).

Oil change capacity (includingfilter):

Honda Genuine ATF-Z1(Automatic Transmission Fluid)(see page ).

Honda Power Steering Fluidpreferred, or another brand ofpower steering fluid as atemporary replacement. Do notuse ATF (see page ).

Honda Heavy Duty Brake FluidDOT 3 preferred, or a DOT 3 orDOT 4 brake fluid as a temporaryreplacement (see page ).

4.5 US qt (4.3 )

35 psi (240 kPa , 2.4 kgf/cm )Rear:

33 psi (230 kPa , 2.3 kgf/cm )Front:

Front:35 psi (240 kPa , 2.4 kgf/cm )

Rear:35 psi (240 kPa , 2.4 kgf/cm )

Compact Spare Tire:60 psi (420 kPa , 4.2 kgf/cm )

21 US gal (80 )

EX-L models:

LX, EX, Touring models andCanadian DX models:

All models except U.S. Touringmodels with PAX system

426

434

436

435

０８／０７／２１　１２：２５：１５　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０５３３　

2009 Odyssey

This owner’s manual should be considereda permanent part of the vehicle and shouldremain with the vehicle when it is sold.

This owner’s manual covers all models ofthe Odyssey. You may find descriptions ofequipment and features that are not on yourparticular model.

The information and specifications includedin this publication were in effect at the timeof approval for printing. Honda Motor Co.,Ltd. reserves the right, however, todiscontinue or change specifications ordesign at any time without notice andwithout incurring any obligation whatsoever.

Owner’s Identif ication

POUR CLIENTS CANADIENAVIS IMPORTANT: Si vous avezbesoin d’un Manuel du Conducteuren français, veuillez demander àvotre concessionnaire decommander le numéro de pièce33SHJC40

OWNER

ADDRESS

V. I. N.

DELIVERY DATE

DEALER NAME DEALER NO.

ADDRESS

OWNER’S SIGNATURE

DEALER’S SIGNATURE

STREET

CITY STATE/PROVINCE ZIP CODE/POSTAL CODE

(Date sold to original retail purchaser)

STREET

CITY STATE/PROVINCE ZIP CODE/POSTAL CODE

０８／０７／２１　１１：１２：５６　３１ＳＨＪ６４０　０００１　

2009 Odyssey

Documents

08／07／21 11：13：01 31SHJ640 0002 Introductiontechinfo.honda.com/rjanisis/pubs/OM/HJ0909/HJ0909OM.pdf · Of course, it is not practical ... This entire book is filled with important